Final RFP

(Ministry of Road Transport & Highways)
Government of India
Consultancy Services for DPR Preparation for

widening of Ajanta Ghat to 4L+PS of NH-753F
configuration in the state of Maharashtra.
REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL (RFP)
February-2024
Chief Engineer, National Highways,

Public Works Department,
Government of Maharashtra
1
INDEX
Sl. No. Content Page No.

1 Notice Inviting Tender (NIT) 3
2 Letter of Invitation 4-22
3 Annex -I : Details of the Proposed Stretch 5-23
4 Annex-II : Procedure of Assessment of Least Cost to CE NH (PWD) Navi
24-28
Mumbai under special circumstances
5 Data Sheet 29-40
6 Appendix - I : Terms of Reference 41-109
7 Supplement -I: Additional Requirements for Hill Roads 110-113
8 Supplement - II: Additional Requirements for Bridges 114-115
9 Supplement - III : Additional requirement for safety audit 116-119
10 Enclosure - I : Manning Schedule 120-121
11 Enclosure - II : Qualification Requirements of Key Personnel 122-136
12 Enclosure - III: Schedule for Submission of Reports and Documents and format of
137-138
submission of reports and documents.
13 Enclosure - IV: Format for submission of reports and documents 139-143
14 Appendix – II : Formats for Eligibility 144-149
15 Appendix - III : Formats for Technical Proposals 150-173
16 Appendix - IV: Formats for Financial Proposals 174-185
17 Appendix - V: Detailed Evaluation Criteria 186-226
18 Appendix - VI: Draft Contract Agreement 227-275
19 Appendix – VII: DPR Checklist for 8 stages [Stage 1: Inception Report, Stage 2: 276-360
Feasibility Report, Stage 3: LA & Clearances I, Stage 4: Detailed Project Report,
Stage 5: Technical Schedules, Stage 6: LA & Clearances II]: Stage 7: Award
Determination(Structures), Stage 8: Land Possession Report (Structures)
20 Appendix- VIII: Sample Executive Summary of Detailed Project Report 361-391
21 Appendix- IX: Criteria for Rating of DPR Consultant 392-394
2
Ministry of Road Transport and Highways
Government of India
NOTICE INVITING TENDER (NIT)

1. CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai has been assigned the work of Consultancy Services for DPR
Preparation for widening of Ajanta Ghat to 4L+PS of NH-753F configuration in the state of
Maharashtra (as per Annexure-I).
2. Proposals are hereby invited from eligible Consultants who meet the guidelines
contained in Public Procurement (Preference to Make in India) Order, 2017
(amended on 16.09.2020) for preparation of Detailed Project Report of Consultancy
Services for DPR Preparation for widening of Ajanta Ghat to 4L+PS of NH-753F
configuration in the state of Maharashtra. Consultant submitting Proposal in sole
capacity or as a member of joint venture or as an associate shall meet the
guidelines contained in Public Procurement (Preference to Make in India) Order,
2017 (amended on 16.09.2020). The Letter of Invitation (LOI) and Terms of
Reference (ToR) including Request for Proposal (RFP) is available online on e-tender
portal of https://eprocure.gov.in.The document can also be downloaded from
<Agency Website>. Cost of the Document in the form of a Non-refundable
document fee of Rs.5,000 (Rupees Five Thousand only) must be submitted in CE NH
(PWD) Navi Mumbai account online at the time of Submission of Bid proposal,
specifying the tender id and bid due date.
3. The RFP has also been uploaded on “INFRACON” (www.infracon.nic.in). As

such before submitting the proposal the Consultant shall mandatorily register and
enlist themselves (the firm and all key personnel), on the MoRTH portal
“INFRACON” and furnish registration details along with its RFP. A copy of Infracon
Operation Procedure is also enclosed for bidder’s reference.
4. All the bidders registered on Infracon shall form a Team on Infracon and which
would be assigned unique Infracon Team ID. Bidders while submitting the
proposal shall quote the Infracon Team ID.
5. Bid must be submitted online at e-tender portal of CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai

https://eprocure.gov.inon or before 17.30 Hrs. on 19.04.2024.
6. The following schedule is to be followed for this assignment:
i) Deadline for downloading of bid: Upto 17.30 Hrs. on 19.04.2024.

ii) Last date for submission of queries: Upto 11.00 Hrs. on 28.03.2024.
iii) Pre bid meeting: Upto 15.00 Hrs. on 28.03.2024.
iv) Deadline for Submission of bids : Upto 17.30 Hrs. on 19.04.2024.
Yours sincerely,
<Agency, Location>
Yours sincerely,
The Chief Engineer (NH)
Public Works Department, Government of Maharashtra
Room No. 526; 5th Floor, Konkan Bhawan, Sector – 10, CBD Belapur Navi Mumbai – 400 614
Phone : 022-27574303
E-mail :nhmumbai.ce@mahapwd.com, cenhmaharashtra@gmail.com
3
Letter of Invitation (LOI)
<Reference> Dated :<Date>
Dear Sir,
Sub: Consultancy Services for Consultancy Services for DPR Preparation for widening of
Ajanta Ghat to 4L+PS of NH-753F configuration in the state of Maharashtra
1. Introduction
1.1 The CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai has been has been entrusted with the assignment of
Consultancy Services for DPR Preparation for widening of Ajanta Ghat to 4L+PS of
NH-753F configuration in the state of Maharashtra. CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai now
invites proposal from Technical consultants for carrying out detailed project
report as per details given in Annexure-1.
1.2 A brief description of the assignment and its objectives are given in the
Appendix-I, “Terms of Reference”.
1.3 The CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai invites Proposals (the “Proposals”) from eligible
consultants who meet the guidelines contained in Public Procurement
(Preference to Make in India) Order, 2017 (amended on 16.09.2020) through e-
tender (online bid submission) for selection of Technical Consultant (the
“Consultant”) who shall prepare detailed project report (DPR). The consultant
should have expertise in carrying out similar kind of job, in similar geographical
location (particularly for hill road projects). Consultants are here by invited to
submit proposal in the manner as prescribed in the RFP document.
A Consultant with “a Particular Team” may submit proposals for more than one
package. However, a Consultant is not allowed to bid for a package with more than
one team. For the sake of clarity, it is mentioned that one consultant cannot
submit two proposals/ bids for the same package. A consultant (either as sole or
as in JV/Association) can be awarded only upto 2 packages. A Consultant with “a
Particular Team” may submit only one “proof of eligibility (Part 1)” and “Technical
Proposal (Part II)” for any number of packages applied for by them. However, the
packages for which a Consultant with “a Particular Team” applies should be
clearly mentioned.
Financial proposal for each package are to be submitted separately. Financial

proposal are only to be submitted online and no hard copy of the financial
proposal should be submitted. The most preferred bidder (H-1) for each package
would be determined on the basis of Quality and Cost as mentioned in the RFP.
Award of work to a Consultant with “a Particular Team” either as sole or as in
JV/Association shall be limited to one package only. Joint venture shall not have
more than two firms.
In case, a Consultant with “a Particular Team” turns out to be the most preferred
bidder (H-1) in more than one package, the package which is to be awarded to
this Consultant with “a Particular Team” shall be determined on the basis of
least cost to CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai considering the financial quote of H-1
bidder and H-2 bidder limited to those packages, which shall be worked out as
per the procedure given in the RFP. The consultants are hereby invited to submit
proposals in the manner
4
prescribed in the RFP.
1.4 The consultants shall submit proposals either in sole capacity or in JV or in
Association. In case of Joint Venture, the maximum number of Joint Venture
partners is limited to 2 (i.e. one lead + 1 JV partner). The Applicant whether a
sole applicant or joint venture may include an Associate company also. Any entity
which has been barred by the Ministry of Road Transport and Highways (MORTH)
or its implementing agencies for the works of Expressways, National Highways,
ISC and EI Works and the bar subsists as on the date of application, would not be
eligible to submit the bid, either individually or as a member of a Joint Venture.
1.5 To obtain first hand information on the assignment and on the local conditions,
the consultants are encouraged to pay a visit to the client, local State PWDs and the
project site before submitting a proposal and attend a pre-proposal conference.
They must fully inform themselves of local and site conditions and take them
into account in preparing the proposal.
1.6 Financial Proposals will be opened only for the firms found to be eligible and
scoring qualifying marks in accordance with Para 5 hereof. The consultancy
services will be awarded to the highest ranking consultant on the basis of Quality
and Cost.
1.7 Please note that (i) costs of preparing the proposal and of negotiating the
contract, including visits to the Client, etc., are not reimbursable as a direct
cost of the assignment; and (ii) Client is not bound to accept any of the proposals
submitted and reserve the right to reject any or all proposals without assigning
any reasons.
1.8 The proposals must be properly signed as detailed below:
1.8.1 i. by the proprietor in case of a proprietary firm
ii. by the partner holding the Power of Attorney in case of a firm in partnership (A
certified copy of the Power of Attorney on a stamp paper of Rs. 100 and duly
notarized shall accompany the Proposal).
iii. by a duly authorized person holding the Power of Attorney in case of a Limited
Company or a corporation (A certified copy of the Power of Attorney on a stamp
paper of Rs. 100 and duly notarized shall accompany the proposal).
iv. by the authorized representative in case of Joint Venture.
1.8.2 In case a Joint Venture/Association of firms, the proposal shall be accompanied

by a certified copy of legally binding Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) on a
stamp paper of Rs.100, signed by all firms to the joint venture confirming the
following therein:
i. Date and place of signing
ii. Purpose of Joint Venture/Association (must include the details of contract works
for which the joint venture has been invited to bid)
iii. A clear and definite description of the proposed administrative arrangements for
the management and execution of the assignment. Name of Lead Firm and other
partner of JV should be clearly defined in the MOU
5
iv. Delineation of duties/ responsibilities and scope of work to be undertaken by
each firm along with resources committed by each partner of the JV/Association
for the proposed services
v. An undertaking that the JV firms are jointly and severally liable to the Employer
for the performance of the services
vi. The authorized representative of the joint venture/Association shall give a Letter
of Association, MOU as in i) to vi above except v, letter of Authorization, copies
of GPA/SPA for the person signing the documents and a certificate of
incorporation.
1.8.3 In case of Joint venture, one of the firms which preferably have relatively higher
experience, will act as the lead firm representing the Joint Venture. The duties,
responsibilities and powers of such lead firm shall be specifically included in the
MOU /agreement. It is expected that the lead partner would be authorized to incur
liabilities and to receive instructions and payments for and on behalf of the Joint
Venture. Payment to be made to the JV can also be made to the account of the
JV. For a JV to be eligible for bidding, the experience of lead partner and other
partner should be as indicated in data sheet.
1.8.4 A firm can bid for a project either as a sole consultant or in the form of joint
venture with other consultant or in association with any other consultant.
However, alternative proposals i.e. one as sole or in JV with other consultant
and another in association / JV with any other consultant for the same package
will be summarily rejected. In such cases, all the involved proposals shall be
rejected.
1.9 Pre-proposal conference shall be held on the date, time and venue given
in Data Sheet.
1.10 The Applicant, by submitting its Application pursuant to this RFP, shall be deemed
to have acknowledged that without prejudice to the CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai any
other right or remedy hereunder or in law or otherwise, the Applicant shall be
debarred from participating in the future projects of the CE NH (PWD) Navi
Mumbai in the following situations 6
(a) If an Applicant withdraws its Proposal during the period of its validity as specified in
this RFP and as extended by the Applicant from time to time.
(b) In the case of a Selected Applicant, if the Applicant fails to sign the Agreement.
2. Documents
2.1 To enable you to prepare a proposal, please find and use the attached documents
listed in the Data Sheet.
2.2 Consultants requiring a clarification of the documents must notify the Client, in
writing, by Upto 11.00 Hrs. 28.03.2024. Any request for clarification in writing or
by telefax/e- mail must be sent to the Client’s address indicated in the Data Sheet.
The Client will upload replies to pre-bid queries on its website.
2.3 At any time before the submission of proposals, the Client may, for any reason,
whether at its own initiative or in response to a clarification requested by a
Consulting firm, modify the Documents by amendment or corrigendum. The
amendment will be uploaded on CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai website. The
Client may at its
6
discretion extend the deadline for the submission of proposals and the same shall
also be uploaded on CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai website.
3. Preparation of Proposal
The proposal must be prepared in three parts
viz. Part 1: Proof of eligibility

Part 2: Technical
Proposal Part 3:
Financial Proposal
3.1 Document in support of proof of eligibility
3.1.1 The minimum essential requirement in respect of eligibility has been indicated in
the Data Sheet. The proposal found deficient in any respect of these requirements
will not be considered for further evaluation. The following documents must be
furnished in support of proof of eligibility as per Formats given in Appendix-II:
(i) Forwarding letter for Proof of Eligibility in the Form-E1.
(ii) Firm’s relevant experience and performance for the last 7 years: Project sheets
insupport of relevant experience as per Form-E2/T3 supported by the experience
certificates from clients in support of experience as specified in data sheet for the
project size preferably in terrain of similar nature as that of proposed project shall
be submitted on Infracon portal in input data sheet. Certificate should indicate
clearly the firms Design/DPR experience, in 2/4-/6- laning of highway, structures
like bridges, Viaducts, tunnels, hill slope stabilization, rock bolting, ground
improvement, etc. Scope of services rendered by the firm should be clearly
indicated in the certificate obtained from the client. The information given in
Form E2/T3 shall also be considered as part of Technical Proposal and shall be
evaluated accordingly. The Consultants are therefore advised to see carefully the
evaluation criteria for Technical Proposal and submit the Project Sheets
accordingly.
The above details are to be submitted through INFRACON only.
(iii) Firm’s turnover for the last 5 years: A tabular statement as in Form E3 showing
the turnover of the applicant firm(s) for the last five years beginning with the last
financial year certified by the Chartered Account along with certified copies of the
audit reports shall be submitted in support of the turnover shall be submitted on
Infracon Portal ininput data sheet.
(iv) Document fee: The non-refundable fee for the document amounting to Rs.
5000/- (Five thousand only) is to be submitted online in CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai
account. The proof/ transaction receipt of depositing online fee must be furnished
while submitting the proposal. However, Consultants who are Micro and Small
Enterprises are exempt from payment of Document Fee. Such Consultants will
be required to submit documentary evidence of their being Micro or Small
Enterprise both in CPPP and in hard copy.
(v) Deleted
(vi) Power of Attorney on a stamp paper of Rs.100 and duly notarized authorizing to
7
submit the proposal.
(vii) In case of Joint Venture/ Association of firms, the proposal shall be accompanied
by a certified copy of legally binding Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) on a
stamp paper of Rs.100, signed by all firms to the joint venture/ Association as
detailed at para 1.8.2 above.
(viii) Consultants shall comply with the provisions of Integrity Pact (IP) as given in Form
T-12 and the Integrity Pact (IP) duly signed by Authorised signatory shall be
submitted by the Consultant with technical Proposal & shall be part of the
Contract Agreement.
(ix) A Consultant is required to submit along with its Technical Proposal, a self-
certification that the services offered meets the local content requirement for
‘Class-I Local supplier’/’Class-II Local Supplier’ as the case may be. In case the
Consultant has not submitted the aforesaid certification, the Consultant will be
treated as ‘Non-Local supplier’. The definition of Class-I Local Supplier, Class-II
Local Supplier, Non-Local Supplier and Local Content shall be as given in Public
Procurement (Preference to Make in India) Order, 2017 (amended on 16.09.2020).
In case of procurement of a value in excess of Rs. 10 crores, the ‘Class-I Local
supplier’/’Class-II Local Supplier’ shall provide a certificate from the statutory
auditor or cost auditor of the company (in case of companies) or from a practicing
cost accountant or practicing chartered accountant (in respect suppliers other
than companies) giving the percentage of local content.
3.1.2 The minimum essential requirement in respect of eligibility has been indicated in the
data sheet, the proposal found deficient in any respect of these requirements
will not be considered for further evaluation.
3.1.3 Requirements with respect to Technical Capacity Provision for maximum number of
consultancy services to be awarded to one consultant:
(i) The maximum number of consultancy services to be awarded to one consultant
will be governed by the following provisions:
Sl. Average Annual Turnover of Firm Upto More than More More
No. in last 3 Financial Years Rs. 10 Rs. 10 crores than than
(from Consultancy Services) Crores but less Rs. 30 Rs. 60
than/equal crores but Crores
to Rs. 30 less
Crores than/equal to
Rs. 60 Crores
1 No. of key professionals on full time 4 25 40 60

employment with the consultant
(minimum for last one year)
8
Sl. Average Annual Turnover of Firm Upto More than More More
No. in last 3 Financial Years Rs. 10 Rs. 10 crores than than
(from Consultancy Services) Crores but less Rs. 30 Rs. 60
to Rs. 30 less
Crores than/equal to
Rs. 60 Crores
2 Max. no. of DPR/AE/IE/CSC 8 16 30 50

consultancy assignments to be
awarded to one particular consultant
including ongoing consultancy
services at a time on National
Highways or centrally sponsored road
works of MoRTH including its
executing agencies
3 Max. no. of DPR consultancy assignments to 6 13 24 40
be awarded to one particular consultant
including ongoing consultancy services at a
time on National Highways or centrally
sponsored road works of MoRTH including its
executing agencies out of the total number
in Sl. No. 2
4 Maximum no. of DPR consultancy 3 7 12 20
assignments to be awarded in one financial
year to one particular consultant
sponsored road works of
MoRTH including its executing agencies out
of the total number in Sl. No. 3.
Note: (1) Both the conditions of turn over and number of key professionals on full time employment with the
consultant have to be satisfied to be eligible for award of maximum no. of consultancy assignments mentioned in Sr. No.
2, 3 & 4 of the above table. In case one condition is fulfilled for higher slab but the other condition is fulfilled for lower
slab, consultant will be eligible for award of maximum number of consultancy assignments corresponding to the condition
meeting lower slab.
(2) (i) In case of JV bidding for the current assignment, the weighted average of turnover and key professionals of the JV
will be determined considering the ratio of participation of the JV members in the current assignment. The total
consultancy assignments, DPR consultancy assignments and cap on the DPR consultancy assignments that can be awarded
to the JV during CFY shall be determined in accordance with the note 1 above with respect to the weighted turnover and
number of key professionals. The ongoing consultancy assignments (total & DPR) shall be determined by simple summation
of the respective figures of individual members.
Further, in case technical capacity of both the JV members make them ineligible for award of a single DPR consultancy
assignment individually, JV will not be eligible for award of any consultancy assignment based on the weighted average
of turnover and key professionals of the JV members.
9
(ii) The consulting firms should be encouraged to carry out a mix of DPR and Supervision Assignments like
IE/AE/Construction Supervision Consultants (CSC).
(iii) The following assignments would not be counted as ongoing consultancy services for the purpose of
determination of technical capacity as above.
(a) IE/AE/CSC assignments where original assignment period + one year is lapsed or provisional completion of civil
work is issued, whichever is earlier;
(b) DPR assignments where either (i) the bids for civil works have been received; or (ii) original assignment period
+ one year has lapsed;
(c) Special Projects like tunnel, stand-alone bridge, emergency landing facility, etc.; and
(d) Assignments having less than 6 months contract period.
(iv) For the purpose of calculation of maximum no. of consultancy assignments, the assignments awarded on the
date of opening of financial proposal and in progress will be taken into consideration as utilized capacity. Projects of
MoRTH and its executing agencies (awarded/ in progress) only shall be considered for the purpose. The Consultant shall
provide these details and they shall be solely responsible for accuracy of such details provided.
(v) The applicants shall submit copies of Form-26 AS in the proposal in order to certify their permanent key
personnel (as given in Sr. No. 1 of above table).
(vi) The applicants shall submit the requisite details for determination of technical capacity in the prescribed format
Technical Capacity (Form T-11) enclosed.
Sample Illustration for determination of Technical Capacity is given below.

1. Illustration for Determination of Technical Capacity(Sole Applicant)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Average No. of Key Max. no. of Maximum no. Total DPR consultancy Remaining
Annual Professionals consultancy of DPR ongoing/ assignments DPR
Turnover of on full time assignments consultancy awarded awarded in CFY consultancy
firm in last rolls (minimum to be assignments consultancy (nos.) assignments
3 FY (from for last one awarded to be assignments that can be
consultancy year) with to awarded (nos.) awarded to
services) of the the to the
the consultancy consultant the consultant
consultant firm (sole consultant (nos.) in CFY
applicant) (sole
including applicant)
ongoing including
consultancy ongoing
services at a consultancy
time on services at a
National time on
Highways National
or Highways
centrally or
sponsored centrally
road works of sponsored
MoRTH road works of
Including MoRTH
its including
executing its
agencies executing
agencies
in
one
finan
cial year
Total DPR Total DPR IE/AE/SC
1 2 3A 3B 4 5A 5B 5C 6 7
10
10 26 8 6 3 6 1 5 1 2*
Sl. Average Annual Turnover of Firm in Upto More than More More
No. last 3 Financial Years (from Rs. 10 crores than than
Consultancy Services) but less Rs. 30 Rs. 60
Rs. 10 to Rs. 30 less
Crores Crores than/equal to
Rs. 60 Crores
1 No. of key professionals on full time 4 25 40 60

employment with the consultant (minimum
for last one year)
2 Max. no. of DPR/AE/IE/CSC/PMC 8 16 30 50

consultancy assignments to be awarded to
one particular consultant including ongoing
consultancy services at a time on National
Highways or centrally sponsored road works
of MoRTH including its executing
Agencies
3 Max. no. of DPR consultancy assignments to 6 13 24 40
be awarded to one particular consultant
sponsored road works of MoRTH including
its executing agencies out of the total
number in Sl. No. 2
4 Maximum no. of DPR consultancy 3 7 12 20
assignments to be awarded in one financial
year to one particular consultant
sponsored road works of MoRTH including
its executing agencies outof the total
number in Sl. No. 3.
Note: (1) Both the conditions of turn over and number of key professionals on full time employment with the
consultant have to be satisfied to be eligible for award of maximum no. of consultancy assignments mentioned in Sr.
No. 2, 3 & 4 of the above table. In case one condition is fulfilled for higher slab but the other condition is fulfilled for
lower slab, consultant will be eligible for award of maximum number of consultancy assignments corresponding to the
condition meeting lower slab.
(2) (i) In case of JV bidding for the current assignment, the weighted average of turnover and key professionals of the
JV will be determined considering the ratio of participation of the JV members in the current assignment. The total
consultancy assignments, DPR consultancy assignments and cap on the DPR consultancy assignments that can be
awarded to the JV during CFY shall be determined in accordance with the note 1 above with respect to the weighted
turnover and number of key professionals. The ongoing consultancy assignments (total & DPR) shall be determined by
simple summation of the respective figures of individual members.
Further, in case technical capacity of both the JV members make them ineligible for award of a single DPR consultancy
11
assignment individually, JV will not be eligible for award of any consultancy assignment based on the weighted average
of turnover and key professionals of the JV members.
(viii) The consulting firms should be encouraged to carry out a mix of DPR and Supervision Assignments like
IE/AE/Construction Supervision Consultants (CSC)/PMC.
(ix) The following assignments would not be counted as ongoing consultancy services for the purpose of
determination of technical capacity as above.
(e) IE/AE/CSC/PMC assignments where original assignment period + one year is lapsed or provisional completion of
civil work is issued, whichever is earlier;
(f) DPR assignments where either (i) the bids for civil works have been received; or (ii) original assignment period
+ one year has lapsed;
(g) Special Projects like tunnel, stand-alone bridge, emergency landing facility, etc.; and
(h) Assignments having less than 6 months contract period.
(x) For the purpose of calculation of maximum no. of consultancy assignments, the assignments awarded on the
date of opening of financial proposal and in progress will be taken into consideration as utilized capacity. Projects of
MoRTH and its executing agencies (awarded/ in progress) only shall be considered for the purpose. The Consultant shall
provide these details and they shall be solely responsible for accuracy of such details provided.
(xi) The applicants shall submit copies of Form-26 AS in the proposal in order to certify their permanent key
personnel (as given in Sr. No. 1 of above table).
(xii) The applicants shall submit the requisite details for determination of technical capacity in the prescribed
format Technical Capacity (Form T-11) enclosed.
Sample Illustration for determination of Technical Capacity is given below.

2. Illustration for Determination of Technical Capacity (Sole Applicant)
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)

Average No. of Key Max. no. of Maximum no. Total DPR Remaining DPR
Annual Professionals consultancy of ongoing/ consultancy consultancy
Turnover of on full time assignments DPR awarded assignments assignments that
firm in last rolls to consultancy consultancy awarded in can be awarded
3 FY (from (minimum for be assignments assignments CFY (nos.) to the
consultancy last one year) awarded to to be (nos.) consultant(nos.)
services) of with the the consultant awarded to in CFY
the consultancy (sole the consultant
consultant firm applicant) (sole
including applicant)
ongoing including
consultancy ongoing
services at a consultancy
time on services at a
National time on
Highways National
or Highways
centrally or
sponsored centrally
road works of sponsored
MoRTH road works of
including MoRTH
its including
executing its
agencies executing
agencies in
one financial
year
1 2 3A 3B 4 5A 5B 5C 6 7
10 26 8 6 3 6 1 5 1 2*
* Compare 3B – 5B with 3A – 5A and take lower of the two and in this case, it is 2 (X). Compare 4-6 with X and take
12
lower of the two and in this case, it is 2 (Y). Hence, Y is the remaining DPR consultancy assignments that can be
awarded to the consultant during the CFY.
3.2 Technical Proposal
3.2.1 You are expected to examine all terms and instructions included in the
Documents. Failure to provide all requested information will be at your own risk
and may result in rejection of your proposal.
3.2.2 During preparation of the technical proposal, you must give particular attention
to the following:
Total assignment period is as indicated in the enclosed TOR. A manning

schedule in respect of requirement of key personnel is also furnished in the
TOR which shall be the basis of the financial proposal. You shall make your
own assessment of support personnel both technical and administrative to
undertake the assignment. Additional support and administrative staff need to be
provided for timely completion of the project within the total estimated cost. It
is stressed that the time period for the assignment indicated in the TOR
should be strictly adhered to.
3.2.3 The technical proposal shall be submitted strictly in the Formats given in
Appendix- III and shall comprise of following documents:
i) Forwarding letter for Technical proposal duly signed by the authorized person on
behalf of the bidder, as in Form-T-1
ii) Details of projects for which Technical and Financial Proposals have been
submitted by a Consultant with a particular Team as in Form-T-2
iii) Firm’s references - Relevant Services carried out in the last seven years as per
Form- E2/T-3. This information submitted as part of Proof of Eligibility shall be
evaluated and need not be submitted again as a part of the Technical proposal.
iv) Site Appreciation: limited to four A4 size pages in 1.5 space and 12 font including
photographs, if any (Form-T-4).
v) The composition of the proposed Team and Task Assignment to individual

personnel: Maximum three pages (Form-T-5).
vi) Proposed methodology for the execution of the services illustrated with bar
charts ofactivities, including any change proposed in the methodology of services
indicated in the TOR, and procedure for quality assurance: The proposed
methodology should be accompanied by the consultants initial view, key challenges
they foresee and potential solutions suggested regarding: a) proposed alignment
and bypass required, b) land acquisition requirements, c)access control,
rehabilitaton of existing road, drainage and utilities, d) adoption of superior
technology along with proof: limited to six A4 size pages in 1.5 space and 12 font
including photographs, if any for items a to c, (Form-T- 6) and information in
Form-T-8 (as covered in para viii below) for item d
vii) The proposal should clearly identify and mention the details of Material Testing
lab facilities to be used by the Consultants for the project (Form-T-7). In this
connection, the proposals of the Consultants to use in-house lab facilities up to a
distance of maximum 400 km from the project site being feasible would be
accepted. For all other cases suitable nearby material Testing Laboratory shall be
13
proposed before Contract Agreement is executed.
viii) The proposal shall indicate as to whether the firm is having the facilities for
carrying out the following field activities or these are proposed to be outsourced
to specialized agencies in the Form- T-8.
(a). Pavement Investigation
(b). Geo-technical Investigation
In case the consultant envisages outsourcing any or all of the above services to
the expert agencies, the details of the same indicating the arrangement made
with the agencies need to be furnished. These agencies would however, be
subject to approval of the client to ensure quality input by such agencies before
award of the work. For out-sourced services, proposed firms/consultants should
have such experience on similar projects
ix) Details of office equipment and software owned by the firm in Form-T9
x) CVs of following 4 (four) key Personnel may be submitted only through Infracon in Form–
T-10
[Team Leader cum Highways Engineer, Bridge Engineer, Highway Engineer & Traffic / Road
Signage / Marking and Safety Expert in case of Normal Highway Project]
[Team Leader cum Bridge Engineer, Highway Engineer, Bridge/Structural Engineer & Material
cum Geo-Technical Engineer in case of Standalone Bridge Project]
[Team Leader cum Tunnel Expert, Tunnel Design Expert, Geo- Physicist/Geologist &
Geotechnical Engineer in case Standalone Tunnel Project].
For remaining key personnel, the CVs need to be submitted for approval prior to signing of
contract.
xi) The bidders shall submit the additional details in Form–T-11 for technical proposal.
xii) In case consultant firms experience or document such as Form E2/T3, Form E3, References
(client certificate) is found to be false at any stage i.e. from bidding to completion of services,
the consultancy contract shall be terminated and consultant firm shall be debarred for a
period of 2 years.
3.2.4 CVs of Key Persons:
i) The CVs of the four key personnel as mentioned in para 3.2.3(x) above in the
format as per Form T-10 is to be furnished on Infracon portal. It may please be
ensured that the format is strictly followed and the information furnished therein
is true and correct. The CV must indicate the work in hand and the duration till
which the person will be required to be engaged in that assignment. The Firm shall
ensure that details furnished in the CV by the personnel are correct.
a. If an information is found incorrect/fake/inflated in the CV, at any stage,
debarment of the key personnel from future MoRTH or its Executing Agencies
projects upto 2 years may be taken by MoRTH or its Executing Agencies.
b. In case, the information contained in the CV for the duration in which the key
personnel was employed by the firm, proposing his candidature is found
incorrect/fake/inflated at any stage, action including termination of the
consultancy agreement and debarment of the firm upto 2 years from future MoRTH
or its Executing Agencies projects shall be taken by MoRTH or its Executing
Agencies.
c. In case, the information contained in the CV is found incorrect/fake/inflated at
14
any stage, the consultancy firms shall have to refund the salary and perks drawn
in respect of the person apart from other consequences.
ii. The minimum requirements of Qualification and Experience of all key personnel are
listed in Enclosure-II of TOR. CV of a person who does not meet the minimum
experience requirement as given at enclosure-II of TOR shall be evaluated and
the marks obtained shall be taken into consideration during evaluation of
Technical Proposal (except Team leader). However if a firm with such key
personnel is declared the “most preferred bidder” for a particular package, such
key personnel should be replaced before signing of contract with a person
meeting requirements of Qualification and Experience as given at enclosure-II of
TOR and whose CV secures 75 % marks and above. If a proposed key personnel
does not possess the minimum (essential) educational qualification as given at
enclosure-II of TOR, Zero marks shall be assigned to such CV and such CV shall not
be evaluated further. The CV of the proposed Team Leader should score at
least 75 % marks otherwise the entire proposal shall be considered to have
failed in the evaluation of Technical Proposals and shall not be considered for
opening of Financial Proposals.
iii. [Team Leader, Highway cum Pavement Engineer, Senior Bridge Engineer, Geo-
technical cum material engineer Senior Survey Engineer, Tunnel Design Expert,
Senior Geotechnical Engineer and Senior Geo Physicist] * should be available from
beginning of the project. Other Key Personnel with intermittent input are
allowed to be deployed/proposed in 2 teams at a time. If same CV is submitted
by two or more firms, zero marks shall be given for such CV for all the firms.
iv. The availability of key personnel must be ensured for the duration of project as
per proposed work programme. If a firm claims that a key personnel proposed by
them isa permanent employee of the firm (the personnel should have worked in
the firm continuously for a period of at least 1 year), a certificate to the effect
be furnished by the firm.
v. The age limit for key personnel is 65 years as on the date of bid submission. The
proof of age and qualification of the key personnel must be furnished in the
technical proposal.
vi. An undertaking from the key personnel must be furnished that he/she will be
available for entire duration of the project assignment and will not engage
himself/herself in any other assignment during the period of his/her assignment on
the project. After the award of work, in case of non-availability of key personnel
in spite of his/her declaration, he/she shall be debarred for a period of two
years for all projects of CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai.
vii. Age limit for supporting staff to be deployed on project is 65 years as on the date of
bid submission.
viii. A good working knowledge of English Language is essential for key professional
staff on this assignment. Study reports must be in English Language.
ix. Photo, contact address and phone/mobile number of key personnel should be
furnished in the CV.
x. Availability of few key personnel engaged for preparation of Detailed Project

Report for the envisaged project may be ensured during first 3 to 4 months after
15
start of the civil work at site during the period of survey and review of DPR by
the Supervision consultant/Authority Engineer. For this purpose, payment shall be
made as per actual site deployment of the key personnel at the man month rates
quoted by the firm in their financial proposal.
xi. It may please be noted that in case the requirement of the ‘Experience’ of the
firm/consortium as mentioned in the “Proof of Eligibility’ is met by any foreign
company, their real involvement for the intended project shall be mandatory.
This can be achieved either by including certain man-months input of key experts
belonging to the parent foreign company, or by submitting at least the draft
feasibility report and draft DPR duly reviewed by the parent firm and their paying
visit to the site and interacting with CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai . In case of key
personnel proposed by the foreign company, they should be on its pay roll for at
least last six months (from the date of submission).
xii. In case a firm is proposing key personnel from educational/research institutions, a

‘No Objection Certificate’ from the concerned institution should be enclosed
with the CV of the proposed key personnel committing his services for the instant
project.
* This is to be modified as per project requirement.
3.2.5 The technical proposal must not include any financial information.
3.3 Financial Proposal
3.3.1 The Financial proposal should include the costs associated with the assignment.
These shall normally cover: remuneration for staff (foreign and local, in the field,
office etc.), accommodation, transportation, equipment, printing of documents,
surveys, geotechnical investigations etc. This cost should be broken down into
foreign and local costs. Your financial proposal should be prepared strictly using,
the formats attached in Appendix – IV. Your financial proposal should clearly
indicate the amount asked for by you without any assumptions of conditions
attached to such amounts. Conditional offer or the proposal not furnished in the
format attached in Appendix-IV shall be considered non- responsive and is liable
to be rejected.
3.3.2 The financial proposal shall take into account all types of the tax liabilities and
cost of insurance specified in the Data Sheet.
3.3.3 Costs shall be expressed in Indian Rupees in case of domestic as well as for
foreign Consultant. The payments shall be made in Indian Rupees by the
CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai and the Consultant themselves would be required to
obtain foreign currency to the extent quoted and accepted by CE NH (PWD) Navi
Mumbai. Rate for foreign exchange for payment shall be at the rate established
by RBI applicable at the time of making each payment installment on items
involving actual transaction in foreign currency. No compensation done to
fluctuation of currency exchange rate shall be made.
3.3.4 Consultants are required to charge only rental of equipments / software(s) use
so as to economize in their financial bid.
16
4. Submission of Proposals
4.1 The Applicants shall submit the proposal (Proof of Eligibility and Technical Proposal)
comprising the documents as mentioned under clause 3.1.1 and 3.2.3
respectively to meet the requirements of ‘Proof of Eligibility’ and ‘Technical
Proposal’ online only. A Consultant with “a Particular Team” may submit only
one proposal of “proof of eligibility (Part 1 Para 5.1 i, ii &vii)” and “Technical
Proposal (Part II)” to CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai for all the packages applied by
them with a particular team on or before the deadline of submission of bids. A
consultant can apply for a particular package with one team only. The packages for
which a Consultant with “a Particular Team” applies should be clearly mentioned
in their proposal. However, Consultants are required to submit a copy of Proof
of Eligibility and Technical Proposal online separately for each package. Financial
proposal for each package are to be submitted separately. Financial proposal are
only to be submitted online and no hard copy of the financial proposal should be
submitted.
The document listed in para 3.1.1 (iv), (vi), (vii) shall be submitted in original
by the H-1 bidder to the Authority before issue of LOA.
4.2 The proposal must be prepared in indelible ink and must be signed by the
authorized representative of the consultants. The letter of authorization must be
confirmed by a written power of attorney accompanying the proposals. All pages
of the Proof of Eligibility and Technical Proposal must be initialed by the person
or persons signing the proposal.
4.3 The proposal must contain no interlineations or overwriting except as necessary

to correct errors made by the Consultants themselves, in which cases such
corrections must be initialed by the person or persons signing the proposal.
4.4 Your proposal must be valid for the number of days stated in the Data Sheet from
the closing date of submission of proposal.
5. Proposal Evaluation
5.1 Stage I- Proof of Eligibility
The proposals would be evaluated by a Committee constituted by CE NH (PWD)

Navi Mumbai. A three- stage procedure will be adopted in evaluating the proposal.
In the first stage- Proof of Eligibility, it will be examined as to whether:
i) The proposal is accompanied by proof /transaction receipt of depositing online

document fee.
ii) The firms(s) have required experience
iii) The firms(s) have required turnover
iv) The documents are properly signed by authorized signatories and whether the proposal
contains proper POA as mentioned at para 1.8.1 above.
v) The proposals have been received on/ or before the deadline of submission.
vi) In case a Joint Venture/Association of firms, the proposal shall be accompanied by a
certified copy of legally binding Memorandum of Understanding (MoU) on a stamp paper
of Rs. 100/- signed by all firms to the Joint Venture/Association as detailed at para 1.8.2
17
above.
vii) The determination of technical capacity of the bidding consultant shall be
evaluated as per Form-T11 in Appendix-III Formats for technical proposals.
In case answers to any of the above items is ‘No’ the bid shall be declared as non-
responsive and shall not be evaluated further.
A consultant satisfying the minimum eligibility criteria as mentioned
hereinabove and more specifically in Data Sheet shall be construed as shortlisted
for further evaluation of Technical Proposals.
5.2 Stage II- Technical evaluation
In the second stage the Technical proposal shall be evaluated as per the detailed
evaluation criteria given in Data Sheet.
A proposal securing 80 points shall be declared pass in the evaluation

Technical Proposal: The technical proposal should score at least 80 points out
of 100 to be considered for financial evaluation. The CV of the proposed
Team Leader should score at least 80 % marks otherwise the entire proposal
shall be considered to have failed in the evaluation of Technical Proposals
and shall not be considered for opening of Financial Proposals.
5.3 Stage III- Evaluation of Financial Proposal
5.3.1 In case for a particular package, only one firm is eligible for opening of Financial
Proposals, the Financial Proposal shall not be opened, the bids for that package
shall be cancelled and CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai shall invite fresh bids for this
package. For financial evaluation, total cost of financial proposal excluding
Goods & Service Tax shall be considered. Goods & Service Tax shall be payable
extra.
5.3.2 The evaluation committee will determine whether the financial proposals are
complete (i.e. whether they have included cost of all items of the corresponding
proposals; if not, then their cost will be considered as NIL but the consultant
shall however be required to carry out such obligations without any compensation.
In case, if client feels that the work cannot be carried out within overall cost of
financial proposal, the proposal can be rejected. The client shall correct any
computational errors and correct prices in various currencies to the single currency
specified in Data Sheet. The evaluation shall exclude those taxes, duties, fees,
levies and other charges imposed under the applicable law & applied to foreign
components/ resident consultants.
5.3.3 For a package, the procedure as mentioned at Clauses 5.3.4, 5.4 and, 5.5 as
mentioned below shall be followed for determining the “most preferred bidder
(H-1 bidder)” forthis package.
5.3.4 All the bid prices which are 25% or more below average bid prices will be given
financial score (SF) of 100 points. The financial score of other bidders shall be
computed as follows:
SF=100*amount equal to 25% below average bid prices/bid price of the
particular bidder
18
5.4 Combined evaluation of Technical and Financial Proposals.
Proposals will finally be ranked according to their combined technical (ST)

and Financial (SF) scores using the weights indicated in the Data Sheet:
S= STxT + SFxf
Where,
S= Combined Score,
ST= Technical Score out of
100 SF= Financial Score out
of 100
T and f are values of weightage for technical and financial proposals
respectively as given in the Data Sheet.
5.5 Most Preferred Bidder (H-1).
For a particular package, a Consultant with a “particular Team” having the

maximum Combined score (S) shall be declared as the most preferred bidder (H-1).
5.6 In case work has to be awarded for multiple packages, award of work to a
Consultant with “a Particular Team” either as sole or as in JV/Association shall
be limited to one package only. At first, Consultants who become H-1 in one
package each shall be assigned the respective package. Then packages in which
a Consultant with “a Particular Team” turns out to be the most preferred bidder
(H-1) in more than one package shall be considered. In case, a Consultant with
“a Particular Team” turns out to be the most preferred bidder (H-1) in more than
one package, the package which is to be awarded to this team of a consultant
shall be determined on the basis of least cost to CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai
considering the Financial Quote of H-1 bidder and H-2 Bidder limited to those
packages. Procedure to be followed for awarding work based on QCBS including
assessment of least cost to
CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai under special circumstances i.e. When a Consultant with
“a Particular Team” turns out to be the most preferred bidder (H-1)in more than
one package is given at given at Annex-II.
6. Performance Security
6.1 The consultant will furnish within 15 days of the issue of Letter of Acceptance
(LOA), an unconditional Bank Guarantee equivalent to 10% of the total contract
value from a Nationalized Bank, IDBI or ICICI/ ICICI Bank/ Foreign Bank/ EXIM
Bank / Any Scheduled Commercial Bank approved by RBI having a net worth of
not less than Rs.1000 crore as per latest Annual Report of the Bank. In the case
of a Foreign Bank (issued by a Branch in India) the net worth in respect of Indian
operations shall onlybe taken into account. In case of Foreign Bank, the BG issued
by Foreign Bank should be counter guaranteed by any Nationalized Bank in India.
In case of JV, the BG shall befurnished on behalf of the JV or by the lead member
of the JVs for an amount equivalent to 10% of the total contract value to be received
19
by him towards Performance Security valid for a period of three years beyond the
date of completion of services, or end of civil works contract, whichever earlier.
The Bank Guarantee will be released by CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai upon
expiry of 3 years beyond the date of completion of services, or end of civil works
contract, whichever earlier, provided rectification of errors if any, found during
implementation of the contract for civil work and satisfactory report by CE NH
(PWD) Navi Mumbai in this regard is issued. However, if contract is
foreclosed / terminated by CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai at Inception Stage, with no
fault of Consultant, Performance Security shall be released within three months
from date of foreclosure / termination.
Alternatively, the Consultant may submit a single Bank Guarantee as Performance
Security to cover the performance of all the consultancy assignments being
undertaken by the Consultant for the Client for the amount indicated below. If any
part of the Omnibus Bank Guarantee has been encashed by the Client, whether
before submission of Proposal, during pendency of the Proposal evaluation or during
pendency of the Contract, the Consultant shall re-equip the Omnibus Bank
Guarantee within a period of 3 working days. The Consultant may initially provide
the Omnibus Bank Guarantee towards Performance Security for a period of two years
provided that it shall procure the extension of the validity of the Performance
Security at least one month prior to the date of expiry thereof. Once the appropriate
single Bank Guarantee for Performance Security has been submitted by the
Consultant, the existing BGs shall be returned. The Bank Guarantee be submitted in
prescribed Proforma.
Performance Security
Cumulative Value of Consultancy Fee as per Ongoing BG Value (Rs. In
Contracts (Rs. In Crores) Crores)
0-10 0.2
10-20 0.4
20-30 0.5
30-40 0.6
40-60 0.8
60-80 1.0
80-100 1.2
100-150 1.5
150-200 1.75
>200-250 2.0
6.2 Further, in case where the bid of the successful consulting firm is less than 85% of
the average of all bids received, the successful consulting firm shall have to
submit an Additional Performance Security (APS) in the form of a Bank Guarantee
for 30% of the differential value between the successful bid and average of all the
bids received. The BG shall be valid for a period of [xx+2] months i.e. upto 2
months beyond the expiry of the Contract of [xx] months. The other requirements
of APS are same as those of Performance Security.
20
6.3 In the event the Consultant fails to provide the security within 15 days of date of
LOA, it may seek extension of time for a period of 15 (Fifteen) days on payment of
damages for such extended period in a sum of calculated at the rate of 0.05%
(Zero Point Zero Five Percent) of the Bid price for each day until the performance
security is provided. For the avoidance of doubt the agreement shall be deemed
to be terminated on expiry of additional 15 days time period.
6.4 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the

Parties agree that in the event of failure of the Consultant to provide the
Performance Security in accordance with the provisions of Clause 6.1 and 6.2
within the time specified therein or such extended period as may be provided by
the Authority, in accordance with the provisions of Clause 6.3, all rights,
privileges, claims and entitlements of the Consultant under or arising out of this
Agreement shall be deemed to have been waived by, and to have ceased with the
concurrence of the Consultant and the LoA shall be deemed to have been
withdrawn by mutual agreement of the Parties. Authority may take action to
debar such firms for future projects for a period of 1-2 year.
7. Penalty
The consultant will indemnify for any direct loss or damage that accrue due to
deficiency in services in carrying out Detailed Project Report. Penalty shall be
imposed on the consultants for poor performance/ deficiency in service as
expected from the consultant and as stated in General Conditions of Contract.
8. Award of Contract
The Client shall issue letter of award to selected Consultant and ask the
Consultant to provide Performance Security as in Para 6 above. If the selected
Consultant fail to provide performance security within the prescribed time or the
Consultant fail to sign the Contract Agreement within prescribed time, the Client
may invite the 2nd highest ranking bidder Consultant and follow the procedure
outlined in Para 8 and 9 of this Letter of Invitation.
9. Signing of Contract Agreement
After having received the performance security and verified it, the Client shall
invite the selected bidder for signing of Contract Agreement on a date and time
convenient to both parties within 15 days of receipt of valid Performance
Security.
10. The Client shall keep the bidders informed during the entire bidding process and
shall host the following information on its website:
i) Notice Inviting Tender (NIT)
ii) Request For Proposal (RFP)
iii) Replies to pre-bid queries, if any
iv) Amendments / corrigendum to RFP
v) List of bidders who submitted the bids up to the deadline of submission
21
vi) List of bidders who did not pass the eligibility requirements, stating the broad
deficiencies
vii) List of bidders who did not pass the Technical Evaluation stating the reasons.
viii) List of bidders along with the technical score, who qualified for opening the
financial bid
ix) Final Score of qualified bidders
ix) Name of the bidders who is awarded the Contract
11. It is the CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai policy that the consultants observe the highest
standard of ethics during the selection and execution of such contracts. In
pursuance of this policy, the
CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai:
(a) Defines, for the purpose of this paragraph, the terms set forth below as follows:
(i) “corrupt practice” means the offering, giving, receiving, or soliciting,
directly or indirectly, of anything of value to influence the action of a public
official in the selection process or in contract execution;
(ii) “fraudulent practice” means a misrepresentation or omission of facts in

order to influence a selection process or the execution of a contract;
(iii) “collusive practices” means a scheme or arrangement between two or more

consultants with or without the knowledge of the Client, designed to establish
prices at artificial, non-competitive levels;
(iv) “coercive practices” means harming or threatening to harm, directly or

indirectly, persons or their property to influence their participation in a
procurement process, or affect the execution of a contract.
(b) will reject a proposal for award if it determines that the Consultant recommended
for award has, directly or through an agent, engaged in corrupt, fraudulent,
collusive or coercive practices in competing for the contract in question;
(c) will declare a firm ineligible, either indefinitely or for a stated period of time, to
be awarded a contract if it at any time determines that the firm has engaged in
corrupt or fraudulent practices in competing for, or in executing, a contract; and
(d) will have the right to require that a provision be included requiring consultants to
permit the Employer to inspect their accounts and records relating to the
performance of the contract and to have them audited by authorized
representatives of Employer.”
12. Confirmation
We would appreciate you informing us by facsimile/e-mail whether or not you
will submit a proposal.
Thanking you.
Yours sincerely,
The Chief Engineer (NH)
Phone : 022-27574303
Encl. as above
22
ANNEX-1
Details of the stretch proposed for DPR preparation
Consultancy Services for DPR Preparation for widening of Ajanta Ghat to

4L+PS of NH-753F configuration in the state of Maharashtra.
S. NH No. Section State Tentative Length (in km) Package No. Estimated Cost
No. (in INR)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 NH-753F Ajanta Ghat Maharashtra 6.00 -- 21,00,000
Portion
23
ANNEX-II
Procedure of Awarding Work based on QCBS including Assessment of Least Cost
to CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai under Special Circumstances i.e. When a
Consultant with a particular team becomes H-1 bidder in more than one
package
A Consultant with a particular Team can apply for any number of packages with one
team. However, Award of work to a Consultant with “a Particular Team” either as sole or
as in JV/Association shall be limited to one package only. Following procedure shall be
followed for the selection of the most preferred bidder for the consultancy
assignment:
1. At first, Consultants who become H-1 in one package each shall be assigned the
respective package. Then packages in which a Consultant with “a Particular Team”
turns out to be the most preferred bidder (H-1) in more than one package shall be
considered. In case, a Consultant with “a Particular Team” turns out to be the
most preferred bidder (H-1) in more than one package, the package which is to be
awarded to this team of a consultant shall be determined on the basis of least cost
to CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai considering the Financial Quote of H-1 bidder and H-2
Bidder limited to those packages which shall be worked out as per procedure
illustrated with an example as mentioned below.
2. Suppose there are 8 packages namely Package-1, Package-2, Package -3,

Package-4, Package -5, package -6, package-7 and Package-8 respectively. It is
also assumed that 10 consultants namely P, Q, R, S, T, U, V, W, X and Y has applied
for these packages. It is also assumed that three Consultants namely P, R and U
has applied with two Teams and the remaining Consultants have applied with only
one team. It is also assumed that the following is the position of various firms after
opening of the Financial proposals (and after arithmetic corrections if any of the
Financial bids) of the packages and after applying QCBS
H-1 H-2 H-3 H-4 H-5 H-6

Package no. Name of Consultants and Financial Quotes (Rs in lakhs)
Package-1 P (team-1) Q W X T Y
230 lakhs 200 lakhs 240 lakhs 220 lakhs 200 lakhs 230 lakhs
Package-2 V U(team-1) X P (team-2) T Y
Package-3 V P(team-1) U(team-1) R (team-2) X Y
Package-4 R (team-1) T U (team-2) P (team-2) Y X
Package-5 R (team-1) V S U(team-2) W T
Package-6 Q T S P (team-2) W U (team-2)
Package-7 R (team-1) U (team-1) Q S W Y
Package-8 V R(team-1) W S P (team-1) Y
24
The different packages shall be awarded to consultants as mentioned below:
2.1 Step-1:
In this case, Consultants P (team-1) and Q are the H-1 in only one package each
namely package-1 and package-6 respectively. Consultant V is H-1 in 3 packages
namely Package-2, Package-3 and Package-8 respectively. Consultant R (team-1)
is H-1 in 3 packages namely Package-4, Package-5 and Package-7 respectively. Since
Consultant P (team-1) is H-1 in Package-1 only and Consultant Qis H-1 in Package-6
only, Consultant P (team-1) shall be awarded Package-1 and Consultant Q shall
be awarded Package-6.
2.2 Step-2:
After Consultant P (team-1) is awarded Package-1 and Consultant Qis awarded
Package-6, the scenario for the remaining 6 packages is as given below .P
(team- 1) and Q occurring anywhere else stands deleted as they have already been
awarded one work each
H-1 H-2 H-3 H-4 H-5 H-6

Package No. Name of Consultants and Financial Quotes (Rs in lakhs)
Package-2 V U(team-1) X P (team-2) T Y
Package-3 V U(team-1) R (team-2) X Y
200 lakhs 250 lakhs 230 lakhs 220 lakhs 200 lakhs
Package-4 R (team-1) T U (team-2) P (team-2) Y X
Package-5 R (team-1) V S U (team-2) W T
Package-7 R (team-1) U (team-1) S W Y
Package-8 V R(team-1) W S Y
Consultant V shall be awarded only one package out of the 3 packages for which it is H-1
namely Package-2, Package-3 and Package-8 respectively. Similarly Consultant R (team-
1) shall be awarded only one package out of the 3 packages for which it is H-1
namelyPackage-4, Package-5 and Package-7 respectively. The determination of package to
be awarded to Consultant V and Consultant R (team-1) shall be worked out in a single step
(i.e. one at a time) .New H-1 for the remaining packages (4 packages) shall be worked out
only after determination of packages to be awarded to the H-1 bidders at this stage [i.e.
Consultant V and R (Team-1) in the instant case] in one step . Determination of Package
to be awarded to each of Consultant V and Consultant R (team-1) shall be worked out as
follows
(i) After the award of Package-1 to Consultant –P (team-1) and Package -6 to Consultant
– Q and also considering that a Consultant with a particular team can be awarded
only one work, the details of H-1 and H-2 / New H-2 in the remaining 6 packages
25
are asmentioned below .Since V is H-1 in more than one package and shall be
awarded one of these packages, V has been deleted from all other packages
.Similarly, since R(Team-1) in more than one package and shall be awarded one of
these packages, R (Team-1) has been deleted from all other packages
H-1 H-2 / New Remarks

H-2
Package-2 V U(team-1)
240 lakhs 210 lakhs
Package-3 V U(team-1) Since Consultant P (Team-1) is awarded
200 lakhs 250 lakhs Package-1, Consultant U (team-1) becomes thenew H-2
Package-4 R (team- T
1)
250 lakhs 220 lakhs
Package-5 R (team- S
1)
220 lakhs 260 lakhs
Package-7 R (team- U (team-1)
1)
200 lakhs 220 lakhs
Package-8 V W Consultant-R(team-1) has not been considered as H-2 since Consultant –C (team-1) is
to be awardedone package out of the packages 4,5 and 7 in whichit is H-1. Hence
190 lakhs 220 lakhs
Consultant – W is the new H-2
(ii) Package to be awarded to Consultant –V who is H-1 in three packages namely Package
- 2, 3 and 8 respectively shall be determined on the basis of least cost to
CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai considering the Financial Quote of H-1 bidder and H-2
Bidder limited to those packages The situation for least cost to CE NH (PWD) Navi
Mumbai shall be when the firm with Consultant –G is awarded the package for
which Financial Bid of second ranked team (H-2) minus Financial Bid of the first
ranked team (H-1) is maximum. The same is illustrated as given below
H-1 H-2 / New Financial Bid of H-2/ NewH-2 Remarks

H-2 minus Financial Bid of H-1
Package-2 V U(team-1) 210-240 = (-) 30 lakhs

240 210 lakhs
lakhs
Package-3 V U(team-1) 250 – 200 = (+) 50 H-2 minus H-1 is Maximum. Hence
lakhs Consultant V shall beawarded Package-3
200 250 lakhs
lakhs
Package-8 V W 220 – 190 = (+) 30

lakhs
26
In a similar way, Package to be awarded to Consultant – R (team-1) who is H-1 in
three packages namely Package -4, 5 and 7 respectively shall be determined as
illustrated below:
H-1 H-2 / New Financial Bid of H-2/ New H-2 Remarks

H-2 minus Financial Bid ofH-1
Package-4 R (team- T 220-250 = (-) 30 lakhs

1)
250 lakhs 220 lakhs
Package-5 R (team- S 260 – 220 = (+) 40 lakhs H-2 minus H-1 is Maximum. Hence Consultant – R
1) (team- 1)shall be awarded Package- 5
220 lakhs 260 lakhs
Package-7 R (team- U (team-1) 220 – 200 = (+) 20 lakhs

1)
200 lakhs 220 lakhs
2.3 Step-3
(i) After the award of the above mentioned 4 packages namely, Package-1 to
Consultant–P (team-1), Package -6 to Consultant –Q, Package -3 to Consultant –
V, Package -5 to Consultant –R (team-1) and also considering that a Consultant
with a particular team can be awarded only one work, the details of new H-1
and New H-2 in the remaining 4 packages are as mentioned below
H-1 (New H- H-2 (New Remarks

1) H-2)
Package-2 U(team-1) X Since Consultant V is awarded Package-3 , Consultant U (team-1) becomes the
new H-1and Consultant X becomes the new H-2
210 lakhs 240 lakhs
Package-4 T U (team-2) Since Consultant -R(team-1) is awardedPackage-5 , Consultant T becomes the

new H-1 and Consultant U (team-2) becomes the new H-2
220 lakhs 240 lakhs
Package-7 U (team-1) S Since Consultant R(team-1) is awarded Package-5 , Consultant U (team-1)

becomes the new H-1 and Consultant S becomes the new H-2
220 lakhs 255 lakhs
Package-8 W S Since Consultant V is awarded Package-3 , Consultant W becomes the new

H-1 and Consultant S becomes the new H-2
220 lakhs 240 lakhs
(ii) Consultant T is the new H-1 for only one package namely Package-4. Similarly
Consultant W is the new H-1 for only one package namely Package-8. Accordingly
Package- 8 shall be awarded to Consultant–W and Package -4 shall be awarded
to Consultant–T.
2.4 Step-4:
27
Consultant U (team-1) is the new H-1 for package- 2 and Package-7 respectively and
Consultant U (team-1) shall be awarded only one package out of this 2 packages.
Package to be awarded to Consultant –U (team-1) shall be determined as illustrated
below
H-1 H-2 / Financial Bid of H-2/ New Remarks

New H-2 H-2 minus Financial Bid ofH-
1
Package-2 U(team- X 240-210 =(+)30 lakhs
1)
210 lakhs 240 lakhs
Package-7 U (team-1) S 255 – 220 = (+) 35 lakhs H-2 minus H-1 is Maximum. Hence Consultant – U (team-
1) shall be awarded Package- 7
220 lakhs 255 lakhs
2.5 Step-5 :
(i) After the award of the above mentioned 7 packages namely, Package-1 to
Consultant–P (team-1) , Package -6 to Consultant –Q, Package -3 to Consultant –
V, Package -5 to Consultant –R (team-1), Package-4 to Consultant -T, Package -8
to Consultant-W, package-7 to Consultant –U (team-1) team and also considering
that a Consultant with a particular team can be awarded only one work , the
details of new H-1 and / New H-2 in the remaining package i.e. package -2 is
as mentioned below
H-1 (New H- H-2 (New Remarks

1) H-2)
Package-2 X A (team- Since Consultant V is awarded Package-3 and Consultant U (team-1) is awarded
2) package- 7 , Consultant X becomes the new H-1 and ConsultantP(team-2) becomes
240 lakhs 220 lakhs the new H-2
(ii) Consultant X is the new H-1 for only one package namely Package-2. Accordingly,
Package -2 shall be awarded to Consultant –X.
3. Thus as per the above mentioned procedure the 8 packages are awarded to the
following Consultant at the Financial Quoted (after arithmetic Corrections) by
them for the respective packages
Package No. Name of Consultants awarded packages

Package-1 Consultant- P (team-1)
Package-2 Consultant- X
Package-3 Consultant- V
Package-4 Consultant- T
Package-5 Consultant- R (team-1)
Package-6 Consultant- Q
Package-7 Consultant- U (team-1)
Package-8 Consultant- W
28
DATA SHEET
I (References to corresponding paragraphs of LOI are mentioned alongside)
1. The Name of the Assignment and description of project as mentioned in

Annex-I (Ref. Para 1.1)
(The Name of project and Package No. should be indicated in the format given
in the technical proposal)
2. The name of the Client is : Chief Engineer, National Highways, Public Works Department,
3. Duration of the Project: Duration of the project 06 months.
* The time period for DPR preparation may be fixed as follows:
Sl. Type of Project Size (km) Duration
1 Widening & upgradation to 2 lanes with paved Upto 50 10
shoulders 50-100 12
>100 15
2 Widening & upgradation to 4/6 lanes with paved Upto 50 12
shoulders from 2L/2L+PS 50-100 15
>100 18
3 Widening & upgradation to 6 lanes with paved Upto 50 10
shoulders from 4L+PS 50-100 12
>100 15
4 Green Field Expressways Upto 50 18
50-100 21
>100 24
5 Stand alone bypass Upto 20 10
>20 12
6 Stand alone bridge/tunnel Duration to be decided for individual cases
depending on size and complexity
In case the project is located in hilly region in more than 50% length, the time period as
mentioned above shall be increased by 25%.
Time period may also be suitably increased in case the project has tunnel/long span bridge.
4. Date, Time and Venue of Pre-Proposal
Conference Date: 28.03.2024.
Time: 15.00 Hrs. at Chief Engineer office NH Konkan Bhawan, CBD Belapur, Navi
Mumbai
Pre-proposal conference shall be held through hybrid mode i.e. physical & video
conferencing.
5 The Documents are:
i. Appendix-I: Terms of Reference (TOR)
ii. Appendix-II Formats for Proof of Eligibility
iii. Appendix-III: Formats for Technical Proposal
29
iv. Appendix-IV: Formats for Financial Proposal
v. Appendix-V: Detailed Evaluation Criteria
vi. Appendix –VI Draft Contract Agreement
vii. Appendix –VII DPR Checklist
viii. Appendix –VIIII Sample Executive Summary
ix. Appendix-IX Rating Criteria for DPR Consultant
(Ref. Para 2.1)
6. Deleted
7. Tax and Insurance (Ref. Para 3.3.2)
(i). The Consultants and their personnel shall pay all taxes (including Goods &
service tax), custom duties, fees, levies and other impositions levied under
the laws prevailing seven days before the last date of submission of the
bids. The effects of any increase / decrease of any type of taxes levied by
the Government shall be borne by the Client / Consultant, as appropriate.
(ii). Limitations of the Consultant’s Liability towards the Client shall be as per
Clause 3.4 of Draft Contract Agreement
(iii). The risk and coverage shall be as per Clause 3.5 of Draft Contract Agreement.
8. Deleted
9. Deleted
10. The date, time and Address of proposal submission are
Date 19.04.2024
Time 17.30 Hrs.
Address at Chief Engineer office NH Konkan Bhawan, CBD Belapur, Navi Mumbai
(Ref. Para 4.4)
11. Proposal Validity period (Number of days): 120 days (Ref. Para 4.5)
12. Evaluation criteria: (Ref. Para 3 & 5)
12.1 First stage evaluation – eligibility requirement. (Ref. Para 3.1 & 5.1)
30
Table-1: Minimum Eligibility Requirements
Sr. Minimum experience and performance of Preparation of DPR of Highways Annual average
No. / Bridges in the last 7 years (NH/SH/Equivalent) (for past performance attach turnover
undertaking for any litigation history/ and arbitration).
1 A Firm applying for a package should have Experience of preparation of Detailed Annual average turnover
Project Report of two/four/six lane / Feasibility of Two/ four/ six lane projects of for last
aggregate length equal to the indicative length of the package (i.e. 100km if the indicative 5 years of the firm
length of the package is 100 km). Firm should have also prepared DPR for at least should be equal to or
one project of 2/4/6laning of minimum 40% of the indicative length of the package (i.e. more than Rs.5.00
40 km if the indicative length of the package is 100 km) or Feasibility Study of Crores.
two/four/six laning of minimum 60%of the indicative length of the package (i.e. 60 km if
the indicative length of the package is 100 km)
Note: The experience of a firm in preparation of DPR for a private
concessionaire/contractor shall not be considered.
(i) The sole applicant shall fulfill all the requirements given in Table-1.
(ii) In case of JV, the Lead Partner should fulfill at least 75% of all eligibility
requirements and the other partner shall fulfill at least 50% of all
eligibility requirements.
(iii) If the applicant firm has / have prepared the DPR/FS projects solely on its
own, 100% weightage shall be given. If the applicant firm has prepared the
DPR/FS projects as a lead partner in a JV, 75% weightage shall be given. If
the applicant firm have prepared the DPR projects as the other partner (not
lead partner) in a JV 50% weightage shall be given. If the applicant firm
have prepared the DPR/FS projects as an associate,25% weightage shall
be given.
(iv) Similar project means 2/4/6 lane as applicable for the project for which RFP is
invited. For 2-lane projects experience of 4/6 lane also to be considered
with a multiplication factor of 1.5. Experience of 4/6 lane shall be
considered interchangeably for 4/6 laning projects. For 4/6 laning
projects, experience of 2 lane will be considered with a multiplication
factor of 0.4, but only for those 2 lane projects whose cost of consultancy
services was more than Rs.1.0 crore
12.2 Second stage technical evaluation (Refer 5.2)
S. No. Description Points

1 Firm's relevant experience in last 7 years 50
Material testing, survey & investigation, equipment and software proposed to be used
2 10
3 Qualification and Relevant experience of the proposed key personnel 40

Total 100
Further break-up of each criteria has been detailed out below:
A. Firm's relevant experience in last 7 years (50)

31
For standard highways, the following is the break-up:
S. No. Description Maximum Sub-

Points Points
1 Specific experience of the DPR consultancy related to the assignment for eligibility 20
1.1 Aggregate Length of DPR / Feasibility study of 2/4/ 6 lane projects 10

1.1.1 > 1 but <=2 the indicative Length of the package applied for 6
1.1.2 >2 but<=3 times the indicative length of the package applied for 7
1.1.3 > 3 but <=4 times the indicative length of the package applied for 8
1.1.5 > 5 times the indicative length of the package applied for 10
1.2 DPR for 2/4/6 laning projects each equal to or more than 40 % of indicative length of a package 10
applied for (or Feasibility Study for 2/4/6 laning projects each equal to or more than 60 % of
indicative length of a package applied for)
1.2.1 1 project 6
1.2.2 2 projects 7
1.2.3 3 projects 8
1.2.4 4 projects 9
1.2.5 ≥ 5 projects 10
2 DPR of Bridge having length more than 200 m 5
2.1 1 bridge 1
2.2 2 bridges 2
2.3 3 bridges 3
2.4 4 bridges 4
2.5 ≥ 5 bridges 5
3 Specific experience of firms in terms of turnover 5
3.1 Two Lane up to 50 km length or 4-lane up to 30 km length 5
3.1.1 Firm’s Average Turnover of last 5 years > 25 crore 5
3.1.2 Firm Average Turnover of last 5 years 10 - 25 crore 4
3.1.3 Firm Average Turnover of last 5 years > 5 but < 10 crore 3
3.2 Two lane 50-200 km length or 4/6 lane 30-120 km
length
3.2.3 Firm Average Turnover of last 5 years > 10 but < 25 3

crore
3.3 Two lanes more than 200 km or 4/6 lanes above 120 km in length.
32
Points Points
4 Highway Professionals * working with the firm 10
4.1 <10 nos. 0
4.2 10-19 nos. 7
4.3 20-29 nos. 8
4.4 > 30 nos. 9
4.5 Additional one mark will be given if minimum 20% of the above key personnel have M.Tech in any 1
field of civil engineering
*The professionals who possess degree in Civil Engineering/Transport Planning/Transport

Economics/Traffic Management/Geology/Environment Science or Engineering and 8 years
Experience in highway/bridge/tunnel with employment in the firm for more than one year. The
current Employment Certificate shall be uploaded by Key Personnel on INFRACON.
5 Quality of Past Performance (based on self certification) 10
5.1 Average CoS (net of positive and negative) as percentage of contract price in last 5 DPRs prepared 2.5
by the firm
5.1.1 0 2.5
5.1.2 > 0 but <=2.5 2.0
5.1.3 >2.5 but<=5 1.5
5.1.4 >5 but<=7.5 1.0
5.1.5 >7.5 but <=10 0.5
5.1.6 >10 0.0
5.2 Average area variation as percentage of acquired private land as per 1st 3D notification in last 5 2.5
DPRs prepared by the firm
5.2.1 0 2.5
33
Points Points
5.2.2 > 0 but <=4 2.0
5.2.3 >4 but <=8 1.5
5.2.4 >8 but <=12 1.0
5.2.5 >12 but<=16 0.5
5.2.6 >16 0.0
5.3 Average delay in land acquisition in last 5 DPRs prepared by the firm (delay in 90% site possession 2.5
wrt contract period)
5.3.1 <=3 months 2.5
5.3.2 >3 but <=6 months 2.0
5.3.3 >6 but <=9 months 1.5
5.3.4 >9 but <=12 months 1.0
5.3.5 >12 months 0.0
5.4 Average use of new materials/waste materials/new technology used in last 5 DPRs prepared by 2.5
the firm as percentage of total cost of civil works
5.4.1 <=2.5 0.0
5.4.2 >2.5 but <=5 1.0
5.4.3 >5 but <=7.5 1.5
5.4.4 >7.5 but<=10 2.0
5.4.5 >10 2.5
34
For special projects such as special bridges, tunnels and expressways that
require specialized capabilities and skill sets, the following is the break-up:

Points Points
1 Specific experience of the DPR consultancy related to the assignment foreligibility 15

1.1.2 >2 but <=3 times the indicative length of the package applied for 5
1.1.3 > 3 but <= 4 times the indicative length of the package applied for 6
1.2.1 1 project 3
1.2.2 2 projects 4
1.2.3 3 projects 5
1.2.4 4 projects 6
1.2.5 ≥ 5 projects 7
2.1 1 bridge 1
2.2 2 bridges 2
2.3 3 bridges 3
2.4 4 bridges 4
2.5 ≥ 5 bridges 5
3.1 Two Lane up to 50 km length or 4-lane up to 30 km length
3.2 Two lane 50-200 km length or 4/6 lane 30-120 km length
35
Points Points
4 DPR for special category projects (Special bridges/ tunnels or expressways,
whichever applicable). It is to be noted that either 4.1 or
4.2 shall be applicable, and not both.
4.1 DPR of number of special bridges/ tunnels (if applicable) 5
4.1.1 1 project 1
4.1.2 2 projects 2
4.1.3 3 projects 3
4.1.4 4 projects 4
4.2 Aggregate length of DPR/ Feasibility study for expressways 5
4.2.1 Upto 50 km 2
4.2.2 50km to 100 km 3
4.2.3 100km to 150 km 4
4.2.4 > 150 Km 5
5.1 <10 nos. 0
5.2 10-19 nos. 7
5.3 20-29 nos. 8
5.4 > 30 nos. 9
6.1 Average CoS (net of positive and negative) as percentage of contract price in last 5 DPRs prepared by 2.5
the firm
6.1.1 0 2.5
6.1.2 > 0 but <=2.5 2.0
6.1.3 > 2.5 but <=5.0 1.5
6.1.4 > 5.0 but <=7.5 1.0
6.1.5 > 7.5 but <=10.0 0.5
6.1.6 >10 0.0
6.2 Delay in completion of DPR as percentage of original contract period in last 5 DPRs prepared by 2.5
the firm
6.2.1 0 2.5
6.2.2 > 0 but <= 25 2.0
6.2.3 >25 but <= 50 1.5
6.2.4 >50 but <= 75 1.0
6.2.5 >75 but <=100 0.5
36
Points Points
6.2.6 >100 0.0
6.3 Average delay in land acquisition in last 5 DPRs prepared by the firm (delay in 90% site 2.5
possession wrt contract period)
6.3.1 <=3 months 2.5
6.3.2 >3 but <=6 months 2.0
6.3.3 >6 but <=9 months 1.5
6.3.4 >9 but <=12 months 1.0
6.3.5 >12 months 0
6.4.1 <=2.5 0
6.4.2 >2.5 but <=5 1.0
6.4.3 >5.0 but <=7.5 1.5
6.4.4 >7.5 but <=10 2.0
6.4.5 >10 2.5
Note: In case feasibility study is a part of DPR services the experience shall be counted
in DPR only. In case bridge is included as part of DPR of highway the experience will be
(1) and (2) Note:
B. Material testing, survey and investigation, equipment and software

proposed to be used (10)

Points Points
1 Availability of Material Testing Facilities with persons/resources having operational skills of 1
the equipment
1.1 Owned* (Available In House) 1.0
* Shall be ascertained through the ownership evidence uploaded on INFRACON in regard to
major equipment required for testing of materials to be used for construction of Highway
Project.
2 Availability of Field Investigation Facilities with persons/resources having operational 2
skills of the equipment
2.1 Owned** (Available In House) 2.0
** Shall be ascertained through ownership evidence uploaded on INFRACON for
construction of Highway Project.
3 Availability of Office Equipment and Software with persons/resources having operational 1.5
3.1 Owned*** (Available In House) 1.5
*** Shall be ascertained through ownership evidence uploaded on INFRACON for key hardware/software required for Highway
consultancy assignment.
4 Experience in LIDAR or better technology for topographic survey (Infrastructure 3.5
sector)
4.1 1 project 1
37
Points Points
4.2 2 projects 2
4.3 3 projects 2.5
4.4 4 projects 3.0
4.5 ≥ 5 projects 3.5
5 Experience in using GPR and Induction Locator or better technologies for detection of sub- 1
surface utilities (Infrastructure sector)
5.1 1 project 0.25
5.2 2 projects 0.50
5.3 3 projects 0.75
5.4 ≥ 4 projects 1.00
6 Experience in digitization of cadastral maps for land surveys 1
6.1 Area upto 100 ha 0.50
6.2 Area between 100-500 ha 0.75
6.3 Area > 500 ha 1.0
* Shall be ascertained through the ownership evidence uploaded on INFRACON in

regard to major equipments required for testing of materials to be used for
Note:1- The experience of firm in Lidar or equivalent technology, GPR and Induction
Locator or equivalent technologies and Experience in digitization of cadastral maps
for land acquisition shall be supported by experience certificate. The experience of
a firm in Lidar or equivalent technology, GPR and Induction Locator or equivalent
technologies and Experience in Digitization of cadastral maps for land acquisition for
a private concessionaire/contractor shall be considered only if the experience
certificate is authenticated by the concerned competent Government
department/authority. In case of overseas experience the weightage to be assigned
to the certificate for experience in use of the equipment, a self-certificate followed
by the client certificate may be accepted.
Note:2- In case ownership document of equipment of Consultancy/Associate Firm is
found to be false, the consultancy/ Associate firm, as the case may be, shall be put
on holiday listing (temporary debarment) for a period upto 12 months.
List of minimum essential equipment which the firm must possess for eligibility:
Material Testing Facilities
a. Aggregate testing facility including flakiness index, elongation index, abrasion, impact,
crushing, stripping value etc.
b. Soil testing facility including Atterberg limits, soil classifications, moisture content,
density, CBR value, etc.
Field Investigation Facilities
a. Falling weight deflectometer
b. Roughometer or equivalent / better
c. DGPS and Total station with appropriate software or equivalent / better
d. Drone with LiDAR sensor or better with appropriate processing software
e. Ground Penetrating Radar (GPR), hand held GPS, Laser Distance Measuring Instrument
Office Equipment and Software
38
a. Office equipment setup including Computer, plotter, A0 printer etc.
b. MX/ Open Roads or equivalent / better

c. AutoCAD
d. MIDAS or equivalent / better
e. Road Estimator 9.9 or better
f. Auto Plotter 10.9 or better
g. MS Project or Primavera or equivalent
h. HDM-4 or equivalent
C. Qualification and relevant experience of the proposed key personnel (40)

The weightage for various key staff is as
under: C-1 Normal Highway Project:
S. No. Key personnel Points
1 Team Leader cum senior Highway Engineer 10
2 Senior Bridge Engineer cum Material cum Geotechnical Engineer- Geologist 6
3 Senior Survey Engineer cum Traffic and safety Expert 6
4 Environmental Specialist 6
5 Quantity Surveyor / Documentation Expert 6
6 Land Acquisition / Forest / Utility Expert 6
Total 40
C-2 Standalone Bridge Project:

1 Team Leader cum Bridge Engineer 12
2 Highway Engineer 10
3 Bridge Structural Engineer 10
4 Material cum Geotechnical Engineer 8
Total 40
C-3 Standalone Tunnel Project:

1 Team Leader cum Tunnel Expert 12
2 Tunnel Design Expert 10
3 Geotechnical Engineer 10
4 Geophysicist/Geologist 8
Total 40
The number of points assigned during the evaluation of qualification and competence of
key staff are as given below:
39
S. No. Description Maximum Points Sub-Points
1 General Qualification 25
1.1 Essential education qualification 20
1.2 Desirable education qualification 5
2 Relevant experience and adequacy for the project 70
2.1 Total professional experience 15
2.2 Experience in Highway/Bridge/Tunnel Projects 25
2.3 Experience in Similar Capacity 30
3 Employment with the Firm 5
3.1 Less than 1 Year 0
3.2 1 year 3
3.3 Add 0.5 marks for each subsequent year subject to maximum of 2 marks
12.3 Detailed evaluation criteria which is to be used for evaluation of technical

bids is as indicated at Appendix-V.
The Consultant should carryout self-evaluation based on the evaluation

criteria at Appendix-V. While submitting the self-evaluation along with bid,
Consultant shall make references to the documents submitted in their
proposal which have been relied upon in self-evaluation Result of technical
evaluation shall be made available on the website giving opportunity to the
bidders to respond within 7 days in case they have any objection
12.4 Third stage – Evaluation of Financial proposal
Financial Proposals of all Qualified Consultants in accordance with clause 5.2

and 5.3 of Letter of Invitation shall be opened.
The consultancy services will be awarded to the consultant scoring highest marks
in combined evaluation of Technical and Financial proposals in accordance with
clause 1.3 and 5.4 hereof.
The Factors are:
The weight given to Technical Proposal (T) = 0.80. The weight given to
Financial Proposal (F) = 0.20
13. The common currency is “Indian Rupee”. (Ref. Para 3.3.3)
Consultant have to quote in Rupees both for domestic Consultant as well as Foreign
Consultants
14. Commencement of Assignment (Date, Location): The Consultants shall commence

the Services within fifteen days of the date of effectiveness of the contract at
locations as required for the project stretch stated in TOR. (Ref. Para 1.2 of LOI
and 2.3 of GCC/SC)
40
APPENDIX-I
TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR)

(Agency may suitably modify the ToR in respect of Standalone Bridge & Tunnel
Projects)
Consultancy Services for Consultancy Services for DPR Preparation for widening of Ajanta
Ghat to 4L+PS of NH-753F configuration in the state of Maharashtra
Terms of Reference for Consultancy Services (TOR)
1. General
1.1 The CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai has been entrusted with the assignment of Consultancy
Services for DPR Preparation for widening of Ajanta Ghat to 4L+PS of NH-753F configuration in
the state of Maharashtra. CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai now invites proposal from
Technical consultants for carrying out detailed project report as per details given
in Annexure-1.
1.2 CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai will be the employer and executing agency for the
consultancy services and the standards of output required from the appointed
consultants are of international level both in terms of quality and adherence to the
agreed time schedule. The consultancy firm will solely be responsible for
submission of quality work in stipulated period.
1.3 Ministry has recently awarded works of consultancy services for construction of
ROBs for replacing level crossings in various states. In case a level crossing exists in
a project reach, consultant is required to co-ordinate with those consultants and
finalize the alignment & configuration of road accordingly. However, if the same
is not covered in the above assignment of DPR/feasibility study awarded by
Ministry, the consultant under this assignment shall be responsible for preparing
DPR for such level crossings.
2. Objective
2.1 The main objective of the consultancy service is to establish the technical,
economical, and financial viability of the project and prepare detailed project
reports for rehabilitation and upgrading of the existing road to <4 Lane>
configuration.
2.2 The viability of the project shall be established taking into account the
requirements with regard to rehabilitation, upgrading and improvement based
on highway design, pavement design, provision of service roads wherever necessary,
type of intersections, rehabilitation and widening of existing and/or construction
of new bridges and structures, road safety features, quantities of various items of
works and cost estimates and economic analysis within the given time frame.
2.3 The Detailed Project Report (DPR) would inter-alia include detailed highway
design, design of pavement and overlay with options for flexible or rigid
pavements, design of bridges and cross drainage structures and grade separated
structures, design of service roads, quantities of various items, detailed working
drawings, detailed cost estimates, economic and financial viability analyses,
environmental and social feasibility, social and environmental action plans as
appropriate and documents required for tendering the project on commercial
basis for international / local competitive bidding.
41
2.4 The DPR consultant should ensure detailed project preparation incorporating aspects
of value engineering, quality audit and safety audit requirement in design and
implementation. The Consultant shall ensure to carry out Road Safety Audit at
various stages as per supplement-III (Additional Requirement for Safety Audit) of
TOR.
2.5 The consultant should, along with Feasibility Report, clearly bring out through
financial analysis the preferred mode of implementation on which the Civil Works
for the stretches are to be taken up. The consultant should also give cost
estimates along with feasibility report/ detailed Project Report.
2.6 If at inception stage or feasibility stage, employer desires to terminate the contract,
the contract will be terminated after payment up to that stage.
3. Scope of Services
The general scope of services is given in the sections that follow. However, the
entire scope of services would, inter-alia, include the items mentioned in the
Letter of Invitation, terms of reference, general contract and any supplements
and appendices to these documents.
3.1 RoW and Land related aspects
3.1.1 The Right of Way norms for National Highways should be as under:
(i) Expressways 90 m
(ii) Economic Corridors and major National Highways requiring provisions for Service Roads andplanned for expansion to 8- 70 m
lanes
(iii) National Highways with planed capacity to 6-lane Configuration 60 m
(iv) National Highways with planned capacity to 4-lane 45 m
(v) NH with planned capacity to two-lane + PS configuration requiring provision of Service Roads 30 m
3.1.2 In case of upgradation of an existing two lane Highway to a 4/6/8 lane configuration,
a comparative cost-benefit analysis shall necessarily be carried out while
recommending development of existing route/alignment vis-a-vis alternate
option of a green –field alignment. While carrying out the cost benefit analysis
of both the options, the following factors shall be considered:
(i) Extant of land acquisition and the associated costs;
(ii) Number of structures required to be acquired along their extant and costs.
(iii) The quantum of utilities and costs required for their shifting.
(iv) The extent of tree –felling and the associated cost & time for
obtaining therequisite permissions.
3.1.3 However, green-field option may not be resorted to in cases where growth of
traffic is such that ultimate capacity does not require widening beyond 4 lanes in
future.
3.1.4 In case the green field alignment option works out to be a preferred option, then-
(i) RoW width to be acquired shall be intimated to the Consultant by the client on
completion of feasibility study. No positive or negative variation to the price shall
be made on this account.
(ii) The lane status of the highway should be decided depending on the anticipated
traffic and ROW available. However, carriageway shall be placed in such a manner
that additional land is left adjacent to the median for future expansion.
42
(iii) The highway shall have provision for service roads in inhabited areas, preferably
of 10 mtrs width, with maximum access –control for the main carriage way .
(iv) Access to the towns/cities/establishments located on the existing National
Highway, may be provided through spurs from the green field route.
3.1.5 All efforts shall be made to avoid any road alignment through National Parks and
Wild life Sanctuaries, even if it requires taking a long route/bypass. However,
where it becomes absolutely unavoidable and necessary to keep the alignment
through such reserve forest / restricted areas, minimum land would be acquired
such that highway can be provided except the service road so as to meet all
design requirements.
3.1.6 Similarly, though it may be difficult, while determining the alignment for any
bypass, efforts be made to see if these could be along the revenue boundaries of
two revenue estates thereby minimizing the compulsions of land owners / farmers
for cross-overs to the other side. In case such an alignment is not found
feasible, it should be ensured that access to common facilities for the local people
(e.g. schools, Healthcare facilities etc.) is maintained only on one side of the
alignment, thereby minimizing the need for cross-over for day-to-day life.
3.1.7 Protection of the acquired RoW against any possible encroachments is extremely
important. Boundary stones be provided at the end of the RoW as per provisions
of IRC:SP:84 and also supplemented as per Circular dated 08.12.2015 issued by
CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai. The boundary pillars alone, which are subject to
removal with passage of time, may not be enough to save against encroachments.
As such, the typical cross- section of a Highway Road is being re-visited separately
with the intention of providing permanent features in this behalf. For a typical RoW
of 60 mtrs, starting from one end, these will require the following:
(a) Use barricading of the RoW with plantation of hedge-like species (Ficus / Poplars)
within a 3m wide strip area, dug up to 0.6 to 0.9 mtrs, of which 2.0 mtrs to serve
as a Utility Corridor.
(b) Provision of a Service Road (along the inhabited area) with its drainage slope
towards the drain / area reserved for Strip Plantation, for a width of 9.0 mtrs.
(c) Earmark width of 1.5 mtrs for construction of a drain so as to be able to capture
the rainwater flow from the Service Road (wherever provided) and the main
carriageway.
(d) Three lane with paved shoulders: Main carriageway – 10.5 mtrs, paved shoulder –
2.5 mtr and earthen shoulder – 1.5 mtr.
(e) Median – 5.0 mtrs (effective width 4.5 m), and
(f) A Mirror Image on the other end.
3.1.8 With regard to land acquisition, tree felling, utility shifting across the alignment,
Ministry’s Guidelines issued vide letter no. NH -15017/21/2018-P&M dated 10th May,
2018, or any amendment thereof, may be adhered to.
3.2 Provisions of short bypasses, service roads, alignment corrections, improvement

of intersections shall be made wherever considered necessary, practicable and
cost effective. However, bypasses proposals should also be considered, wherever
in urban areas, improvement to <lane> of the existing road is not possible.
3.3 Role and Responsibilities at different stages of Land Acquisition
43
The Consultant in the process of his deliverables, is expected to:
(i) To delineate and propose the most optimal alignment and take care of geometrics
of the road to meet safety parameters while finalizing the DPR;
(ii) Identify and avoid (to the extent feasible) all such structures (religious structures,
public utilities cremation grounds, private structures) in the RoW of the road
project that could become major hindrances at the time of project execution;
(iii) Procure or create digitized, geo referenced cadastral/land revenue maps for the
purpose of land acquisition activities. Where state governments of local agencies
have already digitize cadastral maps, the consultant shall arrange to procure such
maps. The digitized map should exactly match the original map so that the
dimensions and area of plots can be extracted from the map itself.
(iv) Co-ordinate collection of all relevant land revenue records (including Khasra
maps, Khatiyan, Jamabandi etc.) from the local land revenue administration office
required for preparation of Draft notification under Section 3A of the NH Act.
(v) Identify and list all land parcels that need to be acquired as part of project road.
Conduct Joint measurement survey in conjunction with CALA, the Executing
Agency and the Land Revenue Department to verify land records.
(vi) Assist the CALA and the Project Executing agency in preparation of statutory
notification under Sections 3A, the CALA during hearing of objections received
under Section 3C, recording of hearings and completion of this process,
preparation of draft notification under Section 3D and completion of the LA
process at every stage, timely publication of notifications and public notices in
newspapers at every stage;
(vii) Clear identification and preparation of an inventory of the assets attached to the
land under acquisition (e.g. Structures, trees, crops or any such assets which
should be valued for payment of compensation);
(viii) Co-ordination with offices of various departments like Land Revenue Office (or
Tehsil), Registrar office and other State departments (public works department,
horticulture department, forest department etc.) for evaluation of assets
(Structures, tree, crops etc.) attached to the land and liaison with respective State
authority for authentication of the valuation.
(ix) Prepare and inventory of all the utilities (electrical/water supply lines/gas
pipelines etc.–
(x) both linear and cross overs) and all such structures (religious structure, public
utilities, cremation grounds, private structures) in the RoW of the road project
that could become major hindrances at the time of project execution;
(xi) Carefully avoid location of any Flyover/VUP/elevated structure where a high
tension electricity line (66/132/220/400 KV etc.) is crossing over so as to avoid
raising of such line at such point, while designing the road projects;
(xii) Assist in demarcation of the acquired land and installation of the boundary
stones/pillars/peg makings along the RoW of the alignment;
(xiii) Identification of land parcels missed out from acquisition in the first round and
assist the Authority and the CALA in preparation of Draft Notification for
acquisition of the land under missing plots.
44
3.4 Approach to the provision and specifications for Structures:
3.4.1 The structures on roads viz. Bridges, ROBs (Road Over Bridges, and Flyovers),
RUBs(Road Under Bridges) etc. are designed for more than 50 years. It is difficult to
increase the width of the structures at a later date which may also have larger
financial implications apart from construction related issues in running traffic.
Therefore, it has been decided to keep provision for all the structures including
approaches comprising of retaining structures as 6-lane (length of such
approaches shall, in no case, be less than 30m on either side) on all the four-lane
highways except in the following cases (i) Reserve Forest (ii) Wild life Areas (iii)
Hilly Areas (iv) Urban Areas where site condition do not permit this. Wherever
elevated sections are designed through any inhabited areas, these should be six-
lane structures supported on single piers so that the road underneath serves as
effective service roads on both sides.
3.4.2 Highway projects shall be designed for separation of local traffic especially for
Vulnerable Road Users (VRUs), for longitudinal movements and crossing facilities
through viaduct(s) located at convenient walking distance. Provision of PUPs and
CUPs with size of 7.0m x 3.0m, as specified in para 2.10 of the IRC specifications,
has proved to be insufficient keeping in view the increased use of
mechanization in agriculture practices. These structures do not support the easy
passage / crossing for the tractors with trolleys so often used for agricultural
operations. As traffic on cross roads is increasing day-by-day, it has been
decided to substitute the provision of Pedestrian Underpass (PUP) / Cattle
Underpass (CUP) [for para 2.10 of IRC specifies the dimensions of 7.0m x 3.0m]
with a LVUP with a minimum size of 12 (lateral clearance) x 4m (vertical
clearance). Out of 12m lateral width, 2.5m width on one side shall be raised
for pedestrian sidewalks with grills to make pedestrian movement convenient and
safe. A third smaller dimension VUP-SVUP (4m*7m) for all cross roads
carriageway width lesser than
5.5m may also be considered. Thus VUPs would be of three grades i.e.VUP-
5.5mx20m ; LVUP-4mx12m ; and SVUP-4mx7m These structures shall be located at
the most preferred place of pedestrian / cattle / day-to-day crossings.
Depending on the site conditions, feasibility of clubbing the crossing facilities
through service roads shall also be explored. Further, the bed level of these
crossings shall not be depressed as any such depression, in the absence of proper
drainage facilities becomes water-logged rendering the same unusable. Ideally,
the bed level of the crossings should be a bit higher with proper connectivity to
a drain, which could serve the drainage requirements of the main carriageway,
the underpass and the service road as well.
3.4.3 Wherever the alignment of 4-lane Highway road project is retained in-situ while
passing through inhabited areas (e.g. villages), it should be ensured that Service
Roads are provided on both sides of the carriageway, connected underneath with
a cross- over structure (VUP/ LVUP/SVUP). Thus each habitation should
preferably have crossing facility at the highways with a vertical clearance of 4
mtrs.
3.4.4 To ensure that bypass once constructed serves the intended purpose during its life, all
the bypasses shall be well designed and access controlled. The entry / exit from /
to side roads shall be controlled such that they are grade separated at major roads
45
or at spacing not less than 5 kms. Side roads at closer spacing shall be connected to
the service roads on either side and taken to major roads for provision of grade
separated interchange.
3.5 The provision of embankments shall be kept minimum so as to save land as well
as earth which are scarce resources. This can be decided on case to case basis
with due deliberations. However, economic considerations may also be given due
weightage before deciding the issue.
3.6 The Consultant shall study the possible locations and design of toll plaza if
applicable to the project. Wayside amenities Land (minimum 5 acres, length and
depth preferably in the ratio of 3:2) shall also be acquired for establishment of
Way-side amenities at suitable locations at distances varying between 30 to 50
kms on both sides of the Highway. The local and slow traffic may need
segregation from the main traffic and provision of service roads and fencing may
be considered, wherever necessary to improve efficiency and safety.
3.7 The Consultant will also make suitable proposals for widening/improvement of
the existing road and strengthening of the carriageways, as required at the
appropriate time to maintain the level of service over the design period. The
Consultants shall prepare documents for EPC/PPP contracts for each DPR
assignment.
3.8 All ready to implement ‘good for construction’ drawings shall be prepared
incorporating all the details.
3.9 Environmental Impact Assessment, Environmental Management Plan and

Rehabilitation and Resettlement Studies shall be carried out by the Consultant
meeting the requirements of the lending agencies like ADB/ World Bank/JICA,
etc.
3.10 Wherever required, consultant will liaise with concerned authorities and arrange
all clarifications. Approval of all drawings including GAD and detail engineering
drawings will be got done by the consultant from the Railways. However, if
Railways require proof checking of the drawings prepared by the consultants, the
same will be got done by CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai and payment to the proof
consultant shall be made by CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai directly. Consultant will
also obtain final approval from Ministry of Environment and Forest for all
applicable clearances. Consultant will also obtain approval for estimates for
shifting of utilities of all types from the concerned authorities and CE NH (PWD)
Navi Mumbai. Consultant is also required to prepare all Land Acquisition papers
(i.e. all necessary schedule and draft 3a, 3A, and 3D, 3G notification as per L.A.
act) for acquisition of land either under NH Act or State Act.
3.11 The DPR consultant may be required to prepare the Bid Documents, based on
the feasibility report, due to exigency of the project for execution if desired by
CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai.
3.12 Consultant shall obtain all types of necessary clearances required for
implementation of the project on the ground from the concerned agencies. The
client shall provide the necessary supporting letters and any official fees as per
the demand note issued by such concerned agencies from whom the clearances
are being sought to enable implementation.
3.13 The consultant shall prepare separate documents for BoT as well as EPC contracts
at Feasibility stage / DPR stage. The studies for financing options like BoT,
46
Annuity, EPC will be undertaken in feasibility study stage.
3.14 The consultant shall be guided in its assignment by the Model Concession/
Contract Agreements for PPP/ EPC projects, as applicable and the Manual of
Specifications and Standards for two/ four/ six laning of highways published
by IRC (IRC:SP:73 or IRC:SP:84 or IRC:SP:87, as applicable) along with
relevant IRC codes for design of long bridges.
3.15 The consultant shall prepare the bid documents including required schedules (as
mentioned above) as per EPC/ PPP documents. For that it is suggested that
consultant should also go through the EPC/PPP documents of ministry before bidding
the project. The Consultant shall assist the CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai and the
Legal Adviser by furnishing clarifications as required for the financial appraisal
and legal scrutiny of the Project Highway and Bid Documents.
3.16 Consultant shall be responsible for sharing the findings from the preparation
stages during the bid process. During the bid process for a project, the
consultant shall support the authority in responding to all technical queries, and
shall ensure participation of senior team members of the consultant during all
interaction with potential bidders including pre-bid conference, meetings, site
visits etc. In addition, the consultant shall also support preparation of detailed
responses to the written queries raised by the bidders.
4. General
4.1 Primary Tasks
General Scope of Services shall cover but be not limited to the following major
tasks (additional requirements for Preparation of Detailed Project Report for Hill
Roads and Major Bridges are given in Supplement I and II respectively):
i. Review of all available reports and published information about the project road
and the project influence area;
ii. Environmental and social impact assessment, including such as related to cultural
properties, natural habitats, involuntary resettlement etc.
ii (a). Public consultation, including consultation with Communities located along the
road, NGOs working in the area, other stake-holders and relevant Government
departments at all the different stages of assignment (such as inception stage,
feasibility stage, preliminary design stage and once final designs are concretized).
iii. Detailed Reconnaissance;
iv. Identification of possible improvements in the existing alignment and bypassing
congested locations with alternatives, evaluation of different alternatives
comparison on techno-economic and other considerations and recommendations
regarding mostappropriate option;
v. Traffic studies including traffic surveys and Axle load survey and demand
forecasting for next thirty years;
vi. Inventory and condition surveys for road;
vii. Inventory and condition surveys for bridges, cross-drainage structures, other
Structures, river Bank training/Protection works and drainage provisions;
viii. Detailed topographic surveys using LiDAR equipped with minimum engineering grade
system or any other better technology having output accuracy not less than (a)
specified in IRC SP 19 (b) Total Station (c) GPS/ DGPS. The use of conventional
high precision instruments i.e Total Station or equivalent can be used at locations
47
such as major bypasses, water bodies etc. where it may not be possible to survey
using LiDAR. Use of mobile / Aerial LiDAR survey is preferable.
ix. Pavement investigations;
x. Sub-grade characteristics and strength: investigation of required sub-grade and
sub-soil characteristics and strength for road and embankment design and sub soil
investigation;
xi. Identification of sources of construction materials;
xii. Detailed design of road, its x-sections, horizontal and vertical alignment and
design of embankment of height more than 6m and also in poor soil conditions and
where density consideration require, even lesser height embankment. Detailed
design of structures preparation of GAD and construction drawings and cross-
drainage structures and underpasses etc.
xiii. Identification of the type and the design of intersections;
xiv. Design of complete drainage system and disposal point for storm water
xv. Value analysis / value engineering and project costing;
xvi. Economic and financial analyses;
xvii. Contract packaging and implementation schedule.
xviii Strip plan indicating the scheme for carriageway widening, location of all existing
utility services (both over- and underground) and the scheme for their relocation,
trees to be felled, transplanted and planted and land acquisition requirements
including schedule for LA: reports documents and drawings arrangement of estimates
for cutting/ transplanting of trees and shifting of utilities from the concerned
department;
xix Develop 3D engineered models of terrain and elevation, as-is project highway,
proposed and project highway along with all features, current and proposed
structures, current and proposed utilities and land acquisition plans.
xx To find out financial viability of project for implementation and suggest the
preferred mode on which the project is to be taken up.
xxi. Preparation of detailed project report, cost estimate, approved for construction
Drawings, rate analysis, detailed bill of quantities, bid documents for execution
of civil works through budgeting resources.
xxii. Design of toll plaza and identification of their numbers and location and office
cum residential complex including working drawings
xxiii. Design of weighing stations, parking areas and rest areas.
xxiv. Any other user oriented facility en-route toll facility.
xxv. Tie-in of on-going/sanctioned works of MORT&H/ CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai / other agencies.
xxvi. Preparation of social plans for the project affected people as per policy of the
lending agencies/ Govt. of India R&R Policy.
4.2 While carrying out the field studies, investigations and design, the development
plans being implemented or proposed for future implementation by the local
bodies, should be taken into account. Such aspect should be clearly brought out in
the reports and drawings.
4.3 The consultant shall study the possible locations and design of toll plaza, wayside
amenities required and arboriculture along the highway shall also be planned.
4.4 The local and slow traffic may need segregation from the main traffic and
provision of service roads and physical barrier including fencing may be
considered, wherever necessary to improve efficiency and safety.
48
4.5 Standards and Codes of Practices
1. All activities related to field studies, design and documentation shall be done as
per the latest guidelines/ circulars of MoRT&H and relevant publications of the
Indian Roads Congress (IRC) and Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS). For aspects not
covered by IRC and BIS, international standards practices, may be adopted. The
Consultants, upon award of the Contract, may finalize this in consultation with
CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai and reflect the same in the inception report.
2. All notations, abbreviations and symbols used in the reports, documents and
drawings shall be as per IRC:71.
4.6 Quality Assurance Plan (QAP)
1. (i) The Consultants should have detailed Quality Assurance Plan (QAP) for all field studies
including topographic surveys, traffic surveys, engineering surveys and investigations,
design and documentation activities. The quality assurance plans/procedures for
different field studies, engineering surveys and investigation, design and
documentation activities should be presented as separate sections like
engineering surveys and investigations, traffic surveys, material geo-technical
and sub-soil investigations, road and pavement investigations, investigation and
design of bridges & structures, environment and R&R assessment, economic &
financial analysis, drawings and documentation, preparation, checking, approval
and filing of calculations, identification and tractability of project documents
etc. Further, additional information as per format shall be furnished regarding
the details of personal who shall be responsible for carrying out/preparing and
checking/verifying various activities forming part of feasibility study and project
preparation, since inception to the completion of work. The detailed Draft QAP
Document must be discussed and finalized with the concerned CE NH (PWD) Navi
Mumbai officers immediately upon the award of the Contract and submitted as
part of the inception report.
(ii) It is imperative that the QAP is approved by CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai before
the Consultants start the field work.
2. Data formats for report and investigation results
i. Required data formats for some reports, investigations and documents are
discussed in ENCLOSURE-IV
ii. Formats for submission of Reports and Documents.

iii. The consultants will need to propose data formats for use in all other field
studies and investigations not covered in enclosure IV.
iv. The proposed data forms will need to be submitted for the approval of CE NH (PWD) Navi
Mumbai
After the commencement of services.
4.7 Review of Data and Documents
1. The Consultants shall collect the available data and information relevant for the
Study. The data and documents of major interest shall include, but not be limited
to, the following:
i. Climate;
ii. Road inventory
iii Road condition, year of original construction, year and type
of major maintenance/rehabilitation works;
49
iv. Condition of bridges and cross-drainage structures;
v. sub-surface and geo-technical data for existing bridges;
vi. Hydrological data, drawings and details of existing bridges;
vii Existing geological maps, catchment area maps, contour plans etc. for the
project areaviii Condition of existing river bank / protection works, if any.
ix. Details of sanctioned / on-going works on the stretch sanctioned by
MoRT&H/other agencies for Tie-in purposes
x. Survey and evaluation of locally available construction materials;
xi. Historical data on classified traffic volume (preferably for 5 years or more);
xii. Origin-destination and commodity movement characteristics; if available
xiii. Speed and delay characteristics; if available;
xiv. Commodity-wise traffic volume; if available;
xv. Accident statistics; and,
xvi. Vehicle loading behavior (axle load spectrum), if available.
xvii Type and location of existing utility services (e.g. Fibre Optical Cable, O/H
and U/G Electric, Telephone line, Water mains, Sewer, Trees etc.)
xviii Environmental setting and social baseline of the project.
4.8. Social Analysis
The social analysis study shall be carried out in accordance with the
MORT&H/World Bank/ADB Guidelines. The social analysis report will, among
other things, provide a socio-economic profile of the project area and address in
particular, indigenous people, communicable disease particularly HIV/AIDS poverty
alleviation, gender, local population, industry, agriculture, employment, health,
education, health, child labor, land acquisition and resettlement.
4.9 Traffic Surveys
All traffic surveys and studies will be completed in feasibility studies.
4.9.1 Number and Location of Survey Stations
1. The type of traffic surveys and the minimum number of survey stations shall
normally be as under, unless otherwise specifically mentioned.
Sl. No. Description Number of Survey Stations

1. Classified Traffic Volume Count 3
2. Origin-Destination and Commodity Movement Characteristics Minimum 2
3. Axle Loading Characteristics 2

4. Intersection Volume Count All Major Intersections
5. Speed-Delay Characteristics Project Road Section
6. Pedestrian/animal cross traffic count All major inhabitations alongthe
highway
7. Turning movement surveys For all major intersections
50
2. The number of survey locations indicated in the table above are indicative only for
each road stretch under a package. The Consultants shall, immediately upon
award of the work, submit to CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai, proposals regarding the
total number as well as the locations of the traffic survey stations as of inception
report. Suitable maps and charts should accompany the proposals clearly
indicating the rationale for selecting the location of survey Station.
3. The methodology of collection and analysis of data, number and location of

traffic survey stations shall be finalized in consultation with CE NH (PWD) Navi
Mumbai prior to start of the traffic survey.
4.9.2. Classified Traffic Volume Count Survey
1. Consultant shall make use of traffic survey done by Indian Highways Management
Company Limited (IHMCL) using ATCC systems. However in isolated locations
where there are site constraints, manual counting can be done. If required,
especially in cases where a particular stretch is not covered by IHMCL, DPR
consultant should carry out classified traffic volume count survey using ATCC
systems or latest modern technologies.
2. Consultant shall use ATCC systems that can meet the following accuracy levels
after validation/ calibration:
(a) Classification of vehicles: better than 95%
(b) Counting of vehicles: better than 98%
Before validation and calibration, the ATCC system shall meet the following
accuracy levels:
(a) Classification of vehicles: better than 90%
(b) Counting of vehicles: better than 95%
For verification of above accuracy levels, audit of raw ATCC shall be done
by the consultant on a sampling basis and should submit a certificate in this
regard.
3. ATCC systems such as Pneumatic Tube Detector, Inductive Detector Loop, Video
Image Detection, and Infrared Sensor or latest technologies shall be adopted.
4. The classified traffic volume count surveys shall be carried out for 7 days
(continuous, direction-wise) at the selected survey stations. The vehicle
classification system as given in relevant IRC code may be followed. However,
the following generalized classification system is suggested in view of the
requirements of traffic demand estimates and economic analysis:
Motorised Traffic Non-Motorised Traffic

2-Wheeler Bi-Cycle
3-Wheeler Cycle-Rickshaw
Passenger Car Animal Drawn Vehicle (ADV)
Utility Vehicle (Jeep, Van etc.) Hand Cart
Other Non-Motorised Vehicle
51
Bus Mini Bus Standard Bus
LCV LCV-Passenger LCV-Freight
Truck MCV : 2-Axle Rigid Chassis

HCV : 3-Axle Rigid Chassis
MAV Semi Articulated
Articulated
5. All results shall be presented in tabular and graphical form. The survey data shall
be analyzed to bring out the hourly and daily variations. The traffic volume count
per day shall be averaged to show a weekly average daily traffic (ADT) by vehicle
type. The annual average daily traffic (AADT) shall be worked out by applying
seasonal factors.
6. The consultant shall compile the relevant traffic volume data from secondary
sources also. The salient features of traffic volume characteristics shall be
brought out and variations if any, from the traffic census carried out by the State
PWD shall be suitably explained.
4.9.3. Origin Destination and Commodity Movements Surveys
1. The consultants shall carry out 1-day (24 hour, both directions) O-D and
commodity movement surveys at locations finalized in consultation with
CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai.These will be essentially required around congested
towns to delineate through traffic. The road side interviews shall be carried out on
random sample basis and cover all four-wheeled vehicles. The location of the O-D
survey and commodity movement surveys shall normally be same as for the
classified traffic count.
2. The location of origin and destination zones shall be determined in relation to

each individual station and the possibility of traffic diversion to the Project Road
from/to other road routes including bypasses.
3. The trip matrices shall be worked out for each vehicle type information on weight
for trucks should be summed up by commodity type and the results tabulated,
giving totalweight and average weight per truck for the various commodity types.
The sample size for each vehicle type shall be indicated on the table and also in
the graphical representations.
4. The data derived from surveys shall also be analyzed to bring out the lead and
load characteristics and desire line diagrams. The data analysis should also bring
out the requirement for the construction of bypasses.
5. The distribution of lead and load obtained from the surveys should be compared.
The axle load surveys shall normally be done using axle load pads or other
sophisticated instruments. The location(s) of count station(s) and the survey with
those derived from the axle load studies.
6. The commodity movement data should be duly taken into consideration while
makingthe traffic demand estimates.
52
4.9.4. Turning Movement Surveys
1. The turning movement surveys for estimation of peak hour traffic for the design
of major and minor intersections shall be carried out for the Study. The details
regarding composition and directional movement of traffic shall be furnished by
the Consultant.
2. The methodology for the surveys shall be as per IRC: SP: 41-1994. The details
including location and duration of surveys shall be finalized in consultation with
CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai officials. The proposal in response to this TOR shall
clearly indicate the number of locations that the Consultants wish to conduct
turning movement surveys and the rationale for the same.
3. The data derived from the survey should be analyzed to identify requirements of
suitable remedial measures, such as construction of underpasses, fly-overs,
interchanges, grade-separated intersections along the project road alignment.
Intersections with high traffic volume requiring special treatments either
presently orin future shall be identified.
4.9.5. Axle Load Surveys
1. Axle load surveys in both directions shall be carried out at suitable location(s) in
the project road stretch on a random sample basis normally for trucks only (both
empty and loaded trucks) for 2 normal days - (24 hours) at special count stations
to be finalized in consultation with CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai. However, a few buses
may be weighed in order to get an idea about their loading behavior. While
selecting the location(s) of axle load survey station(s), the locations of existing
bridges with load restrictions, if any, shouldbe taken into account and such sites
should be avoided.
2. Axle load surveys shall normally be done using axle load pads or other
sophisticated instruments. The location(s) of count station(s) and the survey
methodology including the data formats and the instrument type to be used shall
be finalized before taking upthe axle load surveys
3. The axle load data should be collected axle configuration-wise. The number of
equivalent standard axles per truck shall be calculated on the basis of results
obtained. The results of the survey should bring out the VDF for each truck type
(axle configuration, if the calculated VDF is found to be below the national
average, then national average shall be used. Furthermore, the data from axle load
surveys should be analyzed to bring out the Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW) and Single
Axle Load (SAL) Distributions by truck type (axle configuration).
4. The Consultant shall ascertain from local enquiries about the exceptional live loads
that have used the highway in the past in order to assess the suitability of existing
bridges to carry such loads.
4.9.6. Speed-Delay Surveys
The Consultants shall carry out appropriate field studies such as moving car survey
to determine running speed and journey speed. The data should be analyzed to
identify sections with typical traffic flow problems and congestion. The objective of
the survey would be to recommend suitable measures for segregation of local
traffic, smooth flow of through traffic and traffic safety. These measures would
include the provision of bypasses, under-passes, fly-overs, interchanges, grade-
separated intersections and service roads.
53
4.9.7 Pedestrian / animal cross traffic surveys:
1. These shall be conducted to determine if provision of viaduct for

pedestrians/animals is necessary to improve the traffic safety.
2. Consultant shall leverage information from local consultations, inputs from local
governmental/ non-governmental agencies in selecting sites for checking
pedestrian/ animal crossing traffic surveys.
3. Surveys for provision of pedestrian crossings shall minimum be conducted at all

junctions being replaced by grade separators.
4.9.8 Truck Terminal Surveys
The data derived from the O-D, speed-delay, other surveys and also
supplementary surveys should be analyzed to assess requirements for present
and future development of truck terminals at suitable locations en route.
4.10. Traffic Demand Estimates
1. The consultants shall make traffic demand estimates and establish possible
traffic growth rates in respect of all categories of vehicles, taking into account the
past trends, annual population and real per capita growth rate, elasticity of
transport demand in relation to income and estimated annual production
increase. The other aspects including socio-economic development plans and the
land use patterns of the region having impact on the traffic growth, the
projections of vehicle manufacturing industry in the country, development plans
for the other modes of transport, O-D and commodity movement behavior should
also be taken into account while working out the traffic demand estimates.
2. The values of elasticity of transport demand shall be based on the prevailing

practices in the country. The Consultants shall give complete background
including referencesfor selecting the value of transport demand elasticity.
3. It is envisaged that the project road sections covered under this TOR would be
completed and opened to traffic after 3 years. The traffic demand estimates
shall be done for a further period of 30 years from completion of two/four lane.
The demand estimates shall be done assuming three scenarios, namely,
optimistic, pessimistic andmost likely traffic growth. The growth factors shall be
worked out for five-yearly intervals.
4. Traffic projections should be based on sound and proven forecasting techniques.

In case traffic demand estimated is to be made on the basis of a model, the
application ofthe model in the similar situation with the validation of the results
should be established. The traffic projections should also bring out the possible
impact of implementation of any competing facility in the near future. The
demand estimates should also take into account the freight and passenger traffic
along the major corridors that may interconnect with the project. Impact of toll
charges on the traffic estimates should be estimated.
5. The methodology for traffic demand estimates described in the preceding

paragraphsis for normal traffic only. In addition to the estimates for normal traffic,
the Consultants shall also work out the estimates for generated, induced and
diverted traffic.
6. The traffic forecasts shall also be made for both diverted and generated traffic.
54
7. Overall traffic forecast thus made shall form the basis for the design of each
pavement type and other facilities/ancillary works.
4.11. Engineering Surveys and Investigations
4.11.1. Reconnaissance and Alignment
1. The Consultants should make an in-depth study of the available land width (ROW)
topographic maps, satellite imageries and air photographs of the project area,
geological maps, catchment area maps, contour plans, flood flow data and
seismological data and other available relevant information collected by them
concerning the existing alignment. Consultant himself has to arrange the required
maps and the information needed by him from the potential sources. Consultant
should make efforts for minimizing land acquisition. Greater use of technology
for LA be adopted by the consultant at the DPR stage so as to have a precise land
acquisition process.
2. The detailed ground reconnaissance may be taken up immediately after the study
of maps and other data. The primary tasks to be accomplished during the
reconnaissance surveys include;
(i). topographical features of the area;

(ii). typical physical features along the existing alignment within and outside ROW i.e.
landuse Pattern;
(iii). possible alignment alternatives, vis-a-vis, scheme for the construction of
additional lanes parallel to the existing road;
(iv). realignment requirements including the provision of bypasses, ROBs / Flyovers and
via-duct for pedestrian crossings with possible alignment alternatives;
(v). preliminary identification of improvement requirements including treatments and
measures needed for the cross-roads;
(vi). traffic pattern and preliminary identification of traffic homogenous links;
(vii). sections through congested areas;
(viii). inventory of major aspects including land width, terrain, pavement type,
carriageway type, bridges and structures (type, size and location),
intersections(type, cross-road category, location) urban areas (location, extent),
geologically sensitive areas, environmental features:
(ix). critical areas requiring detailed investigations; and,
(x). Requirements for carrying out supplementary investigations.
(xi). soil (textural classifications) and drainage conditions
(xii). Type and extent of existing utility services along the alignment (within
ROW).
(xiii). Typical physical features along the approach roads
Possible bridge locations, land acquisition problems, nature of crossings, likely

length of approaches and bridge, firmness of banks, suitability of alignment of
approach roads.
3. The data derived from the reconnaissance surveys are normally utilized for
planning and programming the detailed surveys and investigations. All field
studies including the traffic surveys should be taken up on the basis of
information derived from the reconnaissance surveys.
55
4. The data and information obtained from the reconnaissance surveys should be
documented. The data analysis and the recommendations concerning alignment
and the field studies should be included in the Inception Report. The data obtained
from the reconnaissance surveys should form the core of the database which
would be supplemented and augmented using the data obtained from detailed
field studies and investigations.
5. The data obtained from the reconnaissance surveys should be compiled in the
tabular as well as graphical (chart) form indicating the major physical features
and the proposed widening scheme for CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai's comments. The
data and the charts should also accompany the rationale for the selection of traffic
survey stations.
4.11.2. Topographic Surveys
1. The basic objective of the topographic survey would be to capture the essential
ground features along the alignment in order to consider improvements and for working
out improvements, rehabilitation and upgrading costs. The detailed topographic surveys
should normally be taken up after the completion of reconnaissance surveys.
2. The carrying out of topographic surveys will be one of the most important and
crucial field tasks under the project. Technologies which can meet the following
accuracy levels shall be adopted. For land based surveys (a) Fundamental horizontal
accuracy of 5cm or better (b) Fundamental vertical accuracy of 5cm or better (c)
More than 50 points shall be measured per sq. m and for aerial based surveys (a)
Fundamental horizontal accuracy of 5 cm or better (b) Fundamental vertical
accuracy of 5 cm or better (c) More than 10 points shall be measured per sq. m.
To establish accuracy, a check point survey using DGPS (for horizontal accuracy)
and Auto Level (for vertical accuracy) shall be carried out to establish the
fundamental horizontal and vertical accuracy. A minimum of 25 check points, or
check points once every 4 km should be established, and these should be strictly
different from any geo-referencing or control network points.
3. The following are the set of deliverables which should be submitted after
completion of survey:
(a). Raw DGPS data for the entire highway length and adjoining areas of interest
(b). Point cloud data or equivalent for the entire highway length and adjoining areas
of interest in a format/ platform as per industry good practice which shall be
amenable to operations by CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai / Consultant. CE NH (PWD)
Navi Mumbai may decide about format/ platform ofpoint cloud data
(c). Topographic map of scale as per IRC SP 19 of the entire highway length and
adjoining areas of interest.
(d). Contour map of 50 cm of entire highway length and adjoining areas of
interest
(e). Cross section of the highway at every 50 m in drawing format.

(f). Develop a digital elevation/surface model (bare earth model from survey data)
digital terrain model combining topographic data from LiDAR, road inventory and
other available sources of data for use while modeling the road alignment and
road and structure design.
(g). For land based surveys, Mobile LiDAR (Light Detection and Ranging) or better
technology that can meet above requirements shall be adopted. For aerial based
surveys, Aerial Mobile LiDAR (Light Detection and Ranging) or better technology
56
that can meet above requirements shall be adopted. Where possible,
mobile/terrestrial LiDAR and total station or better studies should be used to
supplement aerial LiDAR for the final alignment chosen. Aerial based surveys shall
be used as the primary source of topographical data only in cases where a
new/green field alignment is being planned and/or major junctions are being
planned where it is necessary to significantly increase the survey corridor beyond
the capabilities of mobile LiDAR. In shadow areas such as invert levels below
culverts, terrestrial LiDAR shall be used where LiDAR or better technologies cannot
survey accurately, traditional methods of Total Station/ Auto Level shall be used
to complete the study.
(h). In case of mobile LiDAR or better technology, 360 degree panoramic images of the
entire highway length and adjoining areas of interest shall be submitted. In case
of aerial LiDAR or better technology, ortho-images of the entire highway length
and adjoining areas of interest shall be submitted.
(i). The detailed field surveys would essentially include the following activities:
i. Topographic Surveys along the Existing Right of Way (ROW): Carrying out
topographic survey using LiDAR or better technology along the existing road
and realignments, wherever required and properly referencing the same with
reference pillars fixed on either side of the centre-line at safe places within
the ROW
ii. The detailed field surveys would essentially include the topographic surveys along
the proposed location of bridge and alignment of approach road.
iii. The detailed topographic surveys should be carried out along the approach
roadsalignment and location of bridge approved by CE NH (PWD) Navi
Mumbai.
iv. Collection/ Extraction of details for all features such as structures (bridges,
culverts etc.) utilities, existing roads, electric and telephone installations
(both O/H as well as underground), huts, buildings, fencing and trees (with
girth greater than 0.3metre) oil and gas lines etc. falling within the extent of
survey.
4. The width of survey corridor will generally be as given under:
(i). The width of the survey corridor should take into account the layout of the existing
alignment including the extent of embankment and cut slopes and the general
ground profile. While carrying out the field surveys, the widening scheme (i.e.
right, left or symmetrical to the centre line of the existing carriageway) should
be taken into consideration so that the topographic surveys cover sufficient width
beyond the centre line of the proposed divided carriageway. Normally the surveys
should extend a minimum of 30 m beyond either side of the centre line of the
proposed divided carriageway or land boundary whichever is more
(ii). In case the reconnaissance survey reveals the need for bypassing the congested
locations, the traverse lines would be run along the possible alignments in order
to identify and select the most suitable alignment for the bypass. The detailed
topographic surveys should be carried out along the bypass alignment approved by
CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai. At locations where grade separated intersections could
be the obvious choice, the surveyarea will be suitably increased. Field notes of the
survey should be maintained which would also provide information about traffic,
soil, drainage etc.
(iii). The width of the surveyed corridor will be widened appropriately where developments
and / or encroachments have resulted in a requirement for adjustment in the
alignment, or where it is felt that the existing alignment can be improved upon
through minor adjustments.
(iv). Where existing roads cross the alignments, the survey will extend a minimum of100
m either side of the road centre line and will be of sufficient width to allow
improvements, including at grade intersection to be designed.
8. The surveyed alignment shall be transferred on to the ground as under:
57
i. Reference Pillar and Bench Mark / Reference pillar of size 15 cm X 15 cm X 45cm shall
be cast in RCC of grade M 15 with a nail fixed in the centre of the top surface. The
reference pillar shall be embedded in concrete upto a depth of 30cm with CC M10 (5 cm
wide all around). The balance 15 cm above ground shall be painted yellow. The spacing
shall be 250m apart, incase Bench Mark Pillar coincides with Reference Pillar, only one
of the two need be provided.
ii. Establishing Bench marks at site connected to GTS Bench marks at a interval of250
metres on Bench mark pillar made of RCC as mentioned above with RL and BM No.
marked on it with red paint.
iii. Boundary Pillars- Wherever the proposed alignment follows the existing
alignment, the boundary pillars shall be fixed by the DPR consultant at an interval
of 200m on either side of proposed Right of Way. Wherever there is a proposal of
realignment of the existing Highway and/or construction of New Bypasses,
Consultant shall fix boundary pillars along the proposed alignment on the extreme
boundary on either side of the project Highway at 50 m interval. Boundary pillars
shall be strictly provided as per IRC:25:1967.
4.11.2.1 Longitudinal and Cross-Sections
The topographic surveys for longitudinal and cross-sections shall cover the
following:
i. Longitudinal section levels along final centre line shall be taken at every 10 m
interval. The levels shall be taken at closer intervals at the curve points, small
streams, and intersections and at the locations of change in elevation. The
interval shall also be modified as per IRC:SP-19 for rolling, mountainous & steep
terrain.
ii. Cross sections at every 50 m interval in full extent of survey covering sufficient
number of spot levels on existing carriageway and adjacent ground for profile
correction course and earth work calculations. Cross sections shall be taken at
closer interval at curves. The interval shall be modified as per IRC SP 19 for rolling,
mountainous & steep terrain.
iii. Longitudinal section for cross roads for length adequate for design and quantity
estimation purposes.
iv. Longitudinal and cross sections for major and minor streams shall cover Cross
section of the channel at the site of proposed crossing and few cross sections at
suitable distance both upstream and downstream, bed level upto top of banks
and ground levels to a sufficient distance beyond the edges of channel, nature of
existing surface soil in bed, banks & approaches, longitudinal section of channel
showing site of bridge etc. These shall be as per recommendations contained in
IRC Special Publication No. 13 (Guidelines for the Design of Small Bridges and
Culverts) and provisions of IRC:5 (“Standard Specifications & Code of Practice for
Road Bridges, Section 1 – General Features of Design”).
2. At feasibility study stage cross sections at 50m interval may be taken.
3. Consultants shall also develop an as-is map of the road including:
i. Geo-referenced digital map of as-is project highway

ii. Earth surface, road layers, utilities, buildings and trees with feature data
extracted and mapped in layers, marked on the map and tabulated data provided
separately.
iii. All road, surface, sub surface inventory, pavement investigation and soil survey
data to be super-imposed as layers using geo-referencing data
58
4.11.2.2 Details of utility Services and Other Physical Features
1. The Consultants shall collect details of all important physical features along the
alignment. These features affect the project proposals and should normally
include buildings and structures, monuments, burial grounds, cremation grounds,
places of worship, railway lines, stream / river / canal, water mains, sewers,
gas/oil pipes, crossings, trees, plantations, utility services such as electric, and
telephone lines (O/H& U/G) and poles, optical fibre cables (OFC) etc. The survey
would cover the entire right-of-way of the road on the adequate allowance for
possible shifting of the central lines at some of the intersections locations.
2. Consultant shall also map out sub-surface utilities. Accurate mapping and resolution
of all sub-surface utilities up to a depth of 4 m shall be carried out. Differentiation
between sub-surface utilities such as live electric cables, metallic utilities and other
utilities shall be indicated and sub-surface utilities radargrams further processed
into utility maps in formats such as PDF, JPEG and AutoCAD shall be furnished. To
meet the accuracy levels, consultant shall use Ground Penetrating Radar,
Induction Locator or better technologies.
3. The information collected during reconnaissance and field surveys shall be shown
on a strip plan so that the proposed improvements can be appreciated and the
extent of land acquisition with LA schedule, utility removals of each type etc.
assessed and suitable actions can be initiated. Separate strip plan for each of the
services involved shall be prepared for submission to the concerned agency.
4.11.3. Road and Pavement Investigations
The Consultants shall carry out detailed field studies in respect of road and
pavement. The data collected through road inventory and pavement
investigations should be sufficient to meet the input requirements of HDM-IV.
4.11.3.1 Road Inventory Surveys
1. Detailed road inventory surveys shall be carried out to collect details of all existing
road and pavement features along the existing road sections. The inventory data
shall include but not limited to the following:
i. Terrain (flat, rolling, mountainous);

ii. Land-use (agricultural, commercial, forest, residential etc) @ every kilometre;
iii. Carriageway width, surfacing type @ every 500m and every change of
feature whichever is earlier;
iv. Shoulder surfacing type and width @ every 500m and every change of
feature whichever is earlier;
v. Sub-grade / local soil type (textural classification) @ every 500m and every
change offeature whichever is earlier;
vi. Horizontal curve; vertical curve
vii. Road intersection type and details, at every occurrence;
viii. Retaining structures and details, at every occurrence;
ix. Location of water bodies (lakes and reservoirs), at every occurrence;
x. Height of embankment or depth of cut @ every 200m and every change of
feature whichever is earlier.
59
xi. Land width i.e. ROW
xii. Culverts, bridges and other structures (type, size, span arrangement and location)
xiii. Roadside arboriculture
xiv. Existing utility services on either side within ROW. There shall be a provision of
utility corridor for appropriate categories / combination of utilities in the
construction of new 4/6 laning of National Highways. Such structures shall be
located at appropriate location preferably as close to the extreme edge of Right
of Way (RoW). In this connection, guidelines contained in IRC:98 shall be
followed.
xv. General drainage conditions
xvi. Design speed of existing road
2. The data should be collected in sufficient detail. The data should be compiled
and presented in tabular as well as graphical form. The inventory data would be
stored in computer files using simple utility packages, such as EXCEL.
4.11.3.2 Pavement Investigation
1. Pavement Composition
i. The data concerning the pavement composition may be already available with
the PWD. However, the consultants shall make trial pits to ascertain the
pavement composition. The test pit interval will be as per Para 4 below.
ii. For each test pit, the following information shall be recorded:
 test pit reference (Identification number, location):
 pavement composition (material type and thickness); and
 subgrade type (textural classification) and condition (dry, wet)
 embankment (composition and geometry)
2. Road and Pavement Condition Surveys
i. Detailed field studies shall be carried out to collect road and pavement surface
conditions. The data should generally cover:
 pavement condition (surface distress type and extent);
 shoulder condition;
 embankment condition; and
 drainage condition
Pavement Condition
 cracking (narrow and wide cracking), % of pavement area affected;

 raveling, % of pavement area affected;
 potholing, % of pavement area affected;
 edge break, length (m); and,
 rut depth, mm
Shoulder Condition
 Paved: Same as for pavement
60
Unpaved: material loss, rut depth and corrugation,
Edge drop, mm.
Embankment Condition
general condition; and

extent of slope erosion
ii. The objective of the road and pavement condition surveys shall be to identify
defects and sections with similar characteristics. All defects shall be systematically
referenced, recorded and quantified for the purpose of determining the mode of
rehabilitation.
iii. In addition to visual means, the pavement condition surveys shall be carried out
using Network Survey vehicles mounted with equipments such as high resolution
cameras, digital laser profilometer, transverse profiler- the data from which
should be georeferenced using a DGPS receiver and in vehicle data processing
software or equivalent technology to accurately measure the pavement surface
properties covered earlier. This pavement condition survey shall also be used as
a repository for civil work and shall be carried out as per the directions of
iv. Supplemented by actual measurements and in accordance with the widely
accepted methodology (AASHTO, IRC, OECD, TRL and World Bank Publications)
adapted to meet the study requirements. The measurement of rut depth would
be made using standard straight edges.
v. The shoulder and embankment conditions shall be evaluated by visual means and
the existence of distress modes (cuts, erosion marks, failure, drops) and extent
(none, moderate, frequent and very frequent) of such distress manifestations
would be recorded.
vi. For sections with severe distresses, additional investigations as appropriate shall
be carried out to determine the cause of such distresses.
vii. Middle 200m could be considered as representative sample for each one km. of
road and incase all other things are considered similar.
Drainage Condition
 General condition
 Connectivity of drainage turnouts into the natural topography
 Condition in cut sections
 Condition at high embankments
The data obtained from the condition surveys should be analyzed and the road
segments of more or less equal performance may be identified using the criteria
givenin IRC: 81-1997.
3. Pavement Roughness
i. The roughness surveys shall be carried out using a network survey vehicle
mounted laser profilometer or better technology with specifications as
described in para 2 above
i (a) In addition, the following criteria should be met by the process of

defect detection:
61
 Roughness measurement with outputs of both raw longitudinal profiles and
IRI calculation shall be reported at 100m referenced to the preceding LRP.
The roughness must meet ASTM-E950 (equivalent to Class I road profiler).
 The IRI shall be determined for both wheel paths over a minimum
length of 250m for a minimum of 6 calibration sites with a roughness range
between 2m/km and 8m/km. Calibration shall be made for speeds of 20,
30, 40, 50, 60 km/h.
ii. The surveys shall be carried out along the outer wheel paths. The surveys
shall cover a minimum of two runs along the wheel paths for each
direction.
iii. The results of the survey shall be expressed in terms of BI and IRI and shall
be presented in tabular and graphical forms. The processed data shall be
analyzed using the cumulative difference approach to identify road
segments homogenous with respect to surface roughness.
4. Pavement Structural Strength
1. The Consultants shall carry out structural strength surveys for existing
pavements using Falling Weight Deflectometer (FWD) in accordance with IRC 115
or IRC 117 as the case may be.
i. It is suggested that the deflection surveys may be carried out as per the scheme
given below:
 mainline testing; and,
 Control section testing.
ii. The deflection tests for the mainline shall be carried out at every 500 m along the
road sections covered under the study. The control section testing shall involve
carrying out deflection testing for each 100 m long homogenous road segment
along the road sections. The selection of homogenous segment shall be based on
the data derived from pavement condition surveys. The total length of such
homogenous segments shall not be less than 100 m per kilometre. The deflection
measurements forthe control section testing should be at an interval of not more
than 10 m.
iii. Test pits shall be dug at every 500 m and also along each homogeneous road
segmentto obtain pavement composition details (pavement course, material type
and thickness) so as to be able to study if a correlation exists between deflection
and composition. If so, the relationship may be used while working out the
overlay thickness for the existing pavement.
iv. Falling weight deflectometre surveys may not be carried out for severely
distressed sections of the road warranting reconstruction. The Consultants,
immediately upon the award of the contract, shall submit to CE NH (PWD) Navi
Mumbai the scheme describing the testing schedule including the interval. The
testing scheme shall be supported by data from detailed reconnaissance
surveys.
v. It is mandatory for the consultant to use Falling weight deflectometre or
alternative better technique for the evaluation of pavement strength, details of
such methods or innovative features for deflection testing using Falling weight
deflectometre along with the methodology for data analysis, interpretation and
the use of such data for pavement overlay design purposes using IRC or any other
widely used practices, such as AASHTO guidelines, should be got approved by
CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai. The sources of such methods should be properly referenced.
62
4.11.3.3 Subgrade Characteristics and Strength
2. Based on the data derived from condition (surface condition, roughness) and
structural strength surveys, the project road section should be divided into
segments homogenous with respect to pavement condition and strength. The
delineation of segments homogenous with respect to roughness and strength
should be done using the cumulative difference approach (AASHTO, 1993).
2. The data on soil classification and mechanical characteristics for soils along the
existing alignments may already be available with the PWD. The testing scheme
is, therefore, proposed as given under:
(i). For the widening (2-Laning) of existing road within the ROW, the Consultants shall
test at least three sub-grade soil samples for each homogenous road segment or
three samples for each soil type encountered, whichever is more.
(ii). For the roads along new alignments, the test pits for sub grade soil shall be @5km
or for each soil type, whichever is more. A minimum of three samples should be
tested corresponding to each homogenous segment.
3. The testing for subgrade soil shall include:
(i). in-situ density and moisture content at each test

pit (ii). Field CBR using DCP at each test pit
(iii). Characterization (grain size and Atterberg limits) at each test pit and,
(iv). Laboratory moisture-density characteristics (modified AASHTO compaction);
(v). Laboratory CBR (unsoaked and 4-day soak compacted at three energy levels) and swell.
4. For problematic soils, the testing shall be more rigorous. The characteristics with
regard to permeability and consolidation shall also be determined for these soils.
The frequency of sampling and testing of these soils shall be finalized in
consultation with the CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai officers after the problematic soil
types are identified along the road sections.
5. The laboratory for testing of material should be got approved from CE NH (PWD)
Navi Mumbai before start of work.
4.11.4 Investigations for Bridges and Structure
4.11.4.1 Inventory of Bridges, Culverts and Structures
The Consultants shall make an inventory of all the structures (bridges, viaducts,
ROBs/RUB and other grade separated structures, culverts, etc.) along the road
under the project. The inventory for the bridges, viaducts and ROBs shall include
the parametres required as per the guidelines of IRC-SP:35. The inventory of
culverts shall be presented in a tabular form covering relevant physical and
hydraulic parametres.
4.11.4.2 Hydraulic and Hydrological Investigations
1. The hydrological and hydraulic studies shall be carried out in accordance with
IRC Special Publication No. 13 (“Guidelines for the Design of Small Bridges and
Culverts”) and IRC:5 (“Standard Specifications & Code of Practice for Road
Bridges, Section I General Feature of Design”). These investigations shall be
carried out for all existing drainage structures along the road sections under the
63
study.
2. The consultant shall also collect information on observed maximum depth of

scour.
3. In respect of major bridges, history of hydraulic functioning of existing bridge, if
any, under flood situation, general direction of river course through structure, afflux,
extent and magnitude of flood, effect of backwater, if any,
aggradation/degradation of bed, evidence of scour etc. shall be used to augment
the available hydrological data. The presence of flood control/ irrigation
structures, if affecting the hydraulic characteristics like causing obliquity,
concentration of flow, scour, silting of bed, change in flow levels, bed levels etc.
shall be studied and considered in design of bridges. The details of any future
planned work that may affect the river hydraulics shall be studied and
considered.
4. The Consultants shall make a desk study of available data on topography

(topographic maps, stereoscopic aerial photography), storm duration, rainfall
statistics, top soil characteristics, vegetation cover etc. so as to assess the
catchment areas and hydraulic parametres for all existing and proposed drainage
provisions. The findings of the desk study would be further supplemented and
augmented by a reconnaissance along the area. All-important hydrological
features shall be noted during this field reconnaissance.
5. The Consultants shall collect information on high flood level (HFL), low water
levels (LWL), high tide level (HTL), low tide level (LTL) where applicable,
discharge velocity etc. from available past records, local inquiries and visible signs,
if any, on the structural components and embankments. Local inquiries shall also
be made with regard to the road sections getting overtopped during heavy rains.
6. Conducting Model studies for bridges is not covered in the scope of consultancy
services. If Model study is envisaged for any bridge, requirement of the same
shall be spelt out in the RPF documents separately indicating scope and time
frame of such study. Salient features of the scope of services to be included for
model study are givenin the supplement- II Terms of Reference.
4.11.4.3 Condition Surveys for Bridges, Culverts and Structures
1. The Consultants shall thoroughly inspect the existing structures and shall prepare
a report about their condition including all the parametres given in the Inspection
proforma of IRC-SP:35. The condition and structural assessment survey of the
bridges / culverts / structures shall be carried out by senior experts of the
Consultants.
3. For the bridges identified to be in a distressed condition based upon the visual
condition survey, supplementary testing shall be carried out as per IRC-SP:35 and
IRC- SP:40. Selection of tests may be made based on the specific requirement of
the structure.
3. The assessment of the load carrying capacity or rating of existing bridges shall
be carried out under one or more of the following scenarios:
i. when the design live load is less than that of the statutory commercial vehicle
plying orlikely to ply on bridge;
ii. if during the condition assessment survey and supplementary testing the bridge is
found to indicate distress of serious nature leading to doubt about structural and
64
/ or functional adequacy, and
iii. Design live load is not known nor are the records and drawings available.
4. The evaluation of the load carrying capacity of the bridge shall be carried out as
per IRC-SP:37 (“Guidelines for Evaluation of Load Carrying Capacity of Bridges”).
The analytical and correlation method shall be used for the evaluation of the load
carrying capacity as far as possible. When it is not possible to determine the load
carrying capacity of the bridge using analytical and correlation method, the same
shall be carried out using load testing. The consultant has to exhaust all other
methods of evaluation of strength of bridges before recommending to take up
load testing of bridges. Road closure for testing if unavoidable shall be arranged
by CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai for limited duration say 12 hours or so.
5. Consultant shall carryout necessary surveys and investigations to establish the

remaining service life of each retainable bridge or structure with and without the
proposed strengthening and rehabilitation according to acceptable international
practice in this regard.
4.11.4.4 Geo-technical Investigations and Sub-Soil Exploration
1. The Consultants shall carry out geo-technical investigations and sub-surface

explorations for the proposed Bridges / Road over bridges/ tunnels/ viaducts/
interchanges etc., along high embankments and any other location as necessary
for proper design of the works and conduct all relevant laboratory and field tests
on soiland rock samples. The minimum scope of geo-technical investigations for
bridge and structures shall be as under:
S. Description Location of Boring

No.
1 Overall length = 6 – 30 m One abutment location and at least one intermediate location between abutments
for structures having more than one span
2 Overall length = 30 – 60 m One abutment location and at least one intermediate location between abutments
for structures having more than one span.
3 Overall length >60 m Each abutment and each pier locations.
2. The deviation(s), if any, by the Consultants from the scheme presented above
should be approved by CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai.
3. However, where a study of geo-technical reports and information available from

adjacent crossings over the same waterway (existing highway and railway
bridges) indicates that subsurface variability is such that boring at the suggested
spacing will be insufficient to adequately define the conditions for design
purposes, the Consultants shall review and finalize the bore hole locations in
consultation with the CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai officers.
4. Geotechnical Investigations and Sub soil Exploration shall be carried out to

determine the nature and properties of existing strata in bed, banks and
approaches with trial pits and bore hole sections showing the levels, nature and
properties of various strata to a sufficient depth below the level suitable for
foundations, safe intensity of pressure on the foundation strata, proneness of site
to artesian conditions, seismic disturbance and other engineering properties
of soil etc.
65
Geotechnical investigation and Sub-soil Exploration will be done as per IRC 78.
5. The scheme for the borings locations and the depth of boring shall be prepared by
the Consultants and submitted to CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai for approval. These
may be finalized in consultation with CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai.
6. The sub-soil exploration and testing should be carried out as per IS 1892. The soil
testing reports shall be in the format prescribed in relevant IRC Codes.
7. For the approach road pavement, bore holes at each major change in pavement
condition or in deflection readings or at 2 km intervals whichever is less shall be
carried out to a depth of at least 2 m below embankment base or to rock level
and are to be fully logged. Appropriate tests to be carried out on samples
collected from these bore holes in NABL accredited laboratory to determine the
suitability of various materials for use in widening of embankments or in parts of
new pavement structure.
4.11.5. Material Investigations
1. The Consultants shall identify sources (including use of fly-ash/ slag), quarry sites
and borrow areas, undertake field and laboratory testing of the materials to
determine their suitability for various components of the work and establish
quality and quantity of various construction materials and recommend their use
on the basis of techno- economic principles. The Consultants shall prepare mass
haul diagram for haulage purposes giving quarry charts indicating the location of
selected borrow areas, quarries and the respective estimated quantities.
“Environment friendly materials”
“As per MORTH circular No. RW /NH-33044/53/2013-S&R(R) dated 20 th

November, 2013, alternative pavement materials and technologies for road
construction shall be assessed and compared in the design stage. The alternative
resulting in substantial reduction in GHG emission and with least life cycle cost
shall be recommended for implementation.
Technical and economic feasibility of using industrial byproducts, recyclable and

waste materials shall be assessed depending on their availability in the
concerned region.
2. It is to be ensured that no material shall be used from the right-of-way except by

way of leveling the ground as required from the construction point of view, or for
landscaping and planting of trees etc. or from the cutting of existing ground for
obtaining the required formation levels.
3. Environmental restrictions, if any, and feasibility of availability of these sites to

prospective civil works contractors, should be duly taken into account while
selecting new quarry locations.
4. The Consultants shall make suitable recommendations regarding making the

borrow and quarry areas after the exploitation of materials for construction of
works.
5. The Material Investigation aspect shall include preparation and testing of

bituminous mixes for various layers and concrete mixes of different design mix
grades using suitable materials (binders, aggregates, sand filler etc.) as
identified during Material Investigation to conform to latest MoRT&H
66
specification.
4.12 Detailed Design of Road and Pavements, Bridges, Structures
4.12.1. General
1. The Consultants are to carryout detailed designs and prepare working drawings for
the following:
i. High speed highway with divided carriageway configuration complete in all
respects with service roads at appropriate locations;
ii. Design of pavement for the additional lanes and overlay for the existing road,
paved shoulders, medians, verges;
iii. Bridges, viaduct/subways and other grade separated structures including
ROBs/RUBs etc.
iv. At-grade and grade-separated intersections, interchanges (if required);
v. ROB for railway crossings as per the requirement and the standards of the Indian
Railways; and,
vi. Prepare alignment plans, longitudinal sections and cross-sections@ 50mintervals;
vii. Designs for road furniture and road safety/traffic control features;
viii. Designs and drawings for service road/under passes/overpass / cattle passes tree
planting/fencing at locations where necessary / required
ix. Toll plazas and office-cum-residential complex for CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai
(one for each civil contract package)
x. Short bypasses at congested locations
xi. Drainage design showing location of turnouts, out falling structures, separate drawings
sheet for each 5 km. stretch.
xii. Bridges and structures rehabilitation plan with design and drawings
xiii. Traffic amenities (Parking Areas, Weighing Station and Rest Areas, etc.).
xiv. Design of pavement for approach road
xv. Design of river bank protection / training works. Innovative type of structures with
minimum joints, aesthetically, pleasing and appropriate to the topography of the
region shall be designed wherever feasible.
4.12.2. Design Standards
1. The Consultants shall evolve Design Standards and material specifications for the
Study primarily based on IRC publications, MoRT&H Circulars and relevant
recommendations of the international standards for approval by CE NH (PWD)
Navi Mumbai.
2. The Design Standards evolved for the project shall cover all aspects of detailed
design including the design of geometric elements, pavement design, bridges and
structures, traffic safety and materials.
4.12.3. Geometric Design
1. The design of geometric elements shall, therefore, take into account the
essential requirements of such facilities.
2. Based on the data collected from reconnaissance and topographic surveys, the
sections with geometric deficiencies, if any, should be identified and suitable
measures for improvement should be suggested for implementation.
67
3. The data on accident statistics should be compiled and reported showing accident
type and frequency so that black spots are identified along the project road
section. The possible causes (such as poor geometric features, pavement condition
etc.) of accidents should be investigated into and suitable cost-effective remedial
measures suggested for implementation.
4. The detailed design for geometric elements shall cover, but not be limited to the
following major aspects:
i. horizontal alignment;
ii. longitudinal profile;
iii. cross-sectional elements, including refuge lane (50m) at every 2kms.
iv. junctions, intersections and interchanges;
v. bypasses; and,
vi. service roads as and when require i.e built up area.
5. The alignment design shall be verified for available sight distances as per the
standard norms. The provision of appropriate markings and signs shall be made
wherever the existing site conditions do not permit the adherence to the sight
distance requirements as per the standard norms.
6. The consultants shall make detailed analysis of traffic flow and level of service
for the existing road and workout the traffic flow capacity for the improved
project road. The analysis should clearly establish the widening requirements
with respect to the different horizon periods taking into account special problems
such as road segments with isolated steep gradients.
7. In the case of closely spaced cross roads the Consultant shall examine different
options such as, providing grade separated structure for some of them with a view
to reduce number of at-grade crossings, services roads connecting the cross-roads
and closing access from some of the intersections and prepare and furnish
appropriate proposals for this purpose keeping in view the cost of improvement,
impact on traffic movement and accessibility to cross roads. The detailed drawings
and cost estimate should include the provisions for realignments of the existing cross
roads to allow such arrangements.
8. The Consultant shall also prepare design of grade separated pedestrian crossings
(viaducts) for large cross traffic of pedestrians and / or animals on the basis of
passenger and animal cross traffic surveys conducted.
9. The Consultant shall also prepare details for at-grade junctions, which may be
adopted as alternative to the grade separated structures. The geometric design of
interchanges shall take into account the site conditions, turning movement
characteristics, level of service, overall economy and operational safety.
10. The Consultants shall prepare design and other details in respect of the parallel
service roads in urbanized locations and other locations to cater to the local traffic,
their effect of the viability of the project on commercial basis if service roads are
constructed as part of the project and the implications of not providing the
service roads.
11. The consultant shall prepare complete road and pavement design including
drainage for new bypass option identified around congested town en-route.
68
4.12.4. Pavement Design
1. The detailed design of pavement shall involve:
i. strengthening of existing road pavement and design of the new pavement if any,
if the findings of the traffic studies and life-cycle costing analysis confirm the
requirement for widening of the road beyond 2lane undivided carriageway standard;
ii. pavement design for bypasses; and,
iii. design of shoulders.
2. The design of pavement shall primarily be based on IRC publications.
3. The design of pavement shall be rigorous and shall make use of the latest Indian
and International practices. The design alternatives shall include both rigid and
flexible design options. The most appropriate design, option shall be established
on life-cycle costing and techno-economic consideration.
4. For the design of pavement, each set of design input shall be decided on the basis
of rigorous testing and evaluation of its suitability and relevance in respect of in-
service performance of the pavement. The design methodology shall accompany
the design proposals and shall clearly bring out the basic assumptions, values of
the various design inputs, rationale behind the selection of the design inputs and
the criteria for checking and control during the implementation of works. In other
words, the design of pavement structure should take due account of the type,
characteristics of materials used in the respective courses, variability of their
properties and also the reliability of traffic predictions. Furthermore, the
methodology adopted for the design of pavement shall be complete with
flowcharts indicating the various steps in the design process, their interaction
with one another and the input parametre required at each step.
5. For the design of overlays for the existing 2-lane pavement, the strengthening
requirement shall duly take into account the strength of the existing pavement
vis-à-vis the remaining life. The overlay thickness requirements shall be worked out
for each road segment homogenous with respect to condition, strength and sub-
grade characteristics. The rehabilitation provisions should also include the
provision of regulating layer. For existing pavement with acceptable levels of
cracking, provision of a crack inhibiting layer should also be included.
5 (a) For rehabilitation and strengthening, consultant shall consider the alternatives of
rehabilitating the existing pavement, overlaying with the same or alternate
pavement type (e.g. white/black topping) and also the option of removal and
replacement of existing pavement layers and chose the best alternative basis
lifecycle costing, and any local considerations such as material availability, time
available for construction etc.
6. Latest techniques of pavement strengthening like provision of geo-synthetics and

cold/hot pavement recycling should be duly considered by the consultant for
achieving economy. The use of technology particularly environment friendly
technology viz. recycling of bituminous mixes, warm mixes and soil stabilization etc.
should be adopted wherever feasible. Clause 519 of the “Specifications for Road
and Bridge Works” (Fifth Revision) covers specifications for recycling of existing
bituminous pavement materials to upgrade the pavements. These provisions
notwithstanding, recycling of existing bituminous materials is yet to be
implemented in most of the CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai projects. The reclaiming
and reprocessing of pavement materials involve both design (how the pavement
should be designed
69
using reclaimed materials with the given properties) and technology (the
methods to reclaim and reprocess, equipment, knowhow and quality) issues. After
addressing these issues, the recycling of pavements will be environmentally and
economically better option for rehabilitation, repair or reconstruction compared
to the use of fresh or virgin materials. Indian Road Congress has published IRC:
120-2015 on “recommended practice for recycling of bituminous pavements”
giving a detailed procedure for its implementation
7. The paved shoulders shall be designed as integral part of the pavement for the
main carriageway. The design requirements for the carriageway pavement shall,
therefore, be applicable for the design of shoulder pavements. The design of
granular shoulder should take into account the drainage considerations besides
the structural requirements.
8. The pavement design task shall also cover working out the maintenance and
strengthening requirements and periodicity and timing of such treatments.
4.12.5. Design of Embankments
1. The embankments design should provide for maximum utilization of locally

available materials consistent with economy. Use of fly ash wherever available
with in economical leads must be considered. In accordance with Government
instructions, use of fly ash within 300 km from Thermal Power Stations is
mandatory as per extra ordinary Gazette Notification No. S.O. 254 (E) Part
Section – III – Sub Section (ii) dated 25th January, 2016 and subsequent
amendment, if any of Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate change, New
Delhi.
2. The Consultants shall carry out detailed analysis and design for all embankments
of height greater than 6 m based on relevant IRC publications.
3. The design of embankments should include the requirements for protection works
and traffic safety features.
4.12.6. Design of Bridges and Structures
1. The data collected and investigation results shall be analyzed to determine the
following:
i. HFL
ii. LWL
iii. LBL
iv. Erodibility of bed/scour level
v. Design discharge
vi. Linear waterway and effective linear waterway
vii. Likely foundation depth
viii. Safe bearing capacity
ix. Engineering properties of sub soil
x. Artesian conditions
xi. Settlement characteristics
xii. Vertical clearance
xiii. Horizontal clearance
70
xiv. Free board for approach road
xv. Severity of environment with reference to corrosion
xvi. Data pertaining to seismic and wind load
xvii. Requirement of model study etc.
2. The Consultant shall prepare General Arrangement Drawing (GAD) and Alignment
Plan showing the salient features of the bridges and structures proposed to be
constructed/ reconstructed along the road sections covered under the Study. These
salient features such as alignment, overall length, span arrangement, cross section,
deck level, founding level, type of bridge components (superstructure,
substructure, foundations, bearings, expansion joint, return walls etc.) shall be
finalized based upon hydraulic and geotechnical studies, cost effectiveness and
ease of construction. The GAD shall be supplemented by Preliminary designs. In
respect of span arrangement and type of bridge a few alternatives with cost-benefit
implications should be submitted to enable CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai to approve
the best alternative. After approval of alignment and GAD the Consultant shall
prepare detailed design as per IRC codes /guidelines and working drawings for all
components of bridges and structures.
3. The location of all at-grade level crossings shall be identified falling across the
existing level crossings for providing ROB at these locations. The Consultants shall
prepare preliminary GAD for necessary construction separately to the Client. The
Consultant shall pursue the Indian Railways Authorities or/and any statutory
authority of State/Central Government for approval of the GAD from concerned
Authorities.
4. GAD for bridges/structures across irrigation/water way channels shall be got

approved from the concerned Irrigation/Water way Authorities. Subsequent to
approval of GAD and alignment plan by CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai, the Consultants
shall prepare detailed design as per IRC codes/guidelines for all components of the
bridges and structures.
5. Subsequent to the approval of the GAD and Alignment Plan by CE NH (PWD) Navi
Mumbai and Railways, the Consultant shall prepare detailed design as per IRC
and Railways guidelines and working drawings for all components of the bridges
and structures. The Consultant shall furnish the design and working drawings for
suitable protection works and/or river training works wherever required.
6. Dismantling/ reconstruction of existing structures shall be avoided as far as

possible except where considered essential in view of their poor structural
conditions/ inadequacy of the provisions etc.
7. The existing structures having inadequate carriageway width shall be

widened/reconstructed in part or fully as per the latest MoRT&H guidelines. The
Consultant shall furnish the detailed design and working drawings for carrying out
the above improvements.
8. Suitable repair / rehabilitation measures shall be suggested in respect of the

existing structures as per IRC-SP:40 along with their specifications, drawings and
cost estimate in the form of a report. The rehabilitation or reconstruction of the
structures shall be suggested based on broad guidelines for rehabilitation and
strengthening of existing bridges contained in IRC-SP:35 and IRC-SP:40.
9. Subsequent to the approval of the GAD and the alignment plan by CE NH (PWD) Navi
Mumbai, detailed design shall also be carried out for the proposed underpasses,
overpasses
71
and interchanges.
10. The Consultants shall also carry out the design and make suitable
recommendations for protection works for bridges and drainage structures.
11. In case land available is not adequate for embankment slope, suitable design for
RCC retaining wall shall be furnished. However, RES wall may also be considered
depending upon techno-economic suitability to be approved by CE NH (PWD) Navi
Mumbai.
12. All the bridge structures having a length of 100 m or less can be used for tapping
of water for serving dual purpose i.e., to cross the water body or to store water,
if technically feasible. Therefore, such structures shall be designed as bridge cum
barrage structures (bridge cum bandhara). Ministry’s guidelines in this regard
issued vide letter no. RW/NH-34066/89/2015-S&R(B) dated 18.04.2017 may be
referred.
4.12.7. Drainage System
1. The requirement of roadside drainage system and the integration of the same
with proposed cross-drainage system shall be worked out for the entire length of the
project road section.
2. In addition to the roadside drainage system, the Consultants shall design the
special drainage provisions for sections with super-elevated carriageways, high
embankments and for road segments passing through cuts. The drainage
provisions shall also be worked out for road segments passing through urban
areas.
3. The designed drainage system should show locations of turnouts/outfall points

with details of outfall structures fitting into natural contours. A separate drawing
sheet covering every 5 km. stretch of road shall be prepared.
4. The project highway shall be designed to have well designed efficient drainage
system, which shall be subsurface, as far as possible. While constructing the
underpasses, the finished road level shall be determined so as to ensure that the
accumulation of rain water does not take place and run-off flows at the natural
ground level. The drains, wherever constructed, shall be provided with proper
gradient and connected to the existing outlets for final disposal.
5. The rain water harvesting requirements be assessed taking into consideration the
Ministry of Environment & Forest Notification Dt. 14.01.1997 (as amended on
13.01.1998, 05.01.1999 & 06.11.2000). The construction of rainwater harvesting
structure is mandatory in and around water scarce / crisis areas notified by the
Central Ground Water Board. The provisions for rainwater harvesting be executed
as per the requirements of IRC:SP:42-2014 (Guidelines for Road Drainage) and
IRC:SP:50-2013 (Guidelines on Urban Drainage).
6. All the bridge structures having a length of 100m or less can be used for tapping
of water for serving dual purpose i.e. to cross the water body and to store water,
if technically feasible. Therefore, such structures should be designed as bridge
cum barrage structures (bridge cum bandhara). Ministry’s guidelines in this regard
issued vide letter no. RW/NH-34066/59/2015-S&R(B) dated 18.04.2017 may be
referred.
7. The locations of the culverts should be planned in such a way that the proposed
culvert covers optimum catchment area & the location shall be decided on the
basis of topographical survey, local rainfall data, gradient of natural ground and
enquiry from the local habitants. All culverts should preferably be box culverts as
72
pipe culverts get filled up with silt, which is rarely cleared.
4.12.8. Traffic Safety Features, Road Furniture and Road Markings
1. The Consultants shall design suitable traffic safety features and road furniture
including traffic signals, signs, markings, overhead sign boards, crash barriers,
delineators etc. The locations of these features shall be given in the reports and
also shown in the drawings.
2. The Consultant should make the provisions for “the overhead (gantry-mounted)
signs on roads with two or more lanes in the same direction” as per provisions of IRC-
67. The minimum height of gantry mounted sign be 5.5 m above the highest point
at the carriageway.
3. Road safety shall be the focus of design. The roads shall be forgiving, having self-
explaining alignment, safe designed intersections / interchanges segregation and
safe crossing facilities for VRUs with crash barriers at hazardous locations. The
details of traffic signs and pavement markings with their locations, types and
configuration shall be shown on the plan so that they are correctly provided.
4. DPR shall undergo the exercise of Road Safety Audit through the Road Safety
Auditor (separate from design team) and recommendations mentioned be
incorporated.
5. Road markings and proper signage constitute another important aspect of the
Road safety. The DPR shall contain a detailed signage plan, indicating the places,
directions, distances and other features, duly marked on the chainage plan. It
shall specify the suitable places where FoBs are to be provided. Road marking and
signage plan shall be included in DPR and shall be specifically approved by the
6. Advanced Traffic Management System (ATMS) shall be in place for all 4/6
lane roads of CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai being put to tolling. This would provide
real time information, guidance and emergency assistance to users. ATMS would
include outdoor equipment including emergency call boxes, variable message
sign systems, meteorological data system, close circuit TV camera (CCTV) system in
addition to any other equipment required to meet the objective. Indoor
equipment would include large display board, central computer with Network
Management System, CCTV monitor system and management of call boxes system
with uninterrupted power supply, all housed in a central control centre. In this
connection, CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai’s policy circular no.11041/218/2007-Admn
dated 15.09.2016 may be referred.
7. As availability of suitable sight distance has a large effect on road safety, the
alignment of all the NHs should be finalized in such a way so as to have double the
stopping sight distance available to the road users at all locations.
4.12.9. Arboriculture and Landscaping
The Consultants shall work out appropriate plan for planting of trees (specifying
type of plantation), horticulture, floriculture on the surplus land of the right-of
way with a view to beautify the highway and making the environment along the
highway pleasing. These activities should be included in the TOR for
contractor/concessionaire and the cost of these activities shall also be added to
the total project cost for civil works. The existing trees / plants shall be retained
to the extent possible. The Transplantation of trees shall also be proposed
wherever feasible.
73
4.12.10. Toll Plaza
1. The Consultants shall identify the possible toll plaza location(s) based on the data
and information derived from the traffic studies and a study of the existing
physical features including the availability of land. The location of the plaza should
keep in view that the project road is to be developed as a partially access controlled
highway facility and it is required to collect toll on rational basis from as much of
the vehicular traffic as possible consistent with economy of collection and
operations. The location of the toll plaza should be finalized in consultation with
2. The minimum number of toll lanes at the toll plazas should be carefully designed
taking into consideration the projected peak hour tollable traffic, permissible
service time, adopted toll collection system and the capacity of service lanes. The
number of lanes at any toll plaza would, however, be not less than four times the
number of lanes for which the highway has been designed. Eventually, all the lanes
have to be designed / equipped with Electronic Toll Collection (ETC) systems and
one lane at the extreme outer side for Over Dimensioned Vehicles (ODV) should
be earmarked in each direction.
3. Car lanes and lanes for commercial vehicles shall be earmarked at the toll plaza
with outer lanes earmarked for the commercial vehicles. At least 50% of the total
lanes on each side shall be equipped with weigh-in-motion facility for dedicated
use by commercial vehicles followed by a static weigh bridge on either side.
Number of lanes with weigh-in-motion facility may be suitably increased
depending on proportion of commercial vehicles in total traffic Provision should
be kept for acquisition and earmarking of about one acre area for parking of the
overloaded vehicles.
4. Toll Plaza shall be designed as per IRC 84.
4.12.11. Weighing Station, Parking Areas and Rest Areas
1. The consultant shall select suitable sites for weighing stations, parking areas and
rest areas and prepare suitable separate designs in this regard. The common
facilities like petrol pump, first-aid medical facilities, police office, restaurant,
vehicle parking etc. should be included in the general layout for planning. For
petrol pump, the guidelines issued by OISD of Ministry of Petroleum shall be
followed. The facilities should be planned to be at approximately 50 km interval.
At least each facility (1 no.) is foreseen to be provided for this project stretch.
Weighing stations can be located near toll plazas so that overloaded vehicles can
be easily identified and suitably penalized and unloaded before being allowed to
proceed further. The type of weighing system suitable for the project shall be
brought out in the report giving merits of each type of the state-of-the art and
basis of recommendations for the chosen system.
2. The Consultant should take into consideration the provisions for persons with
disabilities (PwD) in way side amenity centres / rest areas and provide ramp
facilities, exit / entrance door with minimum clear opening of 900 mm and special
toilet facilities for use of handicapped persons. The consultant shall also take into
consideration, the provisions for Pedestrians facilities as per IRC-103.
4.12.12 Miscellaneous Works
1. The Consultants shall make suitable designs and layout for miscellaneous
works including rest areas, bus bays, vehicle parking areas,
telecommunication facilities etc. wherever appropriate.
74
2. The Consultants shall prepare the detailed scheme and lay out plan for the
works mentioned in Para 1.
3. The Consultants shall prepare detailed plan for the traffic management
and safety during the construction period.
4.13 Environment and Social Impact Assessment
The consultant shall under take the detailed environmental and social impact
assessment in accordance with the standard set by the Government of India for
projects proposed to be funded by MORT&H/CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai. In respect
of projects proposed to be funded by ADB loan assistance, Environmental
Assessment Requirements, Environmental Guidelines for selected infrastructure
projects, 1993 of Asian Development Bank shall be followed. Similarly, for
projects proposed to be funded by World Bank loan assistance, World Bank
Guidelines shall be followed.
4.13.1 Environmental Impact Assessment
Environment impact assessment or initial environment examination be carried out

in accordance with ADB’s Environmental Assessment Requirements of ADB 1998
guidelines for selected infrastructure projects 1993 as amended from time to
time
/World Bank Guidelines / Government of India Guidelines, as applicable
1. The consultant should carry out the preliminary environmental screening

to assess the direct and induced impacts due to the project.
2. The consultant shall ensure to document baseline conditions relevant to

the project with the objective to establish the benchmarks.
3. The consultant shall assess the potential significant impacts and identify
the mitigation measures to address these impacts adequately.
4. The consultant shall do the analysis of alternatives incorporating

environmental concerns. This should include with and without scenario
and modification incorporated in the proposed project due to
environment considerations.
5. The consultant shall give special attention to the environmental

enhancement measures in the project for the following:
(a) Cultural property enhancement along the highways

(b) Bus bays and bus shelters including a review of their location,
(c) Highway side landscape and enhancement of the road junctions,
(d) Enhancement of highway side water bodies, and
(e) Redevelopment of the borrow areas located on public land.
6. The consultant shall prepare the bill-of-quantities (BOQ) and technical

specifications for all items of work in such a way that these may be
readily integrated to the construction contracts.
7. The consultant shall establish a suitable monitoring network with regard

to air, water and noise pollution. The consultant will also provide
75
additional inputs in the areas of performance indicators and monitoring
mechanisms for environmental components during construction and
operational phase of the project.
8. The consultant shall provide the cost of mitigation measures and ensure
that environmental related staffing, training and institutional
requirements are budgeted in project cost.
9. The consultant shall prepare the application forms and obtain forestry
and environmental clearances from the respective authorities including
the SPCBs and the MOEF on behalf of CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai. The
consultants will make presentation, if required, in defending the project to
the MOEF Infrastructure Committee.
10. The consultant shall identify and plan for plantation and Transplantation
of the suitable trees along the existing highway in accordance with IRC
guidelines.
11. The consultant shall assist in providing appropriate input in preparation

of relevant environment and social sections of BPIP.
12 Provision should be made for Noise Barriers wherever (especially where

project highway passes through dense habitation) required as a mitigation
measure against noise pollution and nuisance. Their location, dimension,
type, material and shapes should be determined and defined in
environment impact assessment studies forming part of DPR.
4.13.2 Social Assessment
1 The consultant would conduct base line socio-economic and census survey to
assess the impacts on the people, properties and loss of livelihood. The
socioeconomic survey will establish the benchmark for monitoring of R&R
activities. A social assessment is conducted for the entire project to identify
mechanisms to improve project designs to meet the needs of different
stakeholders. A summary of stakeholder discussions, issue raised and how the
project design was developed to meet stakeholders need would be prepared.
2 The consultant shall prepare Land Acquisition Plan and assist CE NH (PWD)
Navi Mumbai in acquisition of land under various Acts.
4.13.3 The consultant would prepare Resettlement and Rehabilitation Plan and assess
feasibility and effectiveness of income restoration strategies and suitability and
availability to relocation sites. The resettlement plan which accounts for land
acquisition and resettlement impacts would be based on a 25% socio-economic survey
and 100 % census survey of project affected people which provides the complete
assessment of the number of affected households and persons, including common
property resources. All untitled occupants are recorded at the initial stages and
identify cards will be issued to ensure there is no further influx of people in to the
project area. All consultations with affected persons (to include list of
participants) should be fully documented and records made available to
 Assessment on the impact of the project on the poor and vulnerable

groups along the project road corridor.
 Based on the identified impacts, developing entitlement matrix for the
project affected people.
76
 Assessment on social issues such as indigenous people, gender,
HIV/AIDS, labourers including child labour.
 Implementation budgets, sources and timing of funding and schedule of tasks.
 Responsibility of tasks, institutional arrangements and personnel for
delivering entitlement and plans to build institutional capacity.
 Internal and external monitoring plans, key monitoring indicators and
grievance redress mechanism.
 Incorporating any other suggestions of the ADB/ World Bank/ CE NH
(PWD) Navi Mumbai, till the acceptance of the reports by the ADB/
World Bank/ CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai
4.13.4 Reporting Requirements of EIA
 The consultant would prepare the stand-alone reports as per the
requirement of the ADB/World Bank /CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai, as
applicable, with contents as per the following:
 Executive Summary
 Description of the Project
 Environmental setting of the project.
 Identification and categorization of the potential impacts (during pre-
construction, construction and operation periods).
 Analysis of alternatives (this would include correlation amongst the finally
selected alternative alignment/routing and designs with the avoidance
and environmental management solutions).
 The public consultation process.
 Policy, legal and administrative framework. This would include mechanisms
at the states and national level for operational policies. This would also
include a description of the organizational and implementation
mechanism recommended for this project.
 Typical plan or specific designs for all additional environmental items as
described in the scope of work.
 Incorporating any other as per the suggestions of the ADB/ World Bank /
CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai, till the acceptance of the reports by the ADB/
World Bank/CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai , as applicable.
 EMP Reports for Contract Package based on uniform methodology and
processes. The consultant will also ensure that the EMP has all the elements
for it to be a legal document. The EMP reports would include the following:
 Brief description of the project, purpose of the EMP, commitments on
incorporating environmental considerations in the design, construction
and operations phases of the project and institutional arrangements for
implementing the EMP.
 A detailed EMP for construction and operational phases with recourse to
the mitigation measures for all adverse impacts.
 Detailed plans for highway-side tree plantation (as part of the
compensatory afforestation component).
 Environmental enhancement measure would be incorporated.
 Enhancement measures would include items described in the scope of
work and shall be complete with plans, designs, BOQ and technical
77
specifications.
 Environmental monitoring plans during and after construction including
scaling and measurement techniques for the performance indicators
selectedfor monitoring.
 The EMP should be amendable to be included in the contract documents
for theworks.
 Incorporating any other as per the suggestions of the ADB/ World Bank/
CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai, till the acceptance of the reports by the ADB/ World
Bank
/CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai as applicable.
4.13.5 Reporting requirements of RAP
Analysis on the resettlement plan be conducted based on ADBs Hand Book on

Resettlement, A Guide to Good practice 1998 as amended time to time/ World
Bank Guidelines / Government of India Guidelines, as applicable.
 Executive summary
 Description of project
 Objectives of the project.
 The need for Resettlement in the Project and evaluation of
measures to minimize resettlement.
 Description and results of public consultation and plans for continued
participation of PAPs.
 Definition of PAPs and the eligibility criteria.
 Census and survey results-number affected, how are they affected and
whatimpacts will they experience.
 Legal and entitlement policy framework-support principles for different
categories of impact.
 Arrangements for monitoring and evaluation (internal and external)
 Implementation schedule for resettlement which is linked to the civil
works contract
 A matrix of scheduled activities linked to land acquisition procedures to
indicate clearly what steps and actions will be taken at different stages and
the time frame
 The payment of compensation and resettlement during the
acquisition process
 An itemized budget (replacement value for all assets) and unit
costs for different assets
5.1 Land Acquisition
5.1.1 Overall program management of all activities pertaining to Land

Acquisition
5.1.1.1 Coordinate all activities necessary for accurate and timely publication of
notifications as per NH Act including but not limited to
i. Identify all land parcels that need to be acquired as part of project highway
78
ii. Conduct Joint Measurement Survey in conjunction with CALA, CE NH (PWD) Navi
Mumbai and state revenue department to verify land records
iii. Conduct valuation of land and associated assets (structures, trees, crops etc.) and
liaison with authorities of State Government for authentication of the valuation
5.1.1.2 Liaison with relevant state departments throughout land acquisition process
i. Liaison with State Government departments including but not limited to Land Revenue
Office (or Tehsil), Sub - Registrar office, Directorate of Surveys and with other
State departments (like Public works department, horticulture department etc.)
to expedite the land acquisition process
ii. Co-ordinate collection of all the necessary land record documents and information
required to support CALA/CALA staff during the LA process
5.1.1.3 Facilitate communication between CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai (PIU) and CALA
throughout land acquisition process
i. Ensure prompt official communication (including delivery of documents and

notifications) between the office of Competent Authority for Land Acquisition
(CALA) and CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai
5.1.1.4 Support CALA and PIU with manpower and resources CALA throughout land
acquisition process
i. Ensure presence of adequate manpower like surveyors, revenue inspectors, assistants,

peons, computer operators as required to support CALA, PIU, RO in the LA process
corresponding to respective project
ii. Ensure comprehensive quality checks (4 Eye Checks) for all the notifications
prepared before submission in the Bhoomi Rashi portal
5.1.2 Assist CALA and CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai (PIU) in the publication of notifications
5.1.2.1 Provide copy of following documents to PIU - 1 soft copy (less than 3MB combined)
+ 1 hard copy, on finalization of alignment and approval of the alignment from
the competent authority
i. Index Map: Document showing alignment of proposed highway overlaid on a

detailed political map of the region
ii. Alignment plan: Engineering plan detailing relative position of Proposed Right of
Way to existing road, bypasses, realignments significant structures, affected
villages and chainage
iii. CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai project sanction document detailing chainage, length,
scheme code and land acquisition requirements (Total Land Required, Land
available, land to be acquired etc.)
5.1.2.2 Conduct enquiry at Village Administrative Office along approved alignment to

ensure inclusion of all villages
5.1.2.3 Ensure correct spelling of taluks and villages according to local revenue records
(Jamabandi) or State Government land record website. The same should be done
for English and Hindi
5.1.2.4 Obtain approval of taluk names, village names and other details mentioned in 3a
from CALA office
5.1.2.5 Co-ordinate with PIU and District Collector/State Government in obtaining
appointment order for CALA
79
5.1.2.6 Co-ordinate with NIC to ensure correct village names and spelling are
included in Bhoomi Rashi portal
5.1.2.7 Assist PIU in creating 3a notification and preamble on Bhoomi Rashi along
with all supporting documents in format prescribed to be sent for approval to
CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai HQ
5.1.3 Assist CALA and CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai (PIU) in the publication of 3A notification
5.1.3.1 Co-ordinate collection of all village maps from state land revenue department
i. Ensure all village maps are collected from the Taluk Office/Regional Deputy Director
of Survey and Land Records and bear a saleable copy mark.
5.1.3.2 Co-ordinate collection of all survey maps for all the affected survey numbers
in the proposed right of way from state land revenue department
i. Ensure collection of digitized survey maps from the state revenue department
prepared using CollabLand software of NIC for the purposes of land acquisition
activities, wherever available
ii. Ensure all survey maps collected are scaled to 1:500, 1:1000 or 1:2000
iii. Ensure survey maps contain all necessary information including boundary dimensions,
ladder diagrams, topographical details, sub division details and adjoining survey
numbers as available, in line with the norms of the State Government
iv. Verify the level of accuracy in the maps and their suitability for the purposes of
supporting the land acquisition effort for the project road in terms of both
dimensional accuracy and details available
v. Ensure consistency between the revenue maps and other land records (Record of
Rights, Tenancy and Crops /A-Register etc.) and correct the maps/records in case
of inconsistency. Ensure, the corrected maps are vetted by the Village
Administrative Officer
5.1.3.3 Ensure collection of geo referenced control points capable of being imported
into appropriate GIS system
i. Conduct an alignment walk-through and ensure details of the ground control

points include village stones, suitable land details and permanent geographical
features are collected
ii. Ensure a minimum of 10 control points are identified and geo-referenced for every
1 km
iii. Ensure the Geo-location information from the control points are imported into the
GIS system, to aid in superimposition of alignment map and the digitized village
map. Suitable land details and features should also be added to the GIS system to
enable review of individual land parcels.
5.1.3.4 Ensure accurate digitization and projection of village maps on GIS system
i. Consultant should ensure complete digitization of the area containing the

Proposed Right of Way
ii. Where digitized revenue maps are unavailable or are deemed to be insufficient for
the purposes of this project, the consultant shall digitize the survey maps of the
area falling in and surrounding the existing and PROW, keeping the following in
mind:
1. Create digitized maps of individual survey numbers using the procedure used
by the land revenue department to recreate revenue maps such as using
ladder diagrams, grid dimensions etc., using CollabLand software, wherever
possible
80
2. Input numerical measurements mentioned in the ladder diagram/grid
dimensions/survey boundaries in CollabLand or similar software to ensure
accuracy of digital map
3. Stitch the digitized survey maps to recreate a scaled and digitized village map
depicting all the survey numbers affected by the proposed right of way
iii. Ensure that the digitized map exactly matches the original map like a contact print
and contain all information contained in the original survey map
iv. Ensure an accuracy of 1mm or higher in a scale as per IRC SP 19.
v. In digitization and feature addition, the consultant shall endeavor to follow any
standards, requirements and formats laid down by the relevant state/ central
government agency for land ownership and revenue management or that set by
the authority involved in digitization of land records
1. Where applicable, the consultant shall share back the digitized cadastral maps
in both soft and hard copy with the relevant local agency or state government
5.1.3.5 Ensure accurate projection of survey revenue maps on Google Earth or similar
GIS software necessarily having the following layers
i. Alignment Map
ii. Digitized Village Map
iii. Topographical details as collected during topographical survey using LiDAR/Drone
Imaging
iv. Geo-referenced control points imported into GIS software
5.1.3.6 Ensure proper superimposition of the alignment map, digitized village map by
accurately matching the topographical details and geo-referenced ground
control points on both the layers.
i. Divide the village maps at every 500 meters (in case of the same village) to ensure
proper projection of the planar map on Google Earth or equivalent
ii. Adjust the digitized map to exactly match the ground situation using the geo-
referenced ground control points identified
5.1.3.7 Accurately identify extent of area encroached by alignment in survey

numbers/sub division numbers using appropriate software (ArcGIS/AutoCAD,
etc) based on the superimposition of the alignment map on the digitized village
map
5.1.3.8 Co-ordinate collection all the relevant revenue records from state revenue
department required to ascertain type and nature of land
i. Collect the updated land revenue records with details on survey numbers, sub-
division, land type, land nature and owner from the Taluk office
5.1.3.9 Prepare and submit 3A draft and LA plan in the format prescribed by CE NH (PWD) Navi
Mumbai
5.1.3.10 Co-ordinate submission of copies of LA plan and Alignment map to CALA offices
through PIU required for verification of 3A draft in the format prescribed by the
CALA Office
81
5.1.3.11 Facilitate CALA staff in verification of the draft 3A document
5.1.3.12 Assist CALA staff in preparation of 3A notification, preamble and forwarding

letter to be forwarded to PIU
5.1.3.13 Assist PIU in uploading 3A notification (as declared by CALA) along with
preamble on Bhoomi Rashi
i. Provide computer operators to upload 3A notification on Bhoomi Rashi

ii. Ensure the 3A submitted on Bhoomi Rashi matches the signed copy verbatim and
no changes are made
5.1.3.14 Provide copy of 3A Gazette notification to the office of the CALA on publication
in the Gazette
5.1.3.15 Prepare 3A notification in vernacular language to be sent to newspaper for

3A(3) notification
i. Ensure the translated 3A sent to the newspaper matches the 3A Gazette copy
verbatim and no changes are made
5.1.3.16 Co-ordinate with the CALA to get a signed copy of the press ready version along
with the file reference number needed for future reference at the CALA office
5.1.3.17 Assist PIU in coordinating with newspaper agency to ensure publication of

3Anotification in 2 newspapers: 1 Vernacular + 1 Other
5.1.3.18 Provide copies of newspaper publication of 3A notification to the CALA and PIU
5.1.3.19 Ensure all activities are planned and adequate manpower is made available to
ensure the prescribed timelines are adhered to
i. Ensure submission of 3A to the PIU in prescribed format within 30 days of 3a

publication
ii. Ensure publishing of 3A in Gazette by pursuing the same with relevant stakeholder
within 14 days of submission of final 3A to the PIU
iii. Provide adequate manpower including but not limited to AutoCAD draftsmen,
liaison officers, computer operators, retired tahsildars, etc. to ensure mandated
timelines aremet
iv. Ensure adequate resources including but not limited to computers, software
licenses, scanner, printer etc. are deployed to ensure mandated timelines are met
5.1.4 Assist CALA and CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai (PIU) in conduction of 3C enquiry
and compilation offinal orders
5.1.4.1 Co-ordinate with CALA for scheduling public hearings as necessitated by section
3C of NH Act 1956
5.1.4.2 Assist CALA staff in sending notices to petitioners on respective hearing dates
either through newspaper notifications to be published in 2 newspapers: 1
Vernacular + 1 other or through respective village administrative offices
5.1.4.3 Provide copies of newspaper publication/ notices of 3C notification to the office

of the CALA
82
5.1.4.4 Assist CALA staff in receiving and compiling of objections
5.1.4.5 Assist CALA during objection hearings, recording of hearings, ensuring compliance
of corresponding orders and notification of final CALA order to petitioners
5.1.4.6 Assist CALA staff in dispatching and ensuring delivery of final 3C orders to
petitioners in a timely manner and obtain acknowledgement of receipt of 3C
orders from the aggrieved parties
5.1.5 Assist CALA and CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai (PIU) in conducting Joint Measurement Survey
5.1.5.1 Co-ordinate with the CALA office and state government departments and obtain
all permissions necessary to conduct JMS and center line marking
5.1.5.2 Ensure laying of boundary pillars in an accurate and expedited manner
i. Ensure use of Differential GPS or Total Station systems to conduct center line marking
ii. Ensure placing of boundary pillars (left and right) and the center line peg (in case
of brownfield sections), center line pillar (in case of greenfield sections) at 50-
meter intervals, clearly demarcating the Proposed Right of Way.
iii. Ensure all boundary pillars are provided and planted as per IRC:25:1967
iv. Ensure that the boundary stones are secured at location
v. Provide daily reports to PIU and CALA office by mail indicating progress of
boundary stone marking in terms of length and chainage covered
vi. Retain a Total Station system, controller and a prism holder for the entire duration
of the JMS to ensure prompt assistance to the survey team
5.1.5.3 Ensure accurate and timely conduction of JMS for the complete length of the project
i. Provide scaled revenue maps, latest ownership records, village map and other
revenue documents necessary for conducting JMS
ii. Arrange retired revenue sub inspectors of survey and chainmen to conduct Joint
Measurement Survey at the consultant’s cost
iii. Ensure accurate measurement of revenue survey plots with respect to PROW of
project, by identifying physical features present on the ground & the survey
sketches, measuring the distance of the PROW stone from the physical features
and marking the distance on the survey sketch
iv. Ensure marking of PROW on scaled revenue maps indicating extent of
encroachment into survey numbers/sub division numbers
v. Ensure surveyors collect details of structures and trees present in sub-divisions during
JMS
vi. Ensure accurate calculation of area affected in each sub-division
vii. Ensure sub-division records are prepared as per the guidelines of the state revenue
surveyor clearly indicating the name of the land owner as per latest ownership
record
viii. Ensure sub-division records divide affected sub-divisions clearly indicating portion
ofland vested with the owner and portion of land acquired by CE NH (PWD) Navi
Mumbai
ix. Ensure submission of JMS records in format expected by the CALA office along with
all supporting documents
x. Co-ordinate with local land revenue office in updating of all land records as per
sub- division records submitted to CALA office, including vesting of acquired land
in the name of Government of India, post publication of the 3D notification
83
xi. Provide daily reports to PIU and CALA office by mail indicating progress of JMS in
terms of length, villages and number survey numbers covered
5.1.5.4 Assist land revenue department in conducting pre-scrutiny
i. Ensure all records are submitted at Taluk office in the correct format
ii. Facilitate creation of new sub-divisions based on the sub division records submitted
by the survey team, including vesting of acquired land in the name of Government of
India, post publication of the 3D notification
iii. Provide daily reports to PIU and CALA office by mail indicating progress of pre-
scrutiny in terms of number of villages covered
5.1.5.5 Co-ordinate with CALA team and PIU to facilitate site inspection
5.1.6 Assist CALA and CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai (PIU) in the publication of 3D notification
5.1.6.1 Prepare 3D draft based on 3A notification and scrutinized JMS statements in the
format prescribed by CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai
5.1.6.2 Co-ordinate submission of copies of 3D draft and scrutinized JMS Statements

to the office of the CALA for verification
5.1.6.3 Facilitate CALA staff in verification of the draft 3D version
i. Ensure presence of surveyors to clarify/rectify any issue that may arise during
verification, both during on-ground inspection as well as during the document
verification
5.1.6.4 Assist CALA staff in preparation of 3D notification, preamble and forwarding

letter to be forwarded to PIU
5.1.6.5 Assist PIU in uploading 3D notification (as declared by CALA) along with
preamble on Bhoomirashi
i. Provide computer operators to upload 3D notification on Bhoomirashi

ii. Ensure the 3D submitted on Bhoomirashi matches the signed copy verbatim and
no changes are made
5.1.6.6 Provide copy of 3D Gazette notification to the office of the CALA on publication
in the Gazette
5.1.6.7 Prepare 3D notification in vernacular language to be sent to newspaper
i. Ensure the translated 3D sent to the newspaper matches the 3D Gazette copy
verbatim and no changes are made
5.1.6.8 Co-ordinate with the CALA to get a signed copy of the press ready version along
with the file reference number needed for future reference at the CALA office
5.1.6.9 Assist PIU in coordinating with newspaper agency to ensure publication of 3A

notification in 2 newspapers: 1 Vernacular + 1 Other
5.1.6.10 Provide copies of newspaper publication of 3D notification to the CALA and PIU
5.1.6.11 Ensure all activities are planned and adequate manpower is made available to
ensure the prescribed timelines are adhered to
84
i. Ensure submission of 3D statement along with sub-division records to the PIU in
prescribed format within 45 days of 3A publication
ii. Ensure publishing of 3D in Gazette by pursuing the same with relevant stakeholder
within 15 days of submission of final 3D to the PIU
iii. Provide adequate manpower including but not limited to surveyors, revenue
inspectors, chain-men, liaison officers, computer operators, central line marking
teams, helpers, etc. to ensure mandated timelines are met
iv. Ensure adequate resources including but not limited to computers, boundary
pillars, Total Station/DGPS systems, vehicles etc. are deployed to ensure
mandated timelines are met
5.1.7 Assist the CALA in the declaration of award (3G)
5.1.7.1 Assist CALA in drafting public notice inviting claims (under sub-section 3 of section
3G) from all persons interested in the land to be acquired and 3D notification to
be published in 2 local newspaper - 1 vernacular and 1 other.
5.1.7.2 Co-ordinate with CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai /CALA on publishing of claim

invitation notification in 2 local newspapers - 1 vernacular and 1 other. The public
notice inviting claims (under sub-section 3 of section 3G) from all persons
interested in the land to be acquired can be issued along with the newspaper
publication of 3D notification
5.1.7.3 Provide 1 copy of newspaper notification of 3D and claim invitation to CALA,

Ward, Panchayat, Circle office, police station and Collector office.
5.1.7.4 Assist CALA during claim hearings, record hearings and compliance of corresponding
orders
i. Collate ownership claims and the documents received during the claim hearings
ii. Assist the office of the CALA in verifying the claims and in finalizing the land owners
5.1.7.5 Assist CALA office in collection of sales statistics and market value (Guideline
value/ Collector rates) from the relevant State Government department
i. Collect the sales statistics for 3 years prior to the date of the 3A notification from
the Sub-Registrar’s Office
ii. Assess the sales statistics to evaluate the nature of land for all the sale deeds
based on the land records available with the State Government (Chitta/ A-
Register, etc.)
iii. Compute the average of the top 50% of the sales statistics after eliminating the
outliers, with proper justification
iv. Collect the Guideline Value/ Prevalent market rates, as issued by the order of the
Competent Authority of the State Government for all the relevant villages
v. Collect the details of the sales of land for public purpose through private
negotiation inthe recent past for similar type of land
5.1.7.6 Compute land valuation for the all the affected survey numbers in line with
RFCTLARR Act and the guidelines issued by MoRTH
5.1.7.7 Conduct valuation of land related assets (Structures, trees, crops etc.) and liaison
with respective State authority including but not limited to State Public Works
Department, Agriculture, Horticulture, Forest Department, etc. for authentication
of the valuation.
85
5.1.7.8 Assist CALA in 3G award preparation and in drafting 3G award documents along
with the required annexures including but not limited to preparation of field book
which contains award by each beneficiary, list of sales statistics considered for
finalizing the market value, etc.
5.1.8 Assist CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai in obtaining possession of land
5.1.8.1 Co-ordinate delivery of confirmation letter of deposit from PIU to CALA
5.1.8.2 Assist CALA staff in drafting notification for beneficiaries for award collection
and vacating the land within 60 days (under section 3E)
5.1.8.3 Co-ordinate serving of notice to all beneficiaries for collection of award and to
vacate the land within 60 days (under section 3E)
5.1.8.4 Co-ordinate collection of certificate of possession from CALA
5.1.9 Publication of Gazette Notifications relating to Land Acquisition:
5.1.9.1 Cost for publication of Gazette Notifications relating to land acquisition in

Newspapers shall be borne by the CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai.
5.2 Utility shifting proposal and estimates
5.2.1 Identify type and location of all existing utilities within the proposed ROW
1. Consultant will review information available with all utilities agencies in the
region, consult maps/plans available with CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai, MoRTH and
state road agencies, consult with locals and municipal bodies to ascertain the
presence and location of utilities , including but not limited to water-mains, gas,
telephone, electricity and fiber-optic installations in and around the project
road
2. Deploy ground penetrating radar, inductor locators or better technology to

accurately map the location, type and size of utilities in the ROW of the project road
as required in the section of this TOR
3. Develop a detailed strip plan and digitized maps showing:
i. type, size and current location of all the utilities identified

ii. relative offset from the centerline
iii. existing right of way
5.2.2 Plan for utilities in future road design
1. Consultants need to identify utilities that will require shifting to enable construction
of the proposed project road
2. Incorporate space required for elevated and under-ground utilities corridors and
utilities crossings as required for existing and future utilities in consultation with
user departments
86
5.2.3 Develop a utilities relocation plan
1. Consultants need to develop and submit a utilities relocation plan in consultation with
CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai and user departments clearly identifying current utilities and
suggested relocations along with crossings as required
2. Plan and conduct discussions, consultations and joint site visits required for the
planning of utilities shifting and the development of required drawings and
proposals
3. Prepare necessary details, documents and suggested relocation plan to be

submitted to user department
4. Develop initial cost estimates based on suggested relocation plan and the latest
available schedule of rates for inclusion in the cost of the project at the time of
approval
5.2.4 Estimates and approvals
1. Consultants need to obtain draft utilities shifting proposal from user departments
for all utilities identified for shifting along project road
2. Prepare utility shifting cost estimates using latest schedule of rates and obtain
approval from user departments
3. Review final designs submitted, cost estimates, complete checklist, obtain

required declarations and submit to CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai for approval
4. Work with user department, CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai as required to incorporate

any changes requested in shifting proposal and cost estimate
5. Obtain all required utilities shifting proposal estimates and required approvals
from both user departments and CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai within the time
stipulated in DPR contract
5.3 Estimation of Quantities and Project Costs
1. The Consultants shall prepare detailed estimates for quantities (considering designs
and mass haul diagram) and project cost for the entire project (civil packages
wise), including the cost of environmental and social safeguards proposed based
on MoRT&H’s Standard Data Book and market rate for the inputs. The estimation
of quantities shall be based on detailed design of various components of the projects.
The estimation of quantities and costs would have to be worked out separately
for civil work Package as defined in this TOR.
2. The Consultants shall make detailed analysis for computing the unit rates for the
different items of works. The unit rate analysis shall duly take into account the
various inputs and their basic rates, suggested location of plants and respective
lead distances for mechanized construction. The unit rate for each item of works
shall be worked out in terms of manpower, machinery and materials.
3. The project cost estimates so prepared for CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai/ADB/WB

projects are to be checked against rates for similar on-going works in India under
CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai/World Bank/ ADB financed road sector projects.
4. The Consultant should work out the quantity of Bitumen, Steel and Cement likely
87
to be used in the project and indicate in the summary sheet.
6. Viability and Financing Options and Bidding process
1. The Project Road should be divided into the traffic homogenous links based on
the findings of the traffic studies. The homogenous links of the Project Road
should be further subdivided into sections based on physical features of road and
pavement, subgrade and drainage characteristics etc. The economic and
commercial analysis shall be carried out separately for each traffic homogenous
link as well as for the Project Road.
2. The values of input parametres and the rationale for their selection for the
economic and commercial analyses shall be clearly brought out and got
approved by
3. For models to be used for the economic and the commercial analyses, the
calibration methodology and the basic parametres adapted to the local conditions
shall be clearly brought out and got approved by CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai.
4. The economic and commercial analyses should bring out the priority of the
different homogenous links in terms of project implementation.
6.1. Economic Analysis
1. The Consultants shall carry out economic analysis for the project. The analysis
should be for each of the sections covered under this TOR. The benefit and cost
streams should be worked out for the project using HDM-IV or other
internationally recognized lifecycle costing model.
2. The economic analysis shall cover but be not limited to be following aspects:
i. assess the capacity of existing roads and the effects of capacity constraints on
vehicle operating costs (VOC);
ii. calculate VOCs for the existing road situation and those for the project;
iii. quantify all economic benefits, including those from reduced congestion, travel
distance, road maintenance cost savings and reduced incidence of road accidents;
and,
iv. estimate the economic internal rate of return (EIRR) for the project over a 30-
year period. In calculating the EIRRs, identify the tradable and non- tradable
components of projects costs and the border price value of the tradable
components.
v. Saving in time value.
3. Economic Internal Rate of Return (EIRR) and Net Present Value (NPV), “with “and
“without time and accident savings” should be worked out based on these cost-
benefit stream. Furthermore, sensitivity of EIRR and NPV worked out forth different
scenarios as given under:
Scenario – I Base Costs and Base Benefits

Scenario - II Base Costs plus 15% and Base Benefits
Scenario - III Base Costs and Base Benefits minus
15%
Scenario – IV Base Costs plus 15% and Base Benefits minus 15%
88
The sensitivity scenarios given above are only indicative. The Consultants shall
select the sensitivity scenarios taking into account possible construction delays,
construction costs overrun, traffic volume, revenue shortfalls, operating costs,
exchange rate variations, convertibility of foreign exchange, interest rate
volatility, non-compliance or default by contractors, political risks and force
majeure.
4. The economic analysis shall take into account all on-going and future road
and transport infrastructure projects and future development plans in the
project area.
6.2 Financial Analysis
6.2.1 Need for financial analysis
1. It is envisaged that project stretches should be implemented in a commercial, PPP

funded format
2. Therefore, the Consultant will need to study the financial viability of the project
under various available commercial formats and suggest a mode of funding and
execution that is most likely to be successful
3. The consultant shall study the financial viability of the project under several
different traffic volume, user fee scenarios and funding options to arrive at the
optimal execution mode and funding modalities
6.2.2 Financial analysis of the project
1. The Consultants shall in consultation with CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai finalize the
format for the analysis and the primary parameters and scenarios that should be
taken into account while carrying out the commercial analysis
2. The Financial analysis for the project should cover financial internal rate of
return, projected income statements, balance sheets and fund flow statements
and should bring out all relevant assumptions.
3. The financial analysis should cover identification, assessment, and mitigating
measures for all risks associated with the project. The analysis shall cover, but be
not limited to, risks related to construction delays, construction costs overrun, traffic
volume, revenue shortfalls, operating costs, exchange rate variations, convertibility
of foreign exchange, interest rate volatility, non-compliance or default by
contractors, political risks and force majeure.
4. The sensitivity analysis should be carried out for a number of probabilistic scenarios.
6.2.3 Outputs from financial analysis
1. The financial model so developed shall be handed over to and be the property of
2. The consultant shall also suggest positive ways of enhancing the project viability
and furnish different financial models for implementing on BOT format
6.3 Bidding process
6.3.1 Consultant shall assist the authority in preparing the required bid documents
and support the authority through the bidding process
6.3.2 Preparation of documents
1. The consultant shall prepare all required bid documents and technical
89
schedules required for the bidding of the project
2. The Consultants shall prepare separate documents for each type of

contract (EPC/PPP) for each package of the DPR assignment
3. The consultant shall assist authority in reviewing bid documents and in making
any changes required basis their findings or the and finalising bid
documents
4. The consultant shall assist the authority in collecting and providing all
required supporting documents for initiating bid as defined by the SOP for
contracting
5. The DPR consultant may be required to prepare the Bid Documents,

based on the feasibility report, due to exigency of the project for
execution if desired by
a. To enable this, consultant should study the financial viability and financial
options for the project for modes such as BOT Toll/ Annuity during the
feasibility stage.
6. Provide any and all clarifications required by the authority or other

functionaries such as the financial consultant and legal advisor as required
for the financial appraisal and legal scrutiny of the Project Highway and
Bid Documents.
7. The consultant shall be guided in its assignment by the Model Concession/

Contract Agreements for PPP/ EPC projects, as applicable and the Manual
of Specifications and Standards for two/ four/ six laning of highways
published by IRC (IRC:SP:73 or IRC:SP:84 or IRC:SP:87, as applicable) along
with relevant IRC codes for design of long bridges.
a. It is suggested that consultant should go through the EPC/ PPP documents of

ministry before bidding the project.
6.3.3 Support during the bidding process
1. Consultant shall support CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai through the entire bid
process and shall be responsible for sharing the findings from the
preparation stages during the bid process
2. The consultant shall ensure participation of senior team members of the

consultant during all interaction with potential bidders including pre-bid
conference, meetings, site visits etc.
3. During the bid process for a project, the consultant shall support the
authority in:
a. Responding to all pre-bid technical queries

b. Preparation of detailed responses to the written queries raised by the bidders
4. The consultant shall assist CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai and its functionaries
as needed in the evaluation of technical bids
7. Time period for the service
90
1. Time period envisaged for the study of the project is indicated in Annex-I to LOI.
The final reports, drawings and documentation shall be completed within this
time schedule.
2. CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai shall arrange to give approval on all sketches, drawings,
reports and recommendations and other matters and proposals submitted for
decision by the Consultant in such reasonable time so as not to delay or disrupt the
performance of the Consultant’s services.
8. Project Team and Project Office of the Consultant
1. The Consultants shall be required to form a multi-disciplinary team for this

assignment. The consultants’ team shall be manned by adequate number of
experts with relevant experience in the execution of similar detailed design
assignments.
2. List of suggested key personnel to be fielded by the consultant with appropriate

man- month of consultancy services is given in Enclosure-I as per client's
assessment.
3. A Manning Schedule for key personnel mentioned above is enclosed as Enclosure -

I along with broad job- description and qualification as Enclosure-II. The
information furnished in Enclosures-I & II are to assist the Consultants to
understand the client’s perception about these requirements and shall be taken
by the Consultants for the purpose of Financial Proposal and deployment schedule
etc. in technical proposal to be submitted by them. Any deviation proposed may be
recorded in the comments on TOR. All the key personnel mentioned will be evaluated
at the time of evaluation of technical proposal. Consultants are advised in their own
interest to frame the technical proposal in an objective manner as far as possible
so that these could be properly assessed in respect of points to be given as part
of evaluation criteria as mentioned in Data sheet. The bio-data of the key
personnel should be signed on every sheet by the personnel concerned and the
last sheet of each bio-data should also be signed by the authorized signatory of
the Consultants.
4. The Consultants shall establish an office at the project site manned by senior
personnel during the course of the surveys and investigations. All the project
related office work shall be carried out by the consultant in their site office unless
there are special reasons for carrying out part of the office work elsewhere for which
prior approval of CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai shall be obtained. The address of the
site office including the personnel manning it including their Telephone and FAX
numbers will be intimated by the Consultant to
CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai before commencement of the services.
5. All key personnel and sub professional staff of the DPR Consultants shall use the
fingerprint based (biometric) attendance system for marking their daily
attendance. Attendance shall be marked at least once a day and anytime during
the day. Biometric Attendance System shall be installed by the DPR Consultants at
its own cost at the site office and design office in order to facilitate the
attendance marking. A copy of attendance records shall be attached at the time
of submission of their bills to the
CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai from time to time. Proper justification shall be provided
for cases of absence of key personnel/ sub-professional staff which do not have
prior approval from Project Director of Concerned stretch. If CE NH (PWD) Navi
Mumbai so desires, it shall facilitate electronic linking of the attendance system
with the Central Monitoring System of CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai.
91
9. Reports to be submitted by the Consultant to CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai
9.1 All reports, documents and drawings are to be submitted separately for each of
the traffic homogenous link of the Project Road. The analysis of data and the
design proposals shall be based on the data derived from the primary surveys and
investigations carried out during the period of assignment. The sources of data
and model relationships used in the reports shall be indicated with complete
details for easy reference.
9.2 Project preparation activities will be split into eight stages as brought out below.
No Stage Key activities Report/deliverable submitted

1 Inception Project planning and mobilization Inception Report and QAP
2 Feasibility Alignment finalization, preliminary surveys Alignment Options Report and
Feasibility Report
3 LA and Clearances I LA, utilities identification; creation of draft Strip Plan, LA Report (3a, 3A),
notifications and proposals Clearances and Utility Shifting
proposals
4 DPR Detailed design of highway, preparation of Draft DPR Report, Final DPR Report,
detailed project report with drawings documents and drawings
5 Technical Preparation of bid documents and Civil Works Contract Agreement and
Schedules technical schedules Schedules
6 (i) LA II Land acquisition process, obtaining final JMS and 3D Report, Final Project
(ii) Project utilities estimates and required Clearances and Utilities Report
Clearances clearances
7 LA III- Award Land acquisition award determination 3G Report

Determination
8 LA IV- Possession Obtaining possession of land Land Possession Report
Preliminary design work should commence without waiting for feasibility study to
be completed. Stage 3, 5 and 6 shall run in parallel with Stage 2 and 4
For stages 7 and 8 consultant will be required to submit a report at the

completion of 90% of the activities for that stage. In addition, an updated report
will need to be submitted at the completion of all land acquisition activities
covering receipt of 100% of the land possession certificates for the land parcels
pertaining to the project road.
9.3 Timelines for the submission of reports and documents
Consultant shall be required to complete, to the satisfaction of the client, all

the different stages of study within the time frame indicated in the schedule of
submission in para 10 pertaining to Reports and Documents for becoming eligible for
payment for any part of the next stage.
10 Reports and Documents to be submitted by the Consultant to CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai
1. The Consultant shall submit to the client the reports and documents in bound
volumes (and not spiral binding form) after completion of each stage of work as per
the schedule and in the number of copies as given in Enclosure-III. Further, the
92
reports shall also be submitted in floppy diskettes / CD’s in addition to the
hardcopies as mentioned in Enclosure-III. Consultant shall submit all other
reports mentioned specifically in the preceding paras of the TOR.
2. The time schedule for various submissions prescribed at Sl. No.1 above shall be strictly
adhered to. No time overrun in respect of these submissions will normally be
permitted. Consultant is advised to go through the entire terms of reference
carefully and plan his work method in such a manner that various activities
followed by respective submissions as brought out at Sl.No.1 above are
completed as stipulated. Consultant is, therefore, advised to deploy sufficient
number of supporting personnel, both technical and administrative, to undertake
the project preparation activities in construction package (Section)
simultaneously. As far as possible, the proposal should include complete
information such as number of such persons, name, position, period of
engagement, remuneration rate etc. The Consultant is also advised to start necessary
survey works from the beginning so as to gain time in respect of various other
activities in that stage.
3. DPR Deliverables in each stage of project
1. The key stages, activities and deliverables for the detailed project report
are as described in these documents
2. The following section describes the detailed requirements for each report that
needs to be submitted
3. Consultants are also advised to refer to ENCLOSURE-IV
4. Formats for submission of Reports and Documents to understand any

additional format and content requirements
5. All reports must be submitted along with the relevant checklist form
completed and signed off by the consultant
STAGE 1
10.1 Quality Assurance Plan (QAP) Document
1. Immediately upon the award, the Consultants shall submit four copies of the QAP
document covering all aspects of field studies, investigations design and
economic financial analysis. The quality assurance plans/procedures for different
field studies, engineering surveys and investigation, design and documentation
activities should be presented as separate sections like engineering surveys and
investigations, traffic surveys, material geo-technical and sub-soil investigations,
road and pavement investigations, investigation and design of bridges
&structures, environment and R&R assessment, economic & financial analysis,
drawings and documentation; preparation, checking, approval and filing of
calculations, identification and traceability of project documents etc. Further,
additional information as per format shall be furnished regarding the details of
personnel who shall be responsible for carrying out/preparing and
checking/verifying various activities forming part of feasibility study and project
preparation, since inception to the completion of work. The field and design
activities shall start after the QAP is approved by CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai.
2. Data formats for report and investigation result submission
93
i. Required data formats for some reports, investigations and documents are
discussed in ENCLOSURE-IV
ii. Formats for submission of Reports and Documents.
iii. The consultants will need to propose data formats for use in all other field
studies and investigations not covered in enclosure IV.
iv. The proposed data forms will need to be submitted for the approval of CE NH
(PWD) Navi Mumbai after the commencement of services.
10.2 Inception Report (IR)
1. The report shall cover the following major aspects:
i. Project appreciation;
ii. Detailed methodology to meet the requirements of the TOR finalized in
consultation with the CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai officers; including scheduling of
various sub activities to be carried out for completion of various stages of the
work; stating out clearly their approach & methodology for project preparation
after due inspection of the entire project stretch and collection/ collation of
necessary information;
iii. Task Assignment and Manning Schedule;
iv. Work programme;
v. Proforma for data collection;
vi. Design standards and proposed cross-sections;
vii. Key plan and Linear Plan;
viii. Development plans being implemented and / or proposed for implementation in
the near future by the local bodies and the possible impact of such development
plans on the overall scheme for field work and design for the study;
ix. Quality Assurance Plan (QAP) finalized in consultation with CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai;
x. Draft design standards; and
2. The requirements, if any, for the construction of bypasses should be identified

on the basis of data derived from reconnaissance and traffic studies. The available
alignment options should be worked out on the basis of available maps. The most
appropriate alignment option for bypasses should be identified on the basis of
site conditions and techno-economic considerations. Inception Report should
include the details regarding these aspects concerning the construction of bypasses
for approval by CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai.
i. Bypasses should be identified on the basis of data derived from reconnaissance

and initial traffic information/traffic studies
ii. The available alignment options should be worked out on the basis of available
topographic maps, publicly available mapping services or remote sensing based
topography and land use maps
iii. The most appropriate alignment option for bypasses should be identified on the
basis of site conditions and techno-economic considerations
94
STAGE 2: Feasibility Report
10.3 Alignment options report
1. Basis review of the existing project road, local traffic patterns and initial
reconnaissance surveys, the consultant shall present possible alignment
alternatives for the project road
2. Alignment options should include but not be limited to:
(i) Greenfield sections of the road

(ii) New alignments due to lack of RoW, opportunity to shorten road etc.
(iii) New/Re-alignment to cater to local traffic and o-d points
(iv) Re-alignment due to changes in local network and/or surrounding road network
(v) Bypasses as suggested and approved in alignment report
(vi) Re-alignment due to need to improve road geometry
(vii) Provision of ROBs, flyovers and other structures
3. The alignment report shall contain:
i. Drivers for re-alignment of road and re-alignment needed as discussed in para 2 above
ii. Alignment alternatives for each section where re-alignment of road is needed
iii. Analysis of alignment alternatives bringing out the pros and cons of each
alternative including, but not limited to: new construction required, land acquisition
requirements, environmental impact, utilities and structures affected, cost of
construction, road geometry and road safety aspects, input from local
consultation, CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai views
iv. Recommendations from among the alignment options presented for the authority
to consider
a. Consultant will enable authority to visualize and compare alignment options

by providing alignment options in a GIS environment that should include, but
not be limited to:
i. Road alignment alternative centerlines

ii. Digital elevation model of the region
iii. Land use / land cover information
iv. Hydrology information
v. Surrounding road network including key NH, SH, MDR and ODRs
vi. Key O/D points and urban settlements
vii. High resolution satellite/airborne imagery of the region
10.4 Feasibility Report
1. The consultant shall commence the Feasibility Study of the project in accordance
with the accepted IR and the report shall contain the following:
i. Executive summary
ii. Overview of CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai organization and activities, and project
financing and cost recovery mechanisms
95
iii. Project description including possible alternative alignments/bypasses and
technical/engineering alternatives
iv. Methodology adopted for the feasibility study
v. Socioeconomic profile of the project areas
vi. Indicative design standards, methodologies and specifications
vii. Traffic surveys and analysis
viii. Environmental screening and preliminary environmental assessment
ix. Initial social assessment and preliminary land acquisition/resettlement plan
x. Cost estimates based on preliminary rate analysis and bill of quantities,
xi. Cost analysis of all alternate identified alignments
xii. Economic and financial analysis
xiii. Conclusions and recommendations
2. In view of para 1 above the consultant has to submit the following documents
in six sets:
i. Technical Specifications: The MORT&H’s Technical Specifications for Road and

Bridge works shall be followed for this study. However, Volume-IV: Technical
Specifications shall contain the special technical specifications which are not
covered by MORT&H Specifications for Roads and Bridges (latest edition / revision)
and also specific quality control norms for the construction of works.
ii. Rate Analysis: This volume will present the analysis of rates for all items of works.
The details of unit rate of materials at source, carriage charges, any other
applicable charges, labour rates, and machine charges as considered in arriving at
unit rates will be included in this volume.
iii. Cost Estimates: This volume will present the each item of work as well as a
summary of total cost.
iv. Bill of Quantities: This volume shall contain the detailed Bill of Quantities for all
items of works
3. The basic data obtained from the field studies and investigations shall be
submitted in a separate volume as an Appendix to Feasibility Report.
4. The Final Feasibility Study Report incorporating comments, revisions and

modifications suggested by CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai shall be submitted within 15
days of receipt of comments from CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai on draft feasibility
study report.
96
STAGE 3:
10.5 Strip Plan and Clearances
97
1. The Consultants shall submit the following documents:
i. Details of the center line of the proposed widened NH along with the existing and
proposed right-of-way limits to appreciate the requirements of land acquisition;
ii. The information concerning the area including ownership of land to be acquired for
the implementation of the project shall be collected from the revenue and other
concerned authorities and presented along with the strip plans;
iii. Strip plans showing the position of existing utilities and services indicating clearly
the position of their relocation;
iv. Details for various clearances such as environment and forest clearances;
v. Separate strip plan showing shifting / relocation of each utility services in
consultation with the concerned local authorities;
vi. The utility relocation plans should clearly show existing right-of-way and pertinent
topographic details including buildings, major trees, fences and other installations
such as water-mains, telephone, telegraph and electricity poles, and suggest
relocation of the services along with their crossings the highway at designated
locations as required and prepare necessary details for submission to the Service
Departments;
vii. Detail schedules for acquisition of additional land and additional properties in
consultation with the revenue authorities; and
viii. Land Acquisition Plan shall be prepared after digitization of cadastral / land
revenue maps. The digitized map shall exactly match the original map, like a
contact print, since the dimensions and area of plots, or the whole village is to be
extracted from the map itself. An accuracy of 1mm or higher in a map of scale as
per IRC SP 19 shall be ensured.
2. The strip plans and land acquisition plan shall be prepared on the basis of data
from reconnaissance and detailed topographic surveys.
3. The Report accompanying the strip plans should cover the essential aspects as
given under:
i. Kilometre-wise Land Acquisition Plan (LAP) and schedule of ownership

thereof and Costs as per Revenue Authorities and also based on realistic
rates.
ii. Details of properties, such as buildings and structures falling within the
right- of way and costs of acquisition based on realistic rates.
iii. Kilometre-wise Utility Relocation Plan (URP) and costs for relocation per civil
construction package as per concerned authorities.
iv. Kilometre-wise account in regard to felling of trees of different type and
girth and value estimate of such trees based on realistic rates obtainable
from concerned District forest office.
4. The strip plans shall clearly indicate the scheme for widening. The views and
suggestions of the concerned State PWDs should be duly taken into account while
working out the widening scheme (left, right or symmetrical). The widening
scheme shall be finalized in consultation with CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai.
5. Kilometre-wise Strip Plans for section (Package) shall be prepared separately for
each concerned agency and suggested by CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai.
10.6 Land Acquisition Report
1. Consultant shall submit a detailed land acquisition plan that provides details on
98
kilometre-wise land acquisition requirements, all required details and draft
notifications made.
2. The Land acquisition plan and report shall be prepared and submitted for each
section (package). Details shall also be submitted in land acquisition proforma to
be supplied by CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai, in both Hindi and English languages.
3. The Land Acquisition Plan shall be prepared after digitization of cadastral/land

revenue maps as per clause of this TOR
i. Land parcels identification should be verified by superimposing the proposed road

corridor RoW on the geo-located cadastral map to ensure all affected land parcels
have been accounted for and land area to be acquired is accurately determined
4. The land acquisition plan shall present details concerning the land area to be
acquired in conjunction with the strip plan:
i. Kilometer-wise existing and proposed RoW on either side of the proposed centre line
ii. Detail schedules of additional land to be acquired, land ownership and other
required details as per revenue records
iii. Details of properties, such as buildings and structures falling within the right-of way
iv. Costs of acquisition as per revenue authorities and also based on realistic
market derived rates
v. Detail schedules for acquisition of additional land and additional properties in
consultation with the revenue authorities;
5. The land acquisition plan shall report the progress of the land acquisition process
under the NH Land Acquisition act
i. All required details on land parcels to be acquired

ii. Copies draft 3a and 3A notifications and approvals from CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai
iii. Copies of published notifications, communication with CALAs and current status
land acquisition process
iv. Village, district and CALA wise summary of land to be acquired, current
status of process and notifications published
6. The estimated cost of land acquisition shall invariably be worked out realistically
for all projects before finalization of 3(D) notifications for publication so as enable
taking a conscious decision regarding the feasibility of acquiring the land or
exploring of other alternatives (such as following alternative alignments, etc.).
7. The land acquisition report should be prepared in consultation with affected

persons, non-governmental organisations and concerned government agencies
and should cover land acquisition and resettlement plan and estimated costs of
resettlement and rehabilitation of affected persons.
99
10.7 Utility relocation plan
1. The consultant shall prepare a kilometre-wise Utility Relocation Plan (URP) and
costs for relocation per civil construction package as per estimates from
concerned authorities
2. The utility relocation shall contain details regarding:
i. All utilities identified in the existing and proposed road RoW such as water-mains,
telephone, telegraph and electricity poles
ii. Those utilities that will require shifting to enable construction of the project road
iii. All necessary details required for submission of utilities shifting proposals to the
concerned user agencies
iv. Copies of utilities shifting proposals made to the concerned user agencies along
with suggested relocation of services along with their crossings across the project
road at designated locations as required
v. Details of consultations made with local people and user agencies
vi. Preliminary scheme for shifting and cost estimates for shifting as per the
concerned authorities
vii. Separate strip plan showing shifting/relocation of each utility services
prepared in consultation with the concerned local authorities
viii. Draft map and plans showing road centerline, existing right of way, proposed
right of way, pertinent topographic details and existing and proposed location of
utilities
10.8 Clearances report
1. The consultant shall prepare a report regarding all other clearances required to
enable the construction of the project road such as environment, forest, tree
cutting and railways clearances
2. The clearances report shall include kilometre-wise requirement of all clearances

required presented along with the strip plan including, but not limited to:
i. Requirements for environmental clearances along the project corridor

ii. Requirements for forest clearances including type of forest affected, extent of
land area needing diversion
iii. Account of required felling of trees of different type and girth and value
estimate of such trees based on realistic rates obtainable from concerned District
forest office
iv. Plan of compensating afforestation, its land requirement with specific
locations and cost involved for undertaking all activities in this regard.
v. Requirements for wildlife clearances
vi. Requirements for CRZ clearances
vii. ROB/RUBs along the project corridor to be constructed, widened or modified in
any form requiring clearances from the railways
viii. Clearances from Irrigation Authorities regarding Irrigation structures, etc.
3. The clearances report shall also include:
i. Details of proposals made to concerned agencies and departments
100
ii. Date of submission of clearances proposals, Environmental impact assessment
report to the competent authority
iii. Copies of all actual clearance proposals made or drafts of proposals yet to be submitted
iv. Information regarding points of contact, current status of proposals made, key
issues raised and clear next steps to obtaining clearances
4. The consultant shall also assist in attending to queries raised/ furnishing of
clarifications towards securing applicable clearances.
STAGE: 4
10.9 Draft Detailed Project Report (DPR)
1. The draft DPR Submission shall consist of construction package-wise Main Report,
Design Report, Materials Report, Engineering Report, Drainage Design Report,
Economic and Financial Analysis Report, Environmental Assessment Report
including Resettlement Action Plan (RAP), Package-wise bid Documents and
Drawings.
2. The Report volumes shall be submitted as tabulated in para 10 above.
3. The Documents and Drawings shall be submitted for the Package and shall be in
the following format:
Reports
i. Volume-I, Main Report: This report will present the project background,
social analysis of the project, details of surveys and investigations carried
out, analysis and interpretation of survey and investigation data, traffic
studies and demand forecasts designs, cost estimation, environmental
aspects, economic and commercial analyses and conclusions. The report
shall include Executive Summary giving brief accounts of the findings of
the study and recommendations. A sample executive summary has been
enclosed in Appendix VIII.
The Report shall also include maps, charts and diagrams showing locations
and details of existing features and the essential features of improvement
and upgrading. The Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Report for
contract package shall be submitted as a part of the main report.
The basic data obtained from the field studies and investigations and
input data used for the preliminary design shall be submitted in a
separate volume as an Appendix to Main Report.
ii. Volume - II, Design Report: This volume shall contain design calculations,
supported by computer printout of calculations wherever applicable. The
Report shall clearly bring out the various features of design standards
adopted for the study. The design report will be in two parts. Part-I shall
primarily deal with the design of road features and pavement composition
while Part-II shall deal with the design of bridges, tunnels and cross-
drainage structures. The sub-soil exploration report including the
complete details of boring done, analyses and interpretation of data and
the selection of design parametres shall be included as an Appendix to
the Design Report.
The detailed design for all features should be carried out as per the
requirements of the Design Standards for the project. However, there
101
may be situations wherein it has not been possible to strictly adhere to
the design standards due to the existing site conditions, restrictions and
other considerations. The report should clearly bring out the details of
these aspect and the standards adopted.
iii. Volume - III, Materials Report: The Materials Report shall contain details
concerning the proposed borrow areas and quarries for construction
materials and possible sources of water for construction purposes. The
report shall include details on locations of borrow areas and quarries
shown on maps and charts and also the estimated quantities with mass
haul diagram including possible end use with leads involved, the details
of sampling and testing carried out and results in the form of important
index values with possible end use thereof.
The materials Report shall also include details of sampling, testing and
test results obtained in respect physical properties of subgrade soils. The
information shall be presented in tabular as well as in graphical
representations and schematic diagrams. The Report shall present soil
profiles along the alignment.
The material Report should also clearly indicate the locations of areas
with problematic soils. Recommendations concerning the improvement
of such soils for use in the proposed construction works, such as stabilization
(cement, lime, mechanical) should be included in the Report.
iv. Volume - IV, Environmental Assessment Report including Environmental

Management Plan (EMP) & Resettlement Action Plan (RAP): The Report
shall be prepared conforming to the Guidelines of the Government of
India, State Government and World Bank / ADB as appropriate for
construction package.
v. Volume-V, Technical Specifications: The MORT&H’s Technical

Specifications for Road and Bridge works shall be followed for this study.
However, Volume IV: Technical Specifications shall contain the special
technical specifications which are not covered by MOST Specifications for
Roads and Bridges (latest edition / revision) and also specific quality
control norms for the construction of works.
vi. Volume - VI, Rate Analysis: This volume will present the analysis of rates
for all items of works. The details of unit rate of materials at source,
carriage charges, any other applicable charges, labour rates, machine
charges as considered in arriving at unit rates will be included in this
volume.
vii. Volume - VII, Cost Estimates: This volume will present the contract
package wise cost of each item of work as well as a summary of total cost.
viii. Volume - VIII, Bill of Quantities: This volume shall contain the package-
wise detailed Bill of Quantities for all items of works.
ix. Volume - IX, Drawing Volume: All drawings forming part of this volume shall
be ‘good for construction’ drawings. All plan and profile drawings will be
prepared in scale 1:250V and 1:2500H scale to cover one km in one sheet.
In addition this volume will contain ‘good for construction’ drawings for
the following:
 Horizontal Alignment and Longitudinal Profile.

102
 Cross-section @ 50m interval along the alignment within ROW
 Typical Cross-Sections with details of pavement structure.
 Detailed Working Drawings for individual Culverts and Cross Drainage
Structures.
 Detailed Working Drawings for individual Bridges, tunnels and Structures.
 Detailed Drawings for Improvement of At-Grade and Grade-Separated
 Intersections and Interchanges.
 Drawings for Road Sign, Markings, Toll Plazas, and other Facilities.
 Schematic Diagrams (linear chart) indicating but be not limited to be following:
 Widening scheme;
 Locations of median openings, intersections, interchanges, underpasses,
overpasses, bypasses;
 Locations of service roads;
 Location of traffic signals, traffic signs, road markings, safety features; and,
 Locations of toll plaza, parking areas, weighing stations, bus bays, rest areas,
if any.
 Drawings for toll plaza, Bus Bays, Parking areas, Rest areas, weighing stations
etc. All drawings will be prepared in A2 size sheets. The format for plan, cross
section and profile drawings shall be finalized in consultation with the
concerned
CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai officers. The drawings shall also include details of
all BM and reference pillars, HIP and VIP. The co-ordinates of all points should
be referenced to a common datum, preferably GTS referencing system. The
drawings shall also include the locations of all traffic safety features
including traffic signals, signs, markings, crash barriers, delineators and rest
areas, busbays, parking areas etc.
 The typical cross-section drawings should indicate the scheme for future
widening of the carriageway. The proposed cross-sections of road segment
passing through urban areas should indicate the provisions for pedestrian
movements and suitable measures for surface and sub-surface drainage and
lighting, as required.
 Digital drawings of proposed highway and features
a. The consultant shall deliver the final road alignment geometry, proposed
roadway model and all proposed structures in a 3D engineered model with
all the required features as proposed in Enclosure IV
b. The consultant shall also provide digital versions of all drawings stated in
para 1 above in the format proposed in Enclosure IV
(x) Volume X, Drainage Plan:

 DPRs should be submitted in two volumes (Main and Drainage Plan separately). The
DPR should have proper drainage plan prepared on basis of contours of the area, outlet
availability and discharge requirements including discharge at the outfall from drains
of local bodies.
 Preferably underground drains with well sized and well-spaced manholes may be
provided to take care of cleaning. Wherever possible self- cleaning cross-section of
drains may be adopted.
 Drainage Plan in DPR will be checked through a joint inspection with the engineers of
local body/ Development Authority etc. so that Drainage Plan is totally integrated with
the local body Drainage Plan.
103
 The drain covers should be strong enough to withstand the weight of Light commercial
vehicles, wherever required.
 Stretch of the NH passing through a town can have multiple drainage plans/ sub plans
due to different contours or due to having different outlets.
 The cross-sections of drains being shown presently in Schedule-B (Typical Cross-
Sections) & details of drains being mentioned in Schedule-C (length & type of drains)
shall not be mentioned in future as it will vary from location to location based on
drainage plan. The scope of drains in the project shall be on the basis of Drainage Plan
drawn at each location and such Drainage Plan shall be made part of Scope of Project.
4. The draft Detailed Project report of specialized projects will be scrutinized by the
Peer Review consultant appointed by CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai. The peer Review
Consultant will be retired professional in the field, drawn from the various
Central/State Highway/Road Work departments having adequate knowledge in the
field. One professional will be earmarked from the standing panel of Peer Review
consultant approved by CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai for each DPR. The Peer Review
consultant will scrutinize the draft DPR within 15 days of submission and the
observations will be complied with and incorporated in the final DPR.
10.10 Final Detailed Project Report, Documents and Drawings (6 Sets)
1. The Final package-wise DPR consisting of Main Report, Design Report, Drainage
Design Report and Materials Report, incorporating all revisions deemed relevant
following receipt of the comments from CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai on the draft DPR
shall be submitted as per the schedule given in Enclosure-III.
STAGE: 5
10.11 Bid documents and Technical Schedules
1. Bid documents
a. The consultant shall prepare bid documents for EPC, PPP or other modes of
contracting as suggested by CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai
b. Individual bid documents will be submitted for each mode suggested and for each
individual package or section identified for execution
c. Consultant shall assemble and provide all supporting documents from the DPR
assignment that will be required for the bid, in the format required by the
contracting SOP in force at the time of bidding or as maybe required by the
authority
2. Technical Schedules
a. The consultant shall submit a Draft Contract/Concession Agreement derived from

the Master Contract/Concession Agreement maintained by the authority with all
required modifications and inclusions made with reference to the
b. The agreement submitted shall contain all required technical schedules updated
with the pertinent project details and data required
c. Draft agreement and schedules shall be finalised in consultation with the authority
and submitted for further processing and use with the contractor/concessionaire
awarded the bid packages
104
STAGE: 6
10.12 LA & Clearances II
Report Land acquisition
report II
1. The consultant shall prepare and submit a second report on Land

Acquisition providing details of further land acquisition activity, relevant
documentation and notifications until 3D and report the outcomes of the
joint measurement survey
2. The land acquisition report shall contain:
i. Current status of land acquisition at a village, district and CALA level

ii. Dates and details of all land acquisition related notifications published,
proceedings/hearings held and objections raised
iii. Draft, final (as declared by CALA where applicable) and published 3a, 3A and
3Dnotifications
iv. Date of joint measurement survey by village, key proceedings and outcomes
v. Detailed schedule of information regarding land to be acquired with
information on land area, land type, nature of land use, ownership status,
and area to be acquired by survey number and list of structures by plot
vi. The report shall also contain updated sketches of alignment, updated land
parcels to be acquired
vii. All relevant information in this report shall be verified by the consultant with
the land revenue department, and CALA office
105
Clearances Report II
1. The consultant shall obtain all the necessary project related clearances
such as environment, forest and wildlife clearance from MOEF, Railways in
respect of ROB/ RUBs, Irrigation Deptt, CRZ clearances from concerned
authorities, and any other concerned agencies by the end of this stage
2. The final approvals shall be obtained and submitted to CE NH (PWD) Navi

Mumbai so that project implementation can begin straight away
3. The accompanying report on clearances shall include:
i. An updated list of all clearances required, current status, expected

completion date in case the clearance is pending, key issues and suggested
next steps
ii. Details of all public hearings, consultations and meetings conducted in the
process of obtaining the required clearances
iii. Date/details of proposals submitted and estimated date for issue of clearances
iv. Date and details of all joint measurement and site inspection surveys completed
v. Date of final approval of clearances if any
vi. Copies of all clearances obtained
Utilities Report II
1. Consultant shall obtain final utility clearances from the relevant user
agencies to enable shifting of the utilities from project road
2. A report shall be submitted on the final completion status and costs of

utilities shifting along with other final clearances and land acquisition II
report
3. The final utilities clearances report shall contain a summary view of

utilities shifting: type and extent of utility, length of road affected,
chainage, user agency, point of contact and approver at agency, date of
approval at agency and
CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai, shifting estimate, agency/super vision fees,
executing agency – user agency or CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai
4. In addition, for each utility to be shifted, the report shall contain:
i. Copies of actual approvals granted at user agency and CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai
ii. Cost estimates and shifting plans approved, demand note from agency
iii. Approved utilities shifting proposal including strip plan showing scheme of shifting
iv. Map and design/engineering drawings of existing utility and shifting to be
executed
v. Details of approved contractors, schedule of rates for state and bank
account/deposit details for agency
vi. Finance pro-forma, utilities checklist, no upgradation certificate and
other documentation as maybe required by CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai at the
time of approval
106
Stage 7: Award Determination
10.13 Submission of Award Determination Report
a. Consultant shall submit a a report on status of award upon approval by

CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai of award declared for 90% of area as per LA
plan or as per the timeline as given in Enclosure III, whichever is earlier
b. The Consultant shall also submit an updated report containing all required
details upon approval of award by CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai of 100% of
land required to be acquired
c. The Land award report shall contain details of:
i. Summary of compensation award status by village including:

1. total private and public land being acquired for the project (sq. m) - by village
2. date of 3A& 3D, final award by CALA, approval by CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai by village
3. variation of land area and nature of land use against that notified in 3D
with reasons
4. Total award declared by village, claims made by beneficiaries and status of
disbursement
ii. In detail for each village:
1. Updated land acquisition tracker containing parcel-wise status of each
notification, award and disbursement
2. Method used by CALA for arrival on market value
3. Valuation report and details of Award calculation
4. Claims report (received under sub-section 3 of 3G)
5. Copies of notifications published, certificates received
6. Deviations in area according to CALA from provisions under sec. 26-30
iii. Key issues being faced in completing land acquisition and tentative
timeline for completion
iv. A GIS map containing digitised details of land parcels shall be updated
with all relevant land possession details and supplied in the agreed digital
format
107
Stage 8: Land Possession
10.14 Submission of land possession report
a) The consultant shall submit a report on status of land possession upon

receiving land possession certificates for 90% of area as per LA plan or as
per the timeline as given in Enclosure III, whichever is earlier
b) The Consultant shall also submit an updated report containing all required
details upon completion of 100% of land possession certificates
c) The land possession report shall contain
i. Summary of land possession status by village including:
 total private and public land being acquired for the project (sq. m) - by village
 date of final award by CALA, approval by CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai,

notification (3E) to owners and receipt of land possession certificates
from CALA by village
 Status of disbursement on the date of receipt of land possession certificate
ii. Key issues being faced in completing land acquisition and tentative
timeline for completion
iii. Land possession certificates as received from CALA by village

iv. Updated land acquisition tracker containing parcel-wise status of each
notification and disbursement status
v. A GIS map containing digitised details of land parcels shall be updated

with all relevant land possession details and supplied in the agreed digital
format
11. Interaction with CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai
1. During entire period of services, the Consultant shall interact continuously with
CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai and provide any clarification as regards methods being
followed and carryout modification as suggested by CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai. A
programme of various activities shall be provided to CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai
and prior intimation shall be given to CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai regarding start
of key activities such as boring, survey etc. so that inspections of CE NH (PWD) Navi
Mumbai officials could be arranged in time.
2. The CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai officers and other Government officers may visit the
site at any time, individually or collectively to acquaint/ supervise the field
investigation and survey works. CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai may also appoint a Proof
Consultant to supervise the work of the DPR consultant including inter-alia field
investigation, survey work, Design work and preconstruction activities
3. The consultant shall be required to send 3 copies of concise monthly Progress
Report by the 5th day of the following month to the designated officer at his Head
Quarter so that progress could be monitored by the CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai.
These reports will indicate the dates of induction and de-induction of various key
personnel and the activities performed by them. Frequent meetings with the
consultant at site office or in Delhi are foreseen during the currency of project
preparation.
4. All equipment, software and books etc. required for satisfactory services for this
project shall be obtained by the Consultant at their own cost and shall be their
property.
108
12. Payment Schedule
1. The Consultant will be paid consultancy fee as a percentage of the contract

values as per the schedule given in the Draft Contract Agreement.
13. Data and Software
1. a. Consultants shall also deliver to CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai all basic as

well as the processed data from all field studies and investigations,
report, appendices, annexure, documents and drawings in a digital format
as described in Enclosure IV over the course of this assignment and at the
submission of the final report in the form of a removable storage device
(CD or USB pen drive) and hosted in a secure online file hosting platform
b. If required by CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai the consultant shall arrange at

their own cost necessary software for viewing and measurement of
imagery/ point cloud data.
i. Engineering Investigations and Traffic Studies: Road Inventory, Condition,

Roughness, Test Pit (Pavement composition), Falling Weight Deflectometer
(FWD) Material Investigation including test results for subgrade soils, Traffic
Studies(traffic surveys), axle load surveys, Sub-soil Exploration, Drainage
Inventory, Inventory data for bridge and culverts indicating rehabilitation,
new construction requirement etc. in MS EXCEL or any other format which
could be imported to widely used utility packages.
ii. Topographic Surveys and Drawings: All topographic data would be supplied
in (x, y, z) format along with complete reference so that the data could be
imported into any standard highway design software. The drawing files would
be submitted in dxf or dwg format.
iii. Rate Analysis: The Consultant shall submit the rate analysis for various works
items including the data developed on computer in this relation so that it could
be used by the Authority later for the purpose of updating the cost of the
project.
iv. Economic and Financial Analysis
2. Software: The Consultant shall also hand-over to CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai

floppies/CD’s containing any general software including the financial model which
has been specifically developed for the project.
3. The floppy diskettes/CD’s should be properly indexed and a catalogue giving

contents of all floppies/CD’s and print-outs of the contents (data from field studies
topographic data and drawings) should be handed over to CE NH (PWD) Navi
Mumbai at the time of submission of the Final Report.
4. Consultant shall include editable soft copies of the final versions of all
documents, including but not limited to the strip plan, plan & profile drawings,
cross sections of right of way and details of structures as well as any cost
workings.
109
SUPPLEMENT-I
ADDITIONAL POINTS TO BE CONSIDERED FOR HILL ROADS IN ADDITION TO
POINTS COVERED IN MAIN TOR
Sr. Clause No. Additional points

No. of TOR
1. 2.2 a) Provisions of tunnels if required.
2. 2.3 a) Design of tunnels, if required

b) Design of protective works, slope stabilization measures, erosion control measures, land
slide control/protection measures snow drift control/snow clearance measures, avalanche
protection measures, if required
3. 3 Feasibility study and preparation of detailed project report for hill roads shall be done in
accordance with best international practices and wherever practicable/feasible steep
gradients and hair pin bends may be avoided by realignments by provision of structures and
provision of tunnels if required
4. 4.1 a) Inventory and condition survey for tunnels, if required.
b) Identification of faults in rock strata and impact of faults in design of tunnels, if required
c) Detailed design of road considering and incorporating specific aspects related to hill region like
terrain, topographic conditions, extreme weather conditions, altitude effects etc.
d) Design of protective works, slope stabilization measures, erosion control measures, land
slide control/protection measures, snow drift control/snow clearance measures, avalanche
protection measures, if required
e) Design of scenic overlooks/watering points etc.
5. 4.5 (1) All activities related to field studies, design and documentation shall be done as per the latest
guidelines/circulars of MORT&H and relevant publications of the Indian Roads Congress
(IRC)/Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS) for hill roads. For aspects not covered by IRC and BIS,
international standard practices, such as, British and American Standards may be adopted.
6. 4.7 Review of data and documents pertaining to

a) Terrain and soil condition
b) Condition of tunnels, if required.
c) Sub-surface and geo-technical data for existing tunnels, if required.
d) Drawing and details of existing tunnels, if required.
e) Existing protective works, erosion control and land slide control/protection works, slope
stabilization measures, snow drift control measures, avalanche protection measures
f) Existing land slide and snow clearance facilities
g) Geological details of rock strata in the area in case of tunnels
7. 4.11.1(1) The Consultant should make an in depth study of available geological and
110
No. of TOR
Meteorological maps of the area.
8. 4.11.1(2) The primary tasks to be accomplished during the reconnaissance survey shall alsoinclude:
a) details of terrain (steep or mountainous), cliffs and gorges, general elevation of the road
including maximum heights negotiated by main ascents and descents, total number of ascents and
descents, hair pin bends, vegetation etc.
b) Climatic conditions i.e. temperature, rainfall data, snowfall data, fog conditions, unusual
weather conditions etc.
c) Realignment requirements including provision of tunnels, if required.
d) Inventory of tunnels and geologically sensitive areas like slip prone areas, areas subject to
landslides, rockfall, snow drifts, erosion, avalanche activity etc.
9. 4.11.2.1 (3.ii) Cross sections shall be taken at every 25 m. in case of hill roads and at points of appreciable changes
in soil conditions. While taking cross sections, soil conditionsshall also be recorded.
10. 4.11.3.1 (1) The inventory data shall also include:
a) General elevation of road indicating maximum & minimum heights negotiated by main ascents
& descents and total no. of ascents & descents.
b) Details of road gradients, lengths of gentle & steep slopes, lengths & location ofstretches in
unstable areas, areas with cliffs, areas with loose rocks, land slide prone areas, snow drift prone
areas, no. & location of hairpin bends etc.
c) Details of tunnels
d) Details & types of protective structures, erosion & land slide control/protection measures, snow
drift control measures, avalanche protection/control measures etc.
11. 4.11.3.2 (2) Pavement:
a) Location of crust failures along with their causes
b) Conditions of camber/cross falls/super elevations etc., whether affected bysubsidence
Embankment: Extent of slope erosion on hill and valley side
12. -- Condition Surveys & Investigation for Slope Stabilization, Erosion Control, Landslide
Correction/Protection & Avalanche Protection Measures:
a) Inventory & Condition Surveys of Existing Protective/Control Measures:
The consultant shall make an inventory of all the structures related to Slope Stabilization,
Erosion Control, Landslide Control/protection, Avalanche Protectionetc. This shall include details
of effectiveness of control measures already done and condition of protective/control structures.
b) Landslide Investigation
This shall be carried out to identify landslide prone areas, to suggest preventive measures or
alternate routes that are less susceptible to landslide hazard. Furtherin existing slide areas this shall
help to identify factors responsible for instability and to determine appropriate control measures
needed to prevent or minimize recurring of instability problems. Initial preliminary studies shall be
carried out using
111
No. of TOR
available contour maps, topographical maps, geological/geo-morphological maps, aerial photographs
etc. for general understanding of existing slide area and to identify potential slide areas. This shall
be followed by further investigations like geological/geotechnical/hydrological investigation to
determine specific site conditions prevailing in the slide area as per relevant IRC
specifications/publications, MORT&H circulars and relevant recommendations of the international
standards for hill roads. The result of the investigations shall provide basis for engineering
analysis and the design of protection/remedial measures.
13. 4.11.4.4 a) For tunnels if required, geotechnical and subsurface investigation shall be done as per
IRC:SP:91.
b) Geotechnical and subsurface investigation and testing for tunnels shall be carried out through
the geotechnical Consultants who have the experience of geotechnical and subsurface
investigation in similar project.
14. 4.12.1 (1) The Consultant shall also carry out detailed designs and prepare working designs for the following:
a) cross sections at every 25 m intervals
b) Slope stabilization and erosion control measures
c) Design of protection/control structures in areas subject to subsidence, landslides, rock
fall, rock slide, snow drifts, icing, scour, avalanche activity etc.
d) Design of protective structures in slip prone and unstable areas
e) Design of scenic overlooks, watering points etc.
f) Safety features specific to hill roads
15. 4.12.2 (1) The Consultant shall evolve Design Standards and material specifications for the Study primarily
based on IRC publications, MORT&H Circulars and relevant recommendations of the
international standards for hill roads for approval by
4.12.2 (2) The Design Standards evolved for the project shall cover all aspects of detailed design including the
design of geometric elements, pavement design, bridges and structures, tunnels if required, traffic
safety and materials.
16. 4.12.3 Wherever practicable/feasible hairpin bends and steep gradients shall be avoided by realignments,
provision of structures or any other suitable provisions.
17. 4.12.4 While designing pavement for hill roads specific aspects relevant to hill regions like terrain &
topographic conditions, weather conditions, altitude effects etc. shall be duly considered and
suitably incorporated in design so that pavement is able to perform well for the design traffic and
service life. Effects of factors like heavy rainfall, frost action, intensive snow and avalanche
activity, thermal stresses due to temperature difference in day and night, damage by tracked
vehicles during snow clearance operations etc. must also be considered along with traffic intensity,
its growth, axle loads and design life.
18. 4.12.5(3) The design of embankments should include the requirements for protection works and traffic safety
features including features specific to hill roads.
112
Sr. Clause Additional points
No. No.of
TOR
19. 4.12.6 Design and Drawing of Tunnels:
The Consultant shall prepare design and drawings for tunnels, if required as per the results of
feasibility study, as per the relevant specifications of IRC:SP:91/MORT&H and other
international specifications.
20. 4.12.7 a) Topography of hills generates numerous water courses and this coupled with continuous gradients
of roads in hills and high intensity of rainfall calls for effective drainage of roads. The drainage
system shall be designed to ensure that the water flowing towards the road surface may be diverted and
guided to follow a definite path by suitable provision of road side drains, catch water drains,
interceptors etc. and flow on valley side is controlled so that stability is not affected.
b) Further, adequate provision shall be made for sub-surface/subgrade drainage to take care of
seepage through the adjacent hill face of the road & underground water flows.
21. 4.12.8 The Consultant shall design suitable traffic safety features and road furniture including traffic
signals, signs, markings, overhead sign boards, crash barriers, delineators etc. including any feature
specific to hill roads. The locations of these features shall be given in the reports and also shown in
the drawings.
22. 4.12.11 The Consultant shall make suitable designs and layout for miscellaneous works including rest
areas, bus bays, vehicle parking areas, telecommunication facilities,
scenic overlooks, watering points etc. wherever appropriate.
23. 10.9.3 Volume II: Design Report :
a) Inventory of protection measures and other structures b) Inventory of tunnels,if required.
b) Proposed preliminary designs for tunnels, if required.
Volume III: Drawings
a) Drawings for protection/control measures and other structures
b) Drawings for tunnels, if required.
24. 10.9.3 Volume II: Design Report (Part II)

Part II of Design Report shall also deal with design of tunnels, if required and design of other
protection/control structures.
Volume IX: Drawing Volume This shall also
include :
a) Detailed working drawings for tunnels, if required.
b) Detailed working drawings for protection/control structures
113
SUPPLEMENT-II
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR BRIDGES
Sr. Clause No.of Additional points

No. TOR
1 4.1 For standalone bridge projects the scope of work shall include detailed design of approach road
extending at least up to 2 km on either side of the bridge
1. 4.11.4.2(6) Model Studies for Bridges

1. Objective
Physical/ Mathematical Model study for detailed Hydraulic / Hydrologic investigations
regarding the proposed bridge for hydraulic design of the bridge and assessment and hydraulic
design of required river training works.
2. Methodology
Physical/Mathematical Model study shall be carried out at a reputed/recognized
institution. The consultant will be responsible for identifying the institution, supplying
Information /Documents /Data required for modal studies as indicated in para 4 below and
coordinating the model study with the institution concerned
3. Scope of Work
3.1 Physical Model study
Physical modeling with appropriate model scale for Hydraulic and Hydrologic Investigations to:
i) Finalize span arrangement causing uniformity in flow distribution, and workout the alignment
and orientation of river training works and bridge axis.
ii) Provide information on estimated/observed maximum depth of scour.
iii) Provide information on required river training works for proposed bridge
iv) Provide hydraulic design for the bridge and the required river training works.
v) Quantify the general direction of river course through bridge, afflux, extent and magnitude of
flood, effect of backwater, if any, aggradation/degradation of bed, evidence of scour etc. shall
be used to augment the available hydrological data. The presence of flood control/irrigation
structures, if affecting the hydraulic characteristics like causing obliquity, concentration offlow,
scour, silting of bed, change in flow levels, bed levels etc. shall be studied and considered in
Hydraulic design of proposed bridge. The details of any planned work in the immediate future
that may affect the river hydraulics shall be studied and considered.
vi) Analyze effects of Wind Load on the Structures.
3.2 Mathematical Model study
Mathematical modeling for detailed Hydraulic / Hydrologic investigations regarding the
proposed new bridge to:
i) Finalize the site/location of the proposed new bridge based on mathematical modeling.
114
ii) Provide information on estimated/observed maximum depth of scour.
iii) Provide information on required river training works for proposed bridge
iv) Provide hydraulic design for the bridge and the required river training works.
v) Quantify the general direction of river course through bridge, afflux, extent and magnitude of flood,
effect of backwater, if any, aggradation/degradation of bed, evidence of scour etc. shall be used to
augment the available hydrological data. The presence of flood control/irrigation structures, if
affecting the hydraulic characteristics like causing obliquity, concentration of flow, scour, silting of
bed, change in flow levels, bed levels etc. shall be studied and considered in Hydraulic design of
proposed bridge. The details of any planned work in the immediate future that may affect the river
hydraulics shall be studied and considered.
vi) Analyze effects of Wind Load on the Structures
4. Information/Documents/Data required for Physical /Mathematical Model study
i) Plan layouts showing the locations of the proposed bridge as well as the existing bridges /barrages
etc., in the vicinity of the proposed bridge with the chainages with respect to a standard reference
marked on it.
ii) High flood discharges and corresponding flood levels at the locations of the existing bridges in the
vicinity of the proposed bridge.
iii) General arrangement drawing (GAD) of the existing bridges showing number of spans, pier and well
dimensions, founding levels, maximum scour level, the design discharge and the HFL, guide bund details.
On this, the planform of the river course with the bridge alignment may also be shown as far as
possible.
iv) General arrangement drawing (GAD) of the proposed new bridge showing number of spans, pier and
foundation dimensions. On this, the plan form of the river course with the bridge alignment may
also be shown as for as possible.
v) River cross sections at 500m longitudinal spacing (maximum) up to a distance of 2 times the
bridge total length on the upstream side and up to a distance equal to the bridge total length on the
downstream with right bank and left bank clearly marked on it. At least one cross section to be provided
at the location of the proposed bridge. At each cross section, the bed levels to be taken at a maximum
lateral distance of 8 m in flow section and at 25 min non-flow section respectively. The abrupt variations
in the bed levels to be captured by taking measurements at closer locations both in longitudinal
as well as lateral directions.
vi) The cross sections, as for as possible, from high bank to high bank.
vii) The longitudinal profile of the river along the length of the proposed alignment.
viii) Size distribution of the river bed material and the bore log data at different locations at the site of
the proposed bridge.
ix) The series of annual peak rainfall and flood of the river for at least 30 years period
115
SUPPLEMENT-III
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENT FOR SAFETY AUDIT
The use of checklists is highly recommended as they provide a useful “aide memoire”
for the audit team to check that no important safety aspects are being overlooked. They
also give to the project manager and the design engineer a sense of understanding of
the place of safety audit in the design process. The following lists have been drawn up
based on the experience of undertaking systematic safety audit procedures overseas. This
experience indicates that extensive lists of technical details has encouraged their use as
“tick” sheets without sufficient thought being given to the processes behind the actions.
Accordingly, the checklists provide guidelines on the principal issues that need to be
examined during the course of the safety audits.
Stage F-During Feasibility Study
1. The audit team should review the proposed design from a road safety
perspective and heck the following aspects
CONTENTS ITEMS
Aspects to be checked A. Safety and operational implications of proposed alignment and junction strategy with
particular references to expected road users and vehicle types likely to use the road.
B. Width options considered for various sections.
C. Departures from standards and action taken.
D. Provision of pedestrians, cyclists and intermediate transport
E. Safety implications of the scheme beyond its physical limits i.e. how the scheme fits
into its environs and road Hierarchy
A1 : General Departures from standards

Cross-sectional variation
Drainage
Climatic conditions
Landscaping
Services apparatus
Lay-byes
Footpath
Pedestrian crossings
Access (minimize number of private accesses)
Emergency vehicles
Public Transport
Future widening
Staging of contracts
Adjacent development
A2 : Local Alignment Visibility
New/Existing road interface
Safety Aids on steep hills
A3 : Junctions Minimise potential conflicts
116
CONTENTS ITEMS
Layout
Visibility
A4 : Non- Motorised road users Provision Adjacent land
Pedestrians
Cyclists
Non-motorised vehicles
A5 : Signs and Lighting Lighting
Signs/Markings
A6 : Construction and Operation Build ability
Operational
Network Management
Stage 1 – Completion of Preliminary Design
1. The audit team should review the proposed check the following aspects design from a road safety perspective and
check the following aspects
CONTENTS ITEMS
A. Safety and operational implications of proposed alignment and junction strategy
Aspects to be checked with particular references to expected road users and vehicle types likely to use
the road.
B. Width options considered for various sections.
C. Departures from standards and action taken.
D. Provision of pedestrians, cyclists and intermediate transport
E. Safety implications of the scheme beyond its physical limits i.e.how the scheme
fits into its environs and road hierarchy
Departures from standards
B1 : General
Cross-sectional variation
Drainage
Climatic conditions
Landscaping
Services apparatus
Lay-byes
Footpaths
Pedestrian crossings
Access (minimize number of private accesses)
Emergency vehicles
Public Transport
Future widening
Staging of contracts
Visibility
B2 : Local Alignment
Safety Aids on steep hills
117
Minimise potential conflicts
B3 : Junctions
Layout
Visibility
Adjacent land
B4 : Non-Motorised road users Provision
Pedestrians
Cyclists
Lighting
B5 : Signs and Lighting
Signs/Markings
Build ability
B6: Construction and Operation
Operational
Network Management
118
Stage 2 – Completion of Detailed Design
1. The audit team should satisfy itself that all issues raised at Stage 1 have been resolved. Items may requirefurther
consideration where significant design changes have occurred.
2. If a scheme has not been subject to a stage 1 audit, the items listed in Checklists B1 to B6 should be considered together with
the items listed below.
CONTENTS ITEMS
Aspects to be checked A. Any design changes since Stage 1.
B. The detailed design from a road safety viewpoint, including the road safety implications of
future maintenance (speed limits; roadsigns and markings; visibility; maintenance of street
lighting and central reserves).
C1 : General Departures from standards

Drainage
Climatic conditions
Landscaping
Services apparatus
Lay-byes
Access
Skid-resistance
Agriculture
Safety Fences
C2 : Local Alignment Visibility
C3 : Junctions Layout
Visibility
Signing
Lighting
Road Marking
T,X,Y-junctions
All roundabouts
Traffic signals
C4 : Non-Motorised Adjacent land
road users Pedestrians
Provision
Cyclists
C5 : Signs and Advanced direction signs
Lighting Local traffic signs
Variable message signs
Other traffic signs
Lighting
Network Management
119
ENCLOSURE-I
MANNING SCHEDULE.
A. Normal Highway Projects
Sr. Key Personnel Total Project Assignment 300 days*

No
At site (man At design office Total Time Period
month) (man month) (man month)
1 Team Leader cum Senior Highway Engineer 3 3 6
2 Senior Bridge Engineer cum Material-cum- 3 3 6
Geotechnical Engineer- Geologist
3 Senior Survey Engineer cum Traffic and Safety Expert 3 3 6
4 Environmental Specialist 2 1 3
5 Quantity Surveyor/ Documentation Expert 3 3 6
6 Land Acquisition/Forest/Utility Expert 4 2 6
Total 18 15 33
* For other duration of the Projects, it should be modify accordingly.
1. Consultants have to provide a certificate that all the key personnel as envisaged
in the Contract Agreement have been actually deployed in the projects. They have
to furnish the certificate at the time of submission of their bills to CE NH (PWD)
Navi Mumbai from time to time.
2. The requirement of tunnel/s is to be assessed strictly as per site requirement

during the detailed study after mobilisation of Consultant on site.
In case Tunnels are to be constructed, necessary input of Tunnel Experts

shall be provided in addition to above mentioned Manpower requirement.
Tunnel expert, if required, the remuneration may be provided equivalent to

Team Leader remuneration and time period shall be decided by Regional Officer,
concerned,
3. The Consultant shall provide one Land Acquisition Expert along with allied team
and supporting logistic as envisaged in Clause 5.1.5.1 of TOR for each 100 km
stretches proposed for DPR preparation or part thereof
If delay in LA process occurs beyond the reasonable control of consultant, the

extension of LA team staff/s along with logistic support/transportation shall be
granted by Nodal Project Director and beyond further 6 months, Regional Officer,
CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai is empowered to grant extension to LA team staff/s.
120
B. Standalone Bridge Projects

No
At site (man At design office Total Time Period (man
month) (man month) month)
1 Team Leader cum Sr. Bridge Engineer

2 Highway cum Pavement Engineer
3 Bridge / Structural Engineer
4 Material-cum-Geo-technical Engineer-Geologist
5 Senior Survey Engineer
6 Senior Geologist
7 Environmental Specialist
8 Quantity surveyor /Documentation Expert
Total
C. Standalone Tunnel Projects

No
At site (man At design office(man Total Time Period(man
month) month) month)
1 Team Leader Cum Senior Tunnel Engineer
2 Tunnel Design Expert
3 Senior Geophysicist
4 Senior Geotechnical Engineer
5 Senior E& M Expert
6 Senior Geologist
7 Senior Survey Engineer
8 Environmental Specialist
9 Material Engineer
10 Highway cum Pavement Engineer
11 Quantity Surveyor/Documentation Expert
Total
121
ENCLOSURE-II
Qualification and Experience Requirement of Key Personnel
Team Leader Highway Engineer
i) Educational Qualification
Essential Graduate in Civil Engineering or equivalent as approved by AICTE.
Desirable Post graduate in Civil Engineering / Construction Management /Transportation)
{AICTE Approved}.
ii) Essential Experience
a)Total Professional Min. 12 years.
Experience
b) Experience in Highway Min. 8 years in Planning, project preparation and design of Highway projects,
projects including 2/4/6 laning of NH/SH/ expressways. For hill roads, respective hill roads
experience is required.
c) Experience in similar In Feasibility of two / Four/Six Laning works and DPR/IC/ Construction Supervision
capacity(Either as Team of Two/Four/six laning of major highway projects(NH/SH/Expressways)/ feasibility
Leader or in Similar capacity cum detailed project report of two/ four laning projects of minimum aggregate
) length of 80 km. For hill roads, respective hill roads experience is required.
d)Training It is mandatory for the key personnel to have attended training course on
"Preparation of Feasibility Study and DPR for Highway Projects" conducted by Indian
Academy of Highway Engineers (IAHE) or any other institute specifically approved by
MoRTH for minimum 6 days duration.
iii) Age Limit 65 years on the date of submission of proposal
122
Enclosure-II (contd.)
QUALIFICATION AND EXPERIENCE REQUIREMENT OF KEY PERSONNEL
Senior Bridge Engineer Cum Material cum Geotechnical Engineer- Geologist.
i) Educational
Qualification
Essential Graduate in Civil Engineering or equivalent / Graduate in Civil Engineering or M.Sc.
Geology
Desirable Masters in Structural Engineering / Bridge Engineering/Foundation Engineering/
Hydraulics / Masters in Foundation Engineering / Soil Mechanics / Phd in Geology /Geo-
Tech Engineering
a) Total Professional Min. 8 years
Experience
b) Experience in Bridge / Min.06 years in project preparation and design of bridge projects /
Highway projects Min. 6 years on similar projects in design and/or construction.
c) Experience in similar Bridge Engineer in highway design
capacity consultancy projects (2/4/6 lane NH/SH/ Expressways) involving design of minimum two
major bridges (length more than 200 m)
Materialcum Geo-technical Engineer on highway projects (2/4/6 lane

NH/SH/Expressways) of minimum aggregate length of 80 km.
d)Training It is mandatory for the key personnel to have attended training course on "Preparation
of Feasibility Study and DPR for Highway Projects" conducted by Indian Academy of
Highway Engineers (IAHE) or any other institute specifically approved by MoRTH for
minimum 6 days
duration.
iii) Age Limit 65 years on the date of submission of Proposal
123
Senior Survey Engineer Cum Traffic and Safety Expert
i) Educational
Qualification
Essential Graduate or equivalent in Civil Engineering or Diploma in Civil Engg or Diploma in Surveying
Desirable Masters in Remote Sensing/Photogrammetry or equivalent /

Masters in Traffic Engineering/Transportation Engineering
/ Transport Planning
ii) Essential
Experience
a) Total Min. 8 years
Professional
Experience
b) Experience in Min. 6 years on similar projects in project preparation and construction & thorough
Highway projects understanding of modern computer based methods of surveying
c) Experience in Survey Engineer for projects preparation of highway project (NH/SH/Expressways) involving
similar capacity 2/4/6- laning of minimum aggregate length of 80 km.
Traffic Engineer in highway Projects (NH/SH/Expressways) involving 2/4/6 laning of minimum

aggregate length of 80 km.
d)Training It is mandatory for the key personnel to have attended training course on "Preparation of
Feasibility Study and DPR for Highway Projects" conducted by Indian Academy of Highway
Engineers (IAHE) or any other institute specifically approved by MoRTH for minimum 6 days
Duration
It is mandatory for the Road Safety Expert to have completed at least 15 days’ certification course
on Road Safety Audit from IAHE/IITs/NITs/CRRI. The CV of the proposed key personnel not having
completed minimum 15 days certification course shall not be evaluated.
124
Environmental Specialist
i) Educational
Qualification
Essential Graduate in Civil Engineering / Environment Engineering / Masters in Environment Science
Desirable Post Graduate in Environmental Engineering

ii) Essential
Experience
Experience
b) Experience in Min. 5 years in environment impact assessment and permitting of highway projects (2/4/6
Highway Projects laning)
c) Experience in Environmental Specialist in at least two highway projects (2/4/6 laning)
similar capacity
"Preparation of Feasibility
Study and DPR for Highway Projects" conducted by Indian Academy of
Highway Engineers (IAHE) or any other institute specifically approved by
MoRTH for minimum 6 days duration
iii) Age Limit 65 years on the date of submission of bid
Quantity Surveyor
i) Educational
Qualification
Essential Graduate or equivalent in Civil Engineering / Certificate course from ‘Institution of
Quantity Surveying’
Desirable
ii) Essential
Experience
Experience
b) Experience in Min. 6 years in Preparation of Bill of Quantities, Contract documents and
Highway Projects documentation for major highway projects involving two/ four laning
c) Experience in Quantity Surveyor in highway projects (NH/SH/Expressways) involving two/four/six laning of

similar capacity minimum aggregate length of 80 km.
d)Training It is mandatory for the key personnel to have attended training course on "Preparation of Feasibility
Study and DPR for Highway Projects" conducted by Indian Academy of Highway Engineers (IAHE) or
any other institute specifically approved by MoRTH for minimum 6 days duration
125
Land acquisition expert
Essential Graduate or equivalent
a) Total Professional 15 years as Deputy-Tehsildar or above Desirable: Ex- revenue officers like Ex-ADM/SDM,
Experience Ex-Tehsildar, Ex-Deputy-Tehsildar etc.
b) Role specific Min 10 years in Land acquisition for government/ authority projects
experience
iii) Age Limit 65 years on the date of submission of bid
126
TEAM LEADER CUM BRIDGE ENGINEER
Essential Graduate in Civil Engineering or equivalent as approved by AICTE
Desirable Masters in Structural Engineering / Bridge Engineering/Foundation

Engineering/ Hydraulics
a)Total Professional Min. 12 years
Experience
b) Experience in Bridge Min. 6 years in major Bridge Construction / Development Project.
projects
c) Experience in similar He should have handled as Team Leader/Project Manager or similar capacity of at
capacity (Either as Team least Two projects in Construction Supervision / IC involving 4 laning/6-
Leader or in Similar capacity laning/Expressway of minimum 50km length and atleast two major bridge of a length
) 500 mtr. (Excluding approaches).
"Preparation of Feasibility Study and DPR for Highway Projects" conducted by Indian
Academy of Highway Engineers (IAHE) or any other institute specifically approved by
MoRTH for minimum 6 days duration
Bridge/Structural Engineer
i) Educational
Qualification
Essential Graduate in Civil Engineering or equivalent
Desirable Masters in Structural Engineering / Bridge Engineering/Foundation Engineering/
Hydraulics
ii) Essential
Experience
a)Total Min. 8 years
Professional
Experience
b) Experience in Min. 05 years in project preparation and design ofbridge projects.
Bridge projects
c) Experience in Bridge Engineer in highway design

similar capacity consultancy projects (2/4/6 lane NH/SH/ Expressways)involving design of minimum two
major bridges(length more than 200 m)
127
d)Training It is mandatory for the key personnel to have attended training course on “Preparation of Feasibility
Study and DPR for Highway Projects” conducted by Indian Academy of Highway Engineers (IAHE) or any
other institute specifically approved by MoRTH for minimum 6 days duration
128
Enclosure-II(contd.)
Team Leader cum Tunnel Expert
I Educational
Qualification
Graduate in Civil Engineering/Tunnel Engineering/Mining Engineering
Essential
Post Graduate in Civil Engineering/Tunnel Engineering/Mining Engineering

Desirable
II Essential
Experience
Professional
Experience
(i) Professional experience in handling major tunnel projects (Road/Rail/Metro)
(ii) Experience in major tunnel construction/construction supervision projects

(Road/Rail/Metro)
(iii) Experience in preparation of DPR or Feasibility report of major tunnel projects
b)Experience in (Road/Rail/Metro)
Tunnel projects
(iv) Experience in DPR preparation of minimum 5 km Tunnel length
(v) Experience in construction/construction supervision/ preparation of DPR/feasibility report of

major tunnel projects (Road/Rail/metro) using NATM
(i) Experience as Team Leader or similar capacity in major tunnel construction/construction

supervision projects (Road/Rail/Metro)
c)Experience in
similar capacity (ii) Experience as Team Leader or similar capacity in preparation of DPR or Feasibility
report of major tunnel projects (Road/Rail/Metro)
Duration
III Age Limit 65 years on the date of submission of proposal
129
Enclosure-II(contd.)
Tunnel Design Expert
I Educational
Qualification
Essential Degree in Civil/ Mining Engineering
Desirable Post Graduation in Design/ Structural Engineering or equivalent.
II Essential
Experience
Professional
Experience
(i) Professional Experience in handling major tunnel projects (Road/Rail/Metro)
(ii) Experience of major tunnel construction/construction supervision projects

b) Experience in
Tunnel projects (Road/Rail/Metro)
(Road/Rail/Metro)
(i) Professional(Structural) Experience as Tunnel Design Engineer
(ii) Experience as Tunnel Design Engineer (Structural) of major tunnel construction/construction

c) Experience in
similar capacity (iii) Experience as Tunnel Design Engineer (Structural) of major tunnel for preparation of DPR
projects (Road/Rail/Metro)
(iv) Experience as Tunnel Design Engineer (Structural) in preparation of DPR/ Feasibility report
of major tunnel projects (Road/Rail/Metro) using NATM
d)Training It is mandatory for the key personnel to have attended training course on "Preparation of Feasibility
Study and DPR for Highway Projects" conducted by Indian Academy of Highway Engineers (IAHE) or
any other institute specifically approved by MoRTH for minimum 6 days duration
III Age Limit 65 years on the date of submission of Proposal
130
Geotechnical Engineer
I Educational Qualification
Essential Civil Engineering/Mining Engineering / Engineering Geology
Geotechnical Engineering /Foundation Engineering/Rock Mechanics/Geo science or
Desirable
equivalent
II Essential
Experience
a) Total Min. 10 years
Professional
Experience
(i) Professional experience in handling major tunnel projects (Road/Rail/Metro)
(ii) Experience in major tunnel construction/construction supervision projects

b) Experience in
(Road/Rail/Metro)
Tunnel Projects
(Road/Rail/Metro)
(i) Professional Experience as Senior Geotechnical Engineer
(ii) Experience as Senior Geotechnical Engineer or construction/construction
c) Experience in (iii) Experience as Senior Geotechnical Engineer or similar capacity in preparation of DPR
similar capacity or Feasibility report of major tunnel projects (Road/Rail/Metro)
(iv) Experience as Senior Geotechnical Engineer or similar capacity in preparation of

DPR/Feasibility report of major tunnel projects (Road/Rail/Metro) using NATM
Engineers (IAHE) or any other
institute specifically approved by MoRTH for minimum 6 days duration
131
Geophysicist
I Educational Qualification
Graduate in Geophysics/Geo science/ Earth science or equivalent.
Essential
Post Graduation in Geophysics/Geo science/ Earth science or equivalent

Desirable
II Essential
Experience

Experience
(i) Professional Experience in handling tunnel/ mineral and oil exploration projects
(ii) Experience of carrying out AEM survey for tunneling/ mineral and oil exploration or any other
similar work for area of more than 2.7 sq km
(iii) Processing, Interpreting, generating 3D resistivity model of

b) Experience in AEM survey’s raw data for tunneling/mineral and oil exploration or any other similar work for area
Relevant works of more than 2.7 sq km
(iv) Experience in carrying out AEM survey, processing, interpreting, generating 3D resistivity
of AEM survey’s raw data for major tunnel work (Rail/Road/Metro)
132
Geologist
Essential Post Graduate Degree in Geology/Related field.
Desirable Phd in Geology/Related fields.
a)Total Professional Min. 10 years
Experience
He should have a minimum 10 years of professional experience and should have involved in
b) Experience in project preparation/ DPR/ Tunnel Design for atleast two major Tunnel projects.
Tunnel projects
He should have experience in similar capacity per five years on Design/ Construction/
Supervision of Tunnel Projects.
c) Experience in
similar capacity The minimum cost of the project handled in the similar capacity should be 2500
Millions.
E&M Expert
Essential Degree in Electrical/Mechanical Engineering.
Desirable Post Graduation in Degree in Electrical/Mech Engineering.
Experience
10 years in Tunnel Projects and should have worked for atleast five years as an E&M Expert
b) Experience in Tunnel for Tunnel Design/ Construction projects.
projects
He should have handled atleast two tunneling projects in similar capacity.
c) Experience in similar
capacity
133
Material Engineer
Graduate in Civil Engineering/Material Science and Engineering or equivalent
Essential
Post-graduation in Material Science and Engineering or equivalent

Desirable

Experience
Minimum 8 years on Tunnel projects in design and /or construction. Experience on
b) Experience in
Tunnel projects shall be preferred.
Highway Projects
Material Engineer on highway projects (2/4/6 lane NH/SH/Expressway) of minimum
c) Experience in
similar capacity aggregate length of 80 km.
It is mandatory for the key personnel to have attended training course on "Preparation of
d)Training
Duration
134
ENCLOSURE-III
Schedule for submission of Reports and Documents
Stage Activity No. of copies Time Period in days from

No. date of commencement
1 Inception Report
(i) Draft Inception Report including QAP 3 21
Document
(ii) Inception Report including QAP 3 30
Document
2 F.S. REPORT
i) Draft Feasibility Study Report including option study report 4 60
including draft 3(a) report
1 75
ii) Comments of client
4
iii) Final Feasibility Study Report incorporating compliance of 90
comments of Client
3 LA & Clearances I Report
i) Draft LA & Clearances I Report including draft 4 105
3(A) report
ii) Comments of client 1 120
iii) Final LA & Clearances I Report incorporating 4 135
compliance of comments of Client
4 Detailed Project Report
i) Draft DPR 4 180
6
iii) Final DPR incorporating compliance of comments of 240
Client
5 Technical Schedules
i) Draft Technical Schedules 4 180
6
iii) Final technical schedule 240
6 Land Acquisition II 4 180
Submission of draft 3D publication report
7 Land Acquisition III, Award determination (3G) 240
8 Project Clearances & LA IV Report 6
Approval of Project clearances from Original letters from 300
Concerned agencies e.g. from MOEF; Rly for the concerned
approval of GAD and detail engineering drawing agencies and 5
of ROB/RUB; Irrigation Dept., Utility Report and photocopies of
Possession of Land each
The checklist for different stages of submission of report has been enclosed as under
and the same shall be appended with proper references and page numbering. The
checklist/s shall be appended with the report without which no payment shall be made.
135
Schedule for approval of Reports and Documents by PD
after submission by Consultant.
Stage Activity Time Period in days from date of submission

No. of Comment and acceptance by PD/RO
1 Inception Report 7 days

2 Feasibility Study Report
i) Draft Feasibility Study Report including option 15 days 7 days
study report including draft 3(a) report
ii) Final feasibility Study report
3 LA & Clearances Report

i) Draft LA & Clearances Report 15 days
ii) Final LA & Clearances Report incorporating 7 days
compliance of comments of Client
4 Detailed Project Report
i) Draft DPR 30 days
ii) Final DPR incorporating compliance of comments 7 days
of Client
5 Technical Schedules
i) Draft Technical Schedules 30 days
ii) Final technical schedule 7 days
The checklist for different stages of submission of report has been enclosed as under
and the same shall be appended with proper references and page numbering. The
checklist/s shall be appended with the report without which no payment shall be made.
Note 1: Approval/comments shall be communicated by the Client to the Consultant

within the time period shown in the schedule above. If no approval/comments are
furnished within the indicated time period by the Client, it will be considered as
deemed approval. Notwithstanding the deemed approval of submission(s), the
Consultant will remain responsible for correctness of the submissions.
136
ENCLOSURE-IV
Formats for submission of Reports and Documents
1. Standard formats for deliverables
i. During the course of the assignment to prepare detailed project report,

several reports, drawings and documents will need to be submitted by the
consultants to CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai.
ii. For the purposes of submission, format requirements have been laid out
for some of the reports and drawing deliverables in this enclosure, which
shall be adhered to strictly
iii. In addition, consultants are to align and agree with CE NH (PWD) Navi
Mumbai officials the format of submission for all reports, during the
inception stage as mentioned in clause 10.2 of this terms of reference
2. Format for submission of report deliverables
2.1 Printed hard copies of reports
i. All reports and documents shall be submitted in both printed hard copy
and digital formats
ii. For hard copies, the consultant shall submit bound volumes (and not in
spiral binding form) after completion of each stage of work as per the
schedule and in the number of copies as given in Enclosure III
2.2 Digital copies of reports
1. Every report shall also be submitted in digital format to the authority in the
following formats:
i. The final report as submitted in the portable document format (.pdf)

ii. An editable document in the relevant Open Document Format for Office
Applications (ODF) and if available the relevant Microsoft Office
document format (MS Office)
iii. All tables and models used to and referred to in the reports shall also be
submitted as spread-sheets in the relevant ODF format and MS Office
format
iv. The digital copies of reports shall be submitted in the form of removable
storage devices (CD or USB pen drive) and also hosted on a secured online
document storage and retrieval platform as described in clause 2 Data
products
2. The removable storage device submitted at each deliverable stage shall contain:
i. Reports for that stage

ii. All draft and final reports previously submitted
iii. Correspondence with CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai
iv. Clients’ comments on submitted reports
v. Any communication, letters and approvals to and from other government
137
And local agencies and any other relevant body
vi. An updated index of all the contents on the removable storage device
3. Every submission will be accompanied by a table of contents and index of all

documents submitted for ease of reference
2 Data products
1. During the course of the assignment, the consultant shall perform several surveys
and collect data that will be used for the design of the road and delivered to the
client.
2. Consultants are encouraged to keep commonly available software and data
packages, and typical uses for data while deciding final formats of data within the
constraints of this document or where a format has not been defined
3. As required in relevant clause, consultants are required to agree with CE NH
(PWD) Navi Mumbai all actual data formats proposed to be used for the project
4. In order to standardise data formats and simplify hand over and re-use of data,
some requirements for minimum content and format are laid down below.
Sr Data product Contents required (definition) Data format

No
0 Formats to be used List of data, drawing and design outputs, reporting format, CSV or ODF sheet,
digital format suggested, key data to be included (column .xlsx optional
headers), units and system to be used
1 Traffic surveys
1.1 List of traffic Point no, location coordinates (lat, long), location of survey point, CSV or ODF sheet,
survey points chainage, no lanes/type of junction, type of survey, date of survey, .xlsx optional
length of survey, any commentary, equipment/technique used,
link to survey output
1.2 Classified traffic Survey point, survey location, location id (ihmcl), no of lanes, Raw data: IHMCL
volume count chainage, location coordinates (lat, long), date, time and period of Traffic survey data
survey survey format
Processed, corrected
with AADT: CSV or
ODF sheet, .xlsx
optional
1.3 O-D, turning Survey point, survey location, location lat, long, chainage, date, CSV or ODF sheet,
movement, axle time, period of survey, technique/equipment used in addition to .xlsx optional
load and other the survey data itself
surveys
2 Engineering surveys and investigations
2.1 Raw DGPS data Notes must contain Date, time of survey, equipment CSV or ODF, Receiver
138
No
used, corrections applied is any. Data: Survey benchmarks, Independent Exchange

benchmark points, location data points Format (RINEX)
2.2 LiDAR point Notes must contain Date, time of survey, equipment, summary post LASer file format for
cloud processing applied. Data: Survey benchmarks, data points, point cloud exchange
of entire project corridor as defined in CSV sheet, .xlsx
optional
2.3 Images 360 Deg/ ortho images of entire project road way Geographic Tagged
Image File Format
(GeoTIFF)
2.4 Video Traverse video of entire project length Audio video interleave
(.avi) or MPEG-4 file
(.mp4)
2.5 Topographic Scale of map in accordance with IRC SP 19, 50 cm contours with Contours: geo-
map roadway marked on maps referenced shape files
+ contours (.shp) or .dxf files,
.dwg/.dgn files options
2.6 Digital elevation Digital terrain modeled from aerial and ground surveys Digital elevation model in
model USGS Spatial Data
transfer standard
(SDTS) format
2.7 Longitudinal Location of cross section - existing, design chainage, lat, long, Cross .dxf files, .dwg/.dgn files
And cross section drawing options
sections
2.8 As-is road map 3D digital map of as-is project highway containing earth surface, road Digital terrain model
layers, utilities, buildings and trees with feature data extracted and maps in
and mapped in layers, marked on the map and tabulated data LandXML/.dxf format,
provided separately. All road, surface, sub surface inventory, .dwg/.dgn files options
pavement investigation and soil survey data to be super- Separate CSV or ODF
imposed as layers sheet, .xlsx optional of
feature data in addition
to map
2.9 Details of utility type of utility, no, class and category of utility installation (e.g. 66 CSV or ODF sheet,
kV xlpe), location, distance from centerline, user agency .xlsx optional
2.10 Utility maps geo-referenced schematic map, existing and design road centerline, georeferenced shapefiles
type of utility, size, no, class and category (.shp) and drawings in
.dxf format
2.11 Road All data as required in clause 4.11.3.1, geo-referencing for each CSV or ODF sheet
invento row of data in lat, long form
rysurveys
139
No
2.12 Pavement Test pit reference id, location, chainage, geo- reference (lat, long), CSV or ODF sheet
investigation pavemet composition - layer no, material type, thickness, sub grade type,
and condition
2.13 Pavement condition Data as required in clause 4.11.3.2, along with location/chainage CSV or ODF sheet
survey and geo-reference for all data
2.14 Pavement FWD results as per IRC guidelines, geo-referencing for test points CSV or ODF sheet
structural
strength
2.15 Sub-grade and In the format of the testing lab, summary details must be tabulated and Summary in CSV
soil strength must include: test pit no, location, chianage, lat/long, date, time of orODF sheet
test, tester/lab details, in-situ density, moisture content, field CBR,
characterization, in-lab moisture and density, lab CBR
3 Proposed roadway designs
3.1 Proposed Georeferenced centerline horizontal and vertical alignment for the Geometry or
alignment road shape files
geometry To be presented superimposed on surface map, satellite imagery and : .shp/.dxf,
digital elevation model of region .dwg/.dgnfiles
options
3.2 Final alignment Georeferenced centerline horizontal and vertical alignment for the Geometry or
geometry road. Additional detail on lanes, super elevation, junctions, shape files
structures, under/overpasses, PUP/CUP, wayside amenities etc : .shp/.dxf,
.dwg/.dgnfiles
options
3.3 Proposed roadway Proposed digital roadway model and design data- including .dxf/.dtm
model embankment, road way, road layers, roadside amenities, signals, road
furniture, markings and other construction elements in 3D
3.4 Proposed Geo referenced location and alignment, 3D model of structure and .dxf/.dtm
structures appurtenances, cross section, plan and profile drawings for construction
as per IRC
3.5 Proposed highway Roadway cross sections for homogenous sections .dxf files
cross Digital surface
sections model in
.dxf format
4 Other deliverables
4.1 Digitized cadastral Digitized revenue map overlaid with key land marks, land size, survey Geometry or
maps number and owner ship data, with >1mm accuracy on a scale in shape files
accordance with IRC SP 19. : .shp/.dxf,
.dwg/.dgnfiles
140
options
4.2 Financial analysis Spreadsheet model with instructions, index and containing all ODF sheets, MS
inputs and assumptions, time series construction and operating office
costs, revenues, financing and equity cash flows, NPV/IRR,
sensitivity scenarios and results
3 Online hosting and archival of deliverables
3.1 Hosting deliverables online
i. The consultant shall store all deliverables from this assignment on a

secure online file hosting platform that is remotely accessible by
authorised users on the world wide web
ii. The consultant shall provide read only access to all relevant officers of
CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai and provide further access to additional users as
and when requested by CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai
iii. Consultant shall provide a point of contact for access to these files, solving
any technical issues and shall respond to all requests in a timely manner
iv. Consultant shall ensure that the files are hosted in a platform that
conforms to any file hosting and file sharing security standards as may be
laid down by the government of India
3.2 Deliverables to be hosted
i. Data and deliverables to be hosted in an online accessible format shall

include but not be limited to:
ii. All draft and final deliverables in the digital formats prescribed in this TOR
and in file formats in wide use where formats are not specified
iii. Data, images and videos from all surveys and investigations conducted of
this enclosure
iv. All correspondence to and from CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai
including clients’ comments on submitted reports
v. Any communication, letters and approvals to and from other government
local agencies and any other relevant body
vi. The platform shall also contain an index and table of contents of
information being hosted for ease of access and use
3.3 Time period and costs
i. Access to above mentioned files will be provided till the end of

construction (final commercial operations date of contractor/
concessionaire) of all packages that form a part of this assignment at the
cost of the consultant
ii. Access to additional users shall also be at no additional cost to the authority
141
APPENDIX-II
Proof of Eligibility
Form-E1
Letter of Proposal (On Applicant’s letter

head)
(Date and
Reference) To,
**********
*********
*********
142
Sub: Appointment of Consultant for preparation of Detailed Project Report for ……………...
Dear Sir,
With reference to your RFP Document dated ………, I/we i.e M/s-----------------------------
-- -------------------------------------------- (Name of Bidder) having examined all
relevant documents and understood their contents, hereby submit our Proposal for
selection as Consultant. The proposal is unconditional and unqualified.
2. All information provided in the Proposal uploaded on INFRACON and in the Appendices
is true and correct and all documents accompanying such Proposal are true copies
of their respective originals.
3. This statement is made for the express purpose of appointment as the Consultant
for the aforesaid Project.
4. I/We shall make available to the Authority any additional information it may deem
necessary or require for supplementing or authenticating the Proposal.
5. I/We acknowledge the right of the authority to reject our application without
assigning any reason or otherwise and hereby waive our right to challenge the
same on any account whatsoever.
6. I/We certify that in the last three years, we or any of our Associates have neither
failed to perform on any contract, as evidenced by imposition of a penalty by an
arbitral or judicial authority or a judicial pronouncement or arbitration award
against the Applicant, nor been expelled from any project or contract by any
public authority nor have had any contract terminated by any public authority for
breach on our part.
7. I/We understand that you may cancel the Selection Process at any time and that you
are neither bound to accept any Proposal that you may receive nor to select the
Consultant, without incurring any liability to the Applicants in accordance with
Clause 1.7 of the RFP document.
8. I/We declare that we/any member of the consortium, are/is not a Member
of any other Consortium applying for Selection as a Consultant.
9. I/We certify that in regard to matters other that security and integrity of the
country, we or any of our Associates have not been convicted by a Court of Law or
indicted or adverse orders passed by a regulatory authority which would cast a
doubt on our ability to undertake the Consultancy for the Project or which
relates to a grave offence that outrages the moral sense of the community.
10. I/We further certify that in regard to matters relating to security and integrity of
the country, we have not been charge-sheeted by any agency of the Government
or convicted by a Court of Law for any offence committed by us or by any of our
Associates.
11. I/We further certify that no investigation by a regulatory authority is pending

either against us or against our Associates or against our CEO or any of our
Directors/Managers/employees.
12. I/We hereby irrevocably waive any right or remedy which we may have at any stage
at law or howsoever otherwise arising to challenge or question any decision taken
143
by the Authority [and/ or the Government of India] in connection with the
selection of Consultant or in connection with the Selection Process itself in
respect of the above mentioned Project.
13. Deleted.
14. I/We agree and understand that the proposal is subject to the provisions of the
RFP document. In no case, shall I/we have any claim or right of whatsoever
nature if the Consultancy for the Project is not awarded to me/us or our proposal
is not opened or rejected.
15. I/We agree to keep this valid for 120 (One hundred and twenty) days from
the Proposal Due Date specified in the RFP.
16. A Power of Attorney in favor of the authorized signatory to sign and submit
this Proposal and documents is attached herewith.
17. In the event of my/our firm/consortium being selected as the Consultant, I/we agree
to enter into any Agreement in accordance with the form Appendix V of the RFP. We
agree not to seek any changes in the aforesaid form and agree to abide by the
same.
18. I/We have studied RFP and all other documents carefully and also surveyed the
Project site. We understand that except to the extent as expressly set forth in
the Agreement, we shall have no claim, right or title arising out of and documents
or information provided to us by the Authority or in respect of any matter arising
out of or concerning or relating to the Selection Process including the award of
Consultancy.
19. The Proof of Eligibility and Technical proposal are being submitted in separate
covers in hard copy (as per clause 4.1 of LoI) and INFRACON Team I.D no. .
Financial Proposal is being submitted online only. This Proof of Eligibility read
with Technical Proposal and Financial Proposal shall constitute the Application
which shall be binding on us.
20. I/We agree and undertake to abide by all the terms and conditions of the RFP
Document. In witness thereof, I/we submit this Proposal under and in accordance
with the termsof the RFP Document.
Yours
faithfully, (Signature, name and designation of the
authorized signatory) (Name and seal of the
Applicant/Lead Member)
144
Appendix- II
Form-E2/T3
FIRM’S REFERENCES
Relevant Services Carried out in the Last Seven Years (2010-11 onwards) Which Best
Illustrate Qualifications
The following information should be provided in the format below for each reference
assignment for which your firm, either individually as a corporate entity or as one of
the major companies within a consortium, was legally contracted by the client:
Assignment Name: Country:

Location within Country : Professional Staff Provided by your firm:
Name of Client : No. of Staff :

Address : No. of Staff Months :
Start Date Completion Date(Month / Approx. Value of
(Month / Year) Services : (in INR/current USD) :
Year)
Name of JV/Association Firm(s) if any : No. of Months of Professional Staff provided by Associated
Firm(s)
Status of your Company in the Assignment i.e., Sole/Lead Member/Other Member/Associate
Narrative Description of Project :
Description of Actual Services Provided by your Company:
Signature of Authorized Representative
(Certificate from Employer regarding experience should be furnished)
145
APPENDIX-II
Form- E3
Financial Capacity of the Applicant
Name of Applicant:
Sr. [Financial Year]* Annual Revenue (Rs/US $ in

No. million)
1 Year preceding the year in which the proposal is
invited
invited by 2 years
invited by 3 years
invited by 4 years
invited by 5 years
Certificate from the Statutory Auditor$
This is to certify that ---------- (name of the Applicant) has received the payments shown above against
the respective years on account of Consultancy Services.
Name of the audit firm Seal of the audit firm Date
(Signature, name and designation of the authorized signatory)
$In case he Applicant does not have a statutory auditor, it shall provide the certificate
from its chartered accountant that ordinarily audits the annual account of the Applicant.
Note:
*Financial year to be modified as applicable
Please do not attach any printed Annual Financial Statement.
146
APPENDIX-II
Form- E4
(Deleted)
147
APPENDIX-III
(Form-T1)
TECHNICAL PROPOSAL
FROM: TO:
Sir:
Subject Consultancy Service for
Regarding Technical Proposal
I/We (name of Bidder) Consultant/ Consultancy firm

herewith enclose Technical Proposal for selection of my/our firm/organization as
Consultant for
Yours faithfully,
Signature
Full Name
Designatio
Address
(Authorized Representative)
148
(Form-T-2)
Details of projects for which Technical and Financial Proposals have been
submitted
Sl. No. Name of Project Consultancy Package No. Names of Proposed Key Personnel
149
Form-E2/T3
FIRM’S REFERENCES
Relevant Services Carried out in the Last Seven Years Which Best Illustrate
Qualifications
assignment for which your firm, either individually as a corporate entity or as one of the
major companies within a consortium, was legally contracted by the client:

Start Date (Month / Completion Date(Month / Approx. Value of Services : (in INR/current USD) :
Year) Year)
Name of JV/Association Firm(s) if any : No. of Months of Professional Staff provided by
Associated Firm(s)
Signature of Authorised Representative
(Certificate from Employer regarding experience should be furnished
150
Form-
SITE APPRECIATION
Shall give details of site as per actual site visit and data provided in RFP and
collected from site supported by photographs to demonstrate that responsible
personnel of the Consultant have actually visited the site and familiarized with
the salient details/complexities and scope of services.
151
Form-
Composition of the Team Personnel and the task Which would be assigned
To each Team Member
I. Technical/Managerial Staff
Sr .No. Name Position Task
Assignment 1.
2.
3.
4.
……
II. Support Staff
Sr. No. Name Position Task Assignment
1.
2.
3.
4.
….
….
152
Form-
APPROACH PAPER ON METHODOLOGY PROPOSED FOR PERFORMING THE
ASSIGNMENT
The approach and methodology will be detailed precisely under the following topics.
1) Methodology for services, surveying, data collection [not more than 2 pages]
and analysis
2) Quality Assurance system for consultancy assignment [not more than 1 page]
3) The key challenges foreseen and proposed solutions will be detailed precisely
under the following topics
a) proposed alignment and bypass required
b) land acquisition requirements
c) access control, rehabilitation of existing road, drainage and utilities
d) adoption of superior technology along with proof (to be submitted in Form T9)
Replies to items 3) a) to c) should be limited to six A4 size pages in 1.5 space and 12 font
including photographs, if any
153
Form-
Details of Material Testing Facility
1. State whether the Applicant has in-house Material Testing Facility Available /
Outsourced / Not Available
2. In case answer to 1 is Available, attach a list of Lab equipment and facility for
testing of materials and location of laboratory
3. In case laboratory is located at a distance of more than 400 km from the

project site, state arrangements made / proposed to be made for testing of
materials
4. In case answer to 1 is Outsourced / Not Available state arrangements made /

proposed to be made for testing of materials.
156
Form-
Facility for Field investigation and Testing
1. State whether the Applicant has in-house Facility for
a) Geo-technical investigation Available (created in-house at site)/

Outsourced/ Not Available
b) Pavement investigation Available (created in-house at site)/ Outsourced/

Not Available
2. In case answer to 1 is Available (created in-house at site) a list of field

investigation and testing equipments available in-house
3. In case answer to 1 is Outsourced/ Not Available arrangements made/proposed

to be made for each of above Field investigation and testing
4. For experience in LIDAR or better technology for topographic survey, GPR and
Induction Locator or better technologies for detection of sub-surface utilities
and digitization of cadastral maps for land acquisition, references need to be
provided in following format:
157
REFERENCES
Relevant Services Carried Out Which Best Illustrate Qualifications
assignment for which your firm, either individually as a corporate entity or as one of the
major companies within a consortium, was legally contracted by the client:

Technology Used:
Start Date Completion Date Approx. Value of Services : (in INR/current USD) :
(Month / Year) (Month / Year)
Name of JV/Association Firm(s) if any : No. of Months of Professional Staff provided by Associated
Firm(s)
Signature of Authorised Representative
(Certificate from Employer regarding experience should be furnished)
158
Form-
Office Equipment and software
Attach a list of office equipment and software owned by the Applicant
159
Form-
(Curriculum Vitae as per INFRACON)

CVs of the Key Personnel should be uploaded on INFRACON and the hard copies
of the CVs as uploaded on the INFRACON is to be submitted along with the
Technical Proposals.
160
UNDERTAKING FROM THE PROFESSIONAL
Name of Work:
Position in the Team:
I, .................... (Name and INFRACON registered ID) have not left any assignment
with the consultants/ contractors engaged by Client viz. MoRT&H /NHAI/NHIDCL/
IAHE/BRO/ State PWD or any other MoRTH implementing agency without completing
my assignment. I will be available for the entire duration of the current project for
which I am being included in the team. If I leave this assignment in the middle of the
completion of the work, I may be debarred for an appropriate period to be decided by
Client. I shall also have no objection if my services are extended by Client for this work
in future.
I, the undersigned, also certify that to the best of my knowledge and belief, my
biodata, information and credentials uploaded on INFRACON portal truly describe
myself, my qualification and my experience. I shall be liable for any action, as deemed
fit, in case there is any mis-representation in this regard.
Date:
Place:
Signature
(Name of Key Personnel)
161
UNDERTAKING FROM CONSULTING FIRM
Name of Work:
The undersigned on behalf of ....................... (Name of Consulting Firm) with

… ............. (INFRACON ID) certify that none of the Key Personnel included in our team to
The best of our knowledge has left his/her assignment with any consulting/ contracting
firm engaged by MoRT&H /NHAI/NHIDCL/ IAHE/BRO/ State PWD or any other MoRTH
implementing agency. We also confirm the truthfulness of the credentials uploaded by
our firm/JV Member/Associate and all the Key Personnel proposed in our team on
INFRACON.
We understand that if any information about our firm/JV Member/Associate /

Key Personnel is found contrary to what has been uploaded on INFRACON, the Client
would be at liberty to remove the concerned personnel from the present assignment
and debar our firm/JV Member/Associate / Key Personnel for an appropriate period to
be decided by the Client.
Date:
Place
: Signature
(Name of Authorized Signatory)
162
A-4
Form T-11
Format for Technical Capacity of Applicants
(TO BE FILLED BY THE SOLE CONSULTANT & IN CASE OF JV, SEPARATELY BY JV MEMBERS BIDDING
FOR THE ASSIGNMENT)
(i) No. of Key Professionals on full time roll:
Sl. Name of the Key Professional Designation Continuous Nos. of Years with the firm
No. Employment from (Date)
Note: Attach copy of Form-26AS to certify permanent. However, Director of the

Consultant’s company is not required to submit Form-26AS.
(ii) Details of all in-hand DPR projects or DPR projects awarded by

MoRTH or its executing agencies for NH works and centrally
sponsored road works:
Sl. Project Bids for Civil Works Start Scheduled Whether awarded In case of JV,
No. Description received or Date Completion in Current share of
Original Financial Year Contract Fee (%)
assignment
period+ one year
lapsed
(Yes/ No)
(Yes/ No)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Format for undertaking by the firm for DPR Projects:
The undersigned on behalf of------------ (name of consulting firm) certify that the firm do not
have any other in-hand/ awarded DPR project other than those listed above.
Date.............. (dd/mm/yyyy)
[Signature of
authorized
representative of
163
the Firm]
(iii) Details of all in-hand AE/ IE/ SC projects or AE/ IE/ SC awarded by
MoRTH or its executing agencies for NH works and centrally sponsored
road works:
Sl. Project Civil works Start Scheduled Whether In case of JV,

No. Description Provisionally Date Completion awarded in share of
completed or Current Financial Contract Fee
Original assignment Year (%)
period+ one year
lapsed
(Yes/ No) (Yes/ No)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Format for undertaking by the firm for in-hand AE/ IE/ SC Projects:
The undersigned on behalf of ----------- (name of consulting firm) certify that the firm do not
have any other in-hand/ awarded AE/ IE/ SC project other than those listed above.
Date.............. (dd/mm/yyyy)
[Signature of
authorized
representative of
the Firm]
Note 1:
The figures in Col 7 be rounded off to the nearest integer i.e. in case
remaining bid-capacity comes to 0.5 or more then it will be considered as
1, in case less than 0.5 then it will be considered as 0 (Zero).
Note 2:
Clarification for technical capacity utilised in case of JV with other firm than proposed in
current assignment.
In case Firm-1 proposes for new JV with other partner, then capacity
utilisation will be calculated on the basis of JV share in existing assignments
e.g.
JV in one project with 30% share:-One projectX0.3=0.3
JV in two projects with 80% share:-Two projectX0.8=1.6
The weighted utilization of the Capacity of Firm-1=3.1
164
Note 3:
The Consultant shall re-submit the bid capacity details as per above format at the time of
opening of Financial Bid.
165
A-5
Form T-12
INTEGRITY PACT FORMAT
(To be executed on plain paper and submitted along with Technical Bid/Tender
documents for tenders having a value of Rs. 5 cr or above for Consultancy
projects and 100 cr. or above for Construction projects. To be signed by the
Bidder and same signatory competent/ authorized to sign the relevant contract
on behalf of the MoRTH)
This integrity Pact is made
at on this day of 2016. BETWEEN
[President of India through Ministry of Road
Transport & Highways, Government of India
represented by Director General (Road
Development) & Special Secretary, Transport
Bhawan, 1- Parliament Street New Delhi-
110001], (hereinafter referred to as the
“Principal/Owner”
which expression shall, unless repugnant to the context or meaning thereof,
include its administrators, successors and assigns) AND
{Name and address of the Firm/Company}, (hereinafter referred to as “The

Bidder(s)/Contractor(s)/Concessionaire(s)/Consultant(s)” and which expression
shall unless repugnant to be meaning or context thereof include its successors
and permitted assigns.)
Preamble
Whereas, the Principal has floated the Tender {NIT No……….dtd ....................... }
(here in after referred to as “Tender/Bid”) and intends to award, under laid down
organizational procedure, contract/s for {Name of the work} (hereinafter
referred to as the “Contract”).
And Whereas the Principal values full compliance with all relevant laws of the
land, rules of land, regulations, economic use of resources and of fairness/
transparency in its relations with its Bidder(s) and/ or
Contractor(s)/Concessionaire(s)/Consultant(s).
166
And whereas to meet the purpose aforesaid, both the parties have agreed to
enter into this Integrity Pact (hereafter referred to as “Integrity Pact” or “Pact”)
the terms and conditions of which shall also be read as integral part and parcel
of the Tender documents and contract between the parties.
Now, therefore, in consideration of mutual covenants contained in this pact, the

parties hereby agree as follows and this pact witnesses as under:
Article-1: Commitments of the Principal
(1) The Principal commits itself to take all measures necessary to prevent
corruption and to observe the following principles:-
(a) No employee of the Principal, personally or through family members, will in

connection with the Tender for, or the execution of a Contract, demand, take a
promise for or accept, for self, or third person, any material of immaterial
benefit which the person is not legally entitled to.
(b) The Principal will, during the Tender process treat all Bidder(s) with equity
and reason. The Principal will in particular, before and during the Tender
process, provide to all Bidder(s) the same information and will not provide to any
Bidder(s) confidential/ additional information through which the Bidder(s) could
obtain an advantage in relation to the tender process or the contract execution.
(c) The Principal will exclude all known prejudiced persons from the process,
whose conduct in the past has been of biased nature.
(2) If the Principal obtains information on the conduct of any of its employees
which is a criminal offence under the IPC/PC Act or any other Statutory Acts or
if there be a substantive suspicion in this regard, the Principal will inform the
Chief Vigilance Officer and in addition can initiate disciplinary actions as per its
internal laid down
Rules/Regulations.
Article – 2: Commitments of the Bidder(s)/ Contractor(s)/ Concessionaire(s)/ Consultant(s).
The Bidder(s)/ Contractor(s)/ Concessionaire(s)/ Consultant(s) commit himself

to take all measures necessary to prevent corruption. He commits himself to
observe the following principles during his participation in the tender process
and during the contract execution.
(a) The Bidder(s)/ Contractor(s)/ Concessionaire(s)/ Consultant(s) will not,

directly or through any other person or firm, offer, promise or give to any of the
167
Principal’s employees involved in the tender process or the execution of the
contract or to any third person any material or other benefit which he/she is not
legally entitled to, in order to obtain in exchange any advantage of any kind
whatsoever during the tender process or during the execution of the contract.
(b) The Bidder(s)/ Contractor(s)/ Concessionaire(s)/ Consultant(s) will not enter

with other Bidders into any undisclosed agreement or understanding, whether
formal or informal.
This applies in particular to prices, specifications, certifications, subsidiary

contract, submission or nonsubmission or bids or any other actions to restrict
competitiveness or to introduce cartelization in the bidding process.
(c) The Bidder(s)/ Contractor(s)/ Concessionaire(s)/ Consultant(s) will not

commit any offence under the relevant IPC/PC Act and other Statutory Acts;
further the Bidder(s)/Contractor(s)/Concessionaire(s)/Consultant(s) will not use
improperly, for purposes of completion or personal gain, or pass on to others, any
information or document provided by the Principal as part of the business
relationship, regarding plans, technical proposals and business details, including
information contained or transmitted electronically.
(d) The Bidder(s)/ Contractor(s)/ Concessionaire(s)/ Consultant(s) of foreign

origin shall disclose the name and address of the Agents/ Representatives in
India, if any. Similarly, the Bidder(s)/ Contractor(s)/ Concessionaire(s)/
Consultant(s) of Indian Nationality shall furnish the name and address of the
foreign principle, if any.
(e) The Bidder(s)/ Contractor(s)/ Concessionaire(s)/ Consultant(s) will, when

presenting his bid, disclose any and all payments he has made, is committed to
or intends to make to agents, brokers or any other intermediaries in connection
with the award of the contract. He shall also disclose the details of services
agreed upon for such payments.
(f) The Bidder(s)/ Contractor(s)/ Concessionaire(s)/ Consultant(s) will not

instigate third persons to commit offences outlined above or be an accessory to
such offences.
(g) The Bidder(s)/ Contractor(s)/ Concessionaire(s)/ Consultant(s) will not bring

any outside influence through any Govt. bodies/quarters directly or indirectly on
the bidding process in furtherance of his bid.
Article - 3 Disqualification from tender process and 9 exclusion from future contracts.
168
(1) If the Bidder(s)/ Contractor(s)/ Concessionaire(s)/ Consultant(s), before
award or during execution has committed a transgression through a violation
of any provision of Article-2, above or in any other form such as to put his
reliability or credibility in question, the Principal is entitled to disqualify the
Bidder(s)/ Contractor(s)/ Concessionaire(s)/ Consultant(s) from the tender
process.
(2) If the Bidder(s)/ Contractor(s)/ Concessionaire(s)/ Consultant(s) has

committed a transgression through a violation of Article-2 such as to put his
reliability or credibility into question, the Principal shall be entitled to
exclude including blacklist and put on holiday the Bidder(s)/ Contractor(s)/
Concessionaire(s)/ Consultant(s) for any future tenders/ contract award
process. The imposition and duration of the exclusion will be determined by
the severity of the transgression. The severity will be determined by the
Principal taking into consideration the full facts and circumstances of each
case particularly taking into account the number of transgressions, the
position of the transgressors within the company hierarchy of the Bidder(s)/
Contractor(s)/Concessionaire(s)/ Consultant(s) and the amount of the
damage. The exclusion will be
imposed for a maximum of 3 years.
(3) A transgression is considered to have occurred if the Principal after due

consideration of the available evidence concludes
that “On the basis of facts available there are no material doubts”.
(4) The Bidder(s)/ Contractor(s)/ Concessionaire(s)/ Consultant(s) with its

free consent and without any influence agrees and undertakes to respect and
uphold the Principal’s absolute rights to resort to and impose such exclusion
and further accepts and undertakes not to challenge or question such
exclusion on any ground, including the lack of any hearing before the decision
to resort to such exclusion is taken. This undertaking is given freely and after
obtaining independent legal advice.
(5) The decision of the Principal to the effect that a breach of the provisions
of this Integrity Pact has been committed by the Bidder(s)/ Contractor(s)/
Concessionaire(s)/Consultant(s)shall be final and binding on the Bidder(s)/
Contractor(s)/Concessionaire(s)/ Consultant(s), however, the Bidder(s)/
Contractor(s)/Concessionaire(s)/ Consultant(s) can approach IEM(s)
appointed for the purpose of this Pact.
(6) On occurrence of any sanctions/ disqualification etc arising out from

violation of integrity pact, the Bidder(s)/ Contractor(s)/ Concessionaire(s)/
Consultant(s) shall not be entitled for any compensation on this account.
(7) Subject to full satisfaction of the Principal, the exclusion of the Bidder(s)/
Contractor(s)/Concessionaire(s)/ Consultant(s) could be revoked by the
Principal if the Bidder(s)/Contractor(s)/ Concessionaire(s)/ Consultant(s)can
prove that he has restored/ recouped the damage caused by him and has
installed a suitable corruption prevention system in his organization.
Article – 4: Compensation for Damages.
169
(1) If the Principal has disqualified the Bidder(s) from the tender process
prior to the award according to Arcticle-3, the Principal shall be entitled to
forfeit the Earnest Money Deposit/ Bid Security or demand and recover the
damages equivalent to Earnest Money Deposit/ Bid Security apart from any
other legal right that may have accrued to the Principal.
(2) In addition to 1 above, the Principal shall be entitled to take recourse to

the relevant provisions of the contract related to Termination of Contract
due to Contractor/Concessionaire/Consultant’s Default. In such case, the
Principal shall be entitled to forfeit the Performance Bank Guarantee of the
Contractor/ Concessionaire/ Consultant and/ or demand and recover
liquidated and all damages as per the provisions of the contract/concession
agreement against Termination.
Article – 5: Previous Transgressions
(1) The Bidder declares that no previous transgressions occurred in the last 3
years immediately before signing of this Integrity Pact with any other
Company in any country conforming to the anti corruption/ Transparency
International (TI) approach or with any other Public Sector Enterprise/
Undertaking in India or any Government Department in India that could
justify his exclusion from the tender process.
(2) If the Bidder makes incorrect statement on this subject, he can be

disqualified from the tender process or action for his exclusion can be taken
as mentioned under Article-3 above for transgressions of Article-2 and shall
be liable for compensation for damages as per Article-4 above.
Article – 6: Equal treatment of all Bidders/ Contractors/ Concessionaires/

Consultants/Subcontractors.
(1) The Bidder(s)/ Contractor(s)/ Concessionaire(s)/ Consultant(s)

undertake(s) to demand from all sub-contractors a commitment in conformity
with this Integrity Pact, and to submit it to the Principal before contract
signing.
(2) The Principal will enter into agreements with identical conditions as this
one with all Bidders/ Contractors/ Concessionaires/ Consultants and
subcontractors.
(3) The Principal will disqualify from the tender process all Bidders who do
not sign this Pact or violate its provisions.
Article – 7: Criminal charges against violating Bidder(s)/

Contractor(s)/ Concessionaire(s)/Consultant(s)/ Sub-contractor(s).
If the Principal obtains knowledge of conduct of a Bidder/ Contractor/

Concessionaire/Consultant or subcontractor, or of an employee or a
representative or an associate of a Bidder/Contractor/ Concessionaire/
Consultant or Subcontractor, which
constitutes corruption, or if the Principal has substantive suspicion in this
regard, the Principal will inform the same to the Chief Vigilance Officer.
170
Article- 8: Independent External Monitor (IEM)
(1) The Principal has appointed Shri. R.S. Gujral as Independent External
Monitor (herein after referred to as “Monitor”) for this Pact. The task of the
Monitor is to review independently and objectively, whether and to what
extent the parties comply with the obligations under this agreement.
(2) The Monitor is not subject to instructions by the representatives of the

parties and performs his functions neutrally and independently. He reports
to the Director General (Road Development) & Special Secretary.
(3) The Bidder(s)/ Contractor(s)/ Concessionaire(s)/ Consultant(s)accepts

that the Monitor has the right to access without restriction to all project
documentation of the Principal including that provided by the Bidder(s)/
Contractor(s)/ Concessionaire(s)/ Consultant(s). The Bidder(s)/
Contractor(s)/ Concessionaire(s)/ Consultant(s)will also grant the Monitor,
upon his request and demonstration of a valid interest, unrestricted and
unconditional access to his project documentation. The same is applicable to
Subcontractors. The Monitor is under contractual obligation to treat the
information and documents of the Bidder(s)/Contractor(s)/Subcontractor(s)
with confidentiality. (4) The Principal will provide to the Monitor sufficient
information about all meetings among the parties related to the Project
provided such meetings could have an impact on the contractual relations
between the Principal and the Contractor. The parties offer to the Monitor
the option to participate in such meetings.
(5) As soon as the Monitor notices, or has reason to believe, a violation of

this Pact, he will so inform the Management of the Principal and request the
Management to discontinue or take corrective action, or to take other
relevant action. The monitor can in this regard submit non-binding
recommendations. Beyond this, the Monitor has no right to demand from the
parties that they act in a specific manner, refrain from action or tolerate
action.
(6) The Monitor will submit a written report to the Director General (Road
Development) & Special Secretary within 8 to 10 weeks from the date of
reference or intimation to him by the Principal and, should the occasion
arise, submit proposals for correcting problematic situations.
(7) If the Monitor has reported to the Director General (Road Development)
& Special Secretary, a substantiated suspicion of an offence under relevant
IPC/PC Act, and the Director General (Road Development) & Special
Secretary has not, within the reasonable time taken visible action to proceed
against such offence or reported it to the Chief Vigilance Officer, the Monitor
may also transmit this information directly to the Central Vigilance
Commissioner.
(8) The word 'Monitor' would include both singular and plural.
171
Article – 9 Pact Duration
This Pact begins when both parties have legally signed it (in case of EPC i.e.
for projects funded by Principal and consultancy services). It expires for the
Contractor/ Consultant 12 months after his Defect Liability Period is over or
12 months after his last payment under the contract whichever is later and
for all other unsuccessful Bidders 6 months after this Contract has been
awarded. (In case of BOT Projects) It expires for the concessionaire 24 months
after his concession period is over and for all other unsuccessful Bidders 6
months after this Contract has been awarded. If any claim is made/ lodged
during his time, the same shall be binding and continue to be valid despite
the lapse of this pact as specified above, unless it is discharged/ determined
by Director General (Road Development) & Special Secretary.
Article - 10 Other Provisions.
(1) This pact is subject to Indian Law. Place of performance and jurisdiction
is the Registered Office of the Principal, i.e. New Delhi.
(2) Changes and supplements as well as termination notices need to be made
in writing.
(3) If the Bidder/Contractor/Concessionaire/Consultant is in a partnership

or a consortium Joint Venture partner, this pact must be signed by all
partners or consortium members.
(4) Should one or several provisions of this agreement turn out to be invalid,
the remainder of this agreement remains valid. In this case, the parties will
strive to come to an agreement to their original intentions.
(5) Any disputes/ differences arising between the parties with regard to term
of this pact, any action taken by the Principal in accordance with this Pact
or interpretation thereof shall not be subject to any Arbitration.
(6) The actions stipulated in this Integrity Pact are without prejudice to any
other legal action that may follow in accordance with the provision of the
extent law in force relating to any civil or criminal proceedings.
In witness whereof the parties have signed and executed this Pact at the
place and date first done mentioned in the presence of following witness:-
(For & On behalf of the Principal)
Office Seal) (For & On
behalf of the Bidder/
172
Contractor/Concessionai
re/ Consultant)
Place
Date
Witnessed
Witness 1:(Name & Address)
Witness 2: (Name & Address)
{COUNTERSIGNED and accepted by:
JV Partner}
173
APPENDIX-IV
(Form-I)
FINANCIAL PROPOSALS
FROM: TO:
Sir:
Subject: Consultants’ Services for
Regarding Price Proposal
I/We Consultant/consultancy firm herewith enclose

*Price Proposal for selection of my/our firm/organization as Consultant for
Yours faithfully,
Signature
Full Name
Designation
Address
(Authorized Representative)
*The Financial proposal is to be filled strictly as per the format given in RFP.
174
(Form-II)
Format of Financial Proposal
Summary of Cost in Local
Currency
No. Description Amount (LC)*

(INR)
I Local Consultants
Remuneration for Local Staff (inclusive of per diem allowance)
II Transportation
III Duty Travel to Site
IV Office Supplies, Utilities and Communication
V Reports and Document Printing
IX Surveys & Investigations Topographical
AB Survey Investigations
C Net Work Survey and GPR
X Cost of supply and fixing Boundary Pillars

XI Land Acquisition Team including support staff andlogistics/transportation
Subtotal Local Consultants :

Total Cost Net of Tax :
Taxes and I. Income Tax (Expatriate)
Duties ll. Other Taxes/ Duties (if any) Specify clearly
Total cost net of Goods & service tax**

Goods & Service Tax
TOTAL COSTS (Including GST)
LC* Local Currency
** Total Cost Net of Goods & Service Tax shall be considered for financial
evaluation Note: No escalation will be payable during the services except
where period of consultancy services is more than 18 months. In such cases,
175
payment for any stage shall be modified (+/-) by following formula:
Price adjustment (Rs.)=0.85*payment percentage for particular stage*contract
price*L1/L0 where Lo and L1 are the average wage indices for the quarter before
the quarter in which base month falls and for the quarter before the quarter in
which date of supply falls; respectively. For example for a tender opening on
March 17, 2016 (base date), Lo would be average wage index for the quarter of
Oct-Dec 2015.
Insurances shall not be allowed separately. These will be incidental to main items.
Rates for all items shall be quoted in figures as well as in words.
176
(Form-III)
Estimate of Local Currency Costs
I. Remuneration for Local Staff (including per diem allowance)
(Normal Highway Project)
Sr. No. Position Name Rate (INR) Staff Month Amt.(INR)

Professional Staff
1 Team Leader cum Senior Highway Engineer 6
2 Senior Bridge Engineer cum Material-cum-Geotechnical 6

Engineer- Geologist
3 Senior Survey Engineer cum Traffic and Safety Expert 6
5 Quantity Surveyor/ Documentation Expert 6
6 Land Acquisition/Forest/Utility Expert 6
Sub-Total:
TOTAL
Note - For proper assessment of utility estimates and proper drainage system provisions,
DPR consultant shall also engage an utility expert and drainage expert at sub-professional
level, with relevant technical expertise in respective fields.
177
(For Standalone Bridge Project)
Sr. Position Name Rate (INR) Staff Month Amt.(INR)

No.
Professional Staff
1 Team Leader cum Bridge Engineer 10
2 Bridge Structural Engineer 6

4 Material-cum-Geotechnical 10
Engineer
5 Survey Engineer 6
6 Geologist 6
8 Quantity Surveyor 4
Sub-Total:
Sub-Professional Staff (To be assessed by Consultant as per requirement of assignment and
one sub-professional be a fresh graduate)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Sub-Total:
TOTAL
For Standalone Tunnel Project
Sr. Position Name Rate (INR) Staff Month Amt.(INR)

No.
Professional Staff
1 Team Leader Tunnel Engineer 10
2 Tunnel Design Expert 10

3 Geophysicist 6
4 Geotechnical Engineer 10
5 E&M Expert 6
178
6 Geologist 10
8 Material Engineer 6
10 Quantity Surveyor 4
11 Survey Engineer 6
Sub-Total:
Sub-Professional Staff (To be assessed by Consultant as per requirement of
assignment and one sub-professional be a fresh graduate)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Sub-Total:
TOTAL
II. Transportation (Fixed costs)
S. Description Qty. Nos. of Rate/Month Amount

No months (INR) (INR)
1 The vehicles provided by the Consultants shallinclude the cost for

rental, drivers, operation, maintenance, repairs, insurance, etc.
A. For use of consultants
Total
179
III. Duty Travel to Site (Fixed Costs)
IV. Office Supplies, Utilities and Communication (Fixed Costs)
No. Item Months Monthly Rate (INR) AmountIn INR.
1 Office Supplies Drafting

2 Supplies Computer
3 Running Costs
4 Domestic and International
Communication
TOTAL:---------------------------
V. Reports and Document Printing
No. Description No. of Copies Rate per Copy(INR. ) Amount (INR)
1 Inception Report & QAP 3

2 Environment and Social Impact Screening Report 4
3 Draft Feasibility Report 4

4 Final Feasibility Report 6
5 Strip Plan with L.A. Reports 6
6 Draft LA and Clearances I Report 4
7 Final LA and Clearances I Report 4
8 Draft Environmental Assessment report & RAP 4
9 Final Environmental Assessment report & RAP 6
10 Draft Detailed Design Report & Drawings etc. 4
11 Draft EMP 4
12 Draft Bidding Documents 4
13 Final Detailed Project Report with Bill of 6
Quantities, Cost Estimates, Updated Drawings
etc.
14 Final EMP 6
15 Final Bidding Documents 6
16 Draft 3(a) ,3(A) and 3(D) notification for land acquisition ( 3 9
copies each)
180
17 LA & Clearances II Report 6
Total
Note - In case of splitting of the project in packages after alignment is finalized, the additional
payment in respect of reports and document printing shall be made on prorate basis of accepted
financial proposal according to additional number of documents submitted, as mentioned above.
VI. Survey and Investigation
A. Topographical Survey (Fixed Rate)
No. Item Kms Rate per Amount

Km (INR)
(INR)
1 Topographic Survey including hire charges for equipment and supply of survey teams
comprising of project survey filed staff etc. inclusive of cost of materials, labourer
2 Detailed topographic surveys using mobile/ aerial LiDAR or better technology
B. Investigation (Fixed cost)
No. Description Quantity Amount (INR)

1 Road and Bridge Inventory
2 FWD Test and Pavement Evaluation
3 Roughness Survey
4 Axle Load Survey
5 Material Survey and Investigation
6 Sub-grade Investigation
7 Traffic Survey
8 Socio-economic & Census Survey/Studies
9 Land Acquisition Studies

10 Any other investigations/surveys
11 *Sub-Soil Investigation (Boring) Rate Qty. Amount (Rs)
a) Boring in all type of soils (other than 1500m (for projects of length
hard rock) < 110 km) or 2000m (for projects of length
> 110 km)
200m (for projects of length
< 110 km) or 300m (for projects of
length
b) Boring in hard rock > 110 km)
Total
181
Note: * Quantities of borings shall be taken from Financial Proposal Form No. V. For
financial evaluation, these quantities and rates quoted by the consultant will be
considered. However, Payment shall be made on the actual quantity of boring at rates
quoted above by the Consultant, which may be substantially more or less than the
estimated quantities.
C. Net Work Survey and GPR
No. Description Unit Quantity Rate( Amount

INR) (INR )
1 Network Survey of the existing Highways as are pository for civil Job 1
work as per directions from Authority.
2 GPR Survey for detection of underground utilities Job 1

Total
VII. Cost of supply and fixing Boundary Pillars
Item Amount
(INR.)
Procuring and fixing boundary pillars and its installation, complete in all respect as per IRC:25,1967: Wherever
the proposed alignment follows the existing alignment, the boundary pillars shall be fixed at an interval of
200m on either side of proposed Right of Way. Wherever there is a proposal of realignment of the existing
Highway and/or construction of New Bypasses, Consultant shall fix boundary pillars along the proposed
alignment on the extreme boundary on either side of the project Highway at 50 m interval. (lumpsum )
182
XI Land Acquisition Team including support staff and logistics/ transportation
(A) Land acquisition Team including support staff:
S. No. Position Name Number Rate (INR) Man Months Amount (INR)
1 Ex-Land Revenue Inspector/Officer or equivalent TBN 1 8
2 Ex-Kanoogo/ Girdwar or equivalent TBN 1 8
3 Ex-Patwari or equivalent TBN 1 8

Total
Number of Land acquisition Teams
Grand Total for All Land acquisition Teams (A)
(B) Logistics for Land acquisition Team:
S. No. Item particulars Number Months Rate (INR) Amount (INR)

1 Computer including necessary peripherals 2 8
2 Printers 2 8
3 Vehicles (Bolero or equivalent) with monthly running limit of 4000 1 8
km
Total
Number of Land acquisition Teams
Grand Total (B)
Grand Total for All Land acquisition Teams and Logistics (A) + (B)
Note: The Consultant shall provide one Land Acquisition Expert along with allied team and
supporting logistic as envisaged in Clause 5.1.5.1 of TOR for each 100 km stretches
proposed for DPR preparation or part thereof subject to the condition that such 100 km
length shall not stretch beyond two adjoining Districts (for example total length of package
is 343 km, there will be four team). The inputs given in Form XI shall be accordingly
modified before issue of RFP”.
183
TENTATIVE QUANTITIES FOR SUB-SOIL INVESTIGATIONS
(BORING) (Form –V)
184
APPENDIX-V
DETAILED EVALUATION CRITERIA
1. First Stage Evaluation -Proof of Eligibility (Para 12.1 of Data Sheet)
1.1 Eligibility criteria for sole applicant firm.
The sole applicant firm shall satisfy the following 3 (Three) Nos. of criteria.
(a) & (b) Firm should have experience of preparation of DPR/Feasibility of 2/4/6 lane of
aggregate length as given below. The firm should have also prepared DPR/Feasibility of at
least one project of 2/4/6 laning of minimum length as indicated below in the last 7
years.
S. Package Tentative Minimum Aggregate Minimum length of a Eligible Project (2/4/6lane)

No. No. Length Length required
DPR/ Feasibility =Tentative DPR = 0.4 x Feasibility = 0.6 xTentative
Length Tentative Length
Length
1 2 3 4 5 6
Note: Similar project means 2/4/6 lane as applicable for the project for which RFP is
invited. For 2-lane projects experience of 4/6 lane also to be considered with a
multiplication factor of
1.5. Experience of 4/6 lane shall be considered interchangeably for 4/6 laning projects. For
4/6 laning projects, experience of 2 lane will be considered with a multiplication factor
of 0.4, but only for those 2 lane projects whose cost of consultancy services was more
than Rs.1.0 crore
(c) Annual Average Turn Over for the last 5 years {In cases where, Audited/Certified
copy of Balance Sheet for the FY 2016-17 is available, last five years shall be counted from
2012-13 to 2016-17. However, where audited/certified copy of the Balance Sheet for
the FY 2016-17 is not available (as certified by the Statutory auditor) then in such cases
last five years shall be considered from 2011-12 to 2015-16} of the firm from Consultancy
services should be equal to more than Rs.5 crore.
(Financial Year to be modified as applicable)
1.2 Eligibility criteria for Lead Partner/Other Partner in case of JV.
In case of JV, the Lead Partner should fulfill at least 75% of all eligibility requirements
and the other partner shall fulfill at least 50% of all eligibility requirements as given at 1.1
above. Thus a Firm applying as Lead Partner/Other Partner in case of JV/Associate
should satisfy the following (a) & (b) Firm should have experience of preparation of
DPR/Feasibility of 4/6 lane of aggregate length as given below. The firm should have also
prepared DPR/Feasibility of at least one project of 4/6 laning of minimum length as
indicated below in the last 7 years (i.e. from 2008-09 onwards)
185
S. Package Minimum Aggregate Length Minimum length of a Eligible Project (4/ 6 lane)
No. No. required of
DPR/ Feasibility km)
DPR Feasibility
Lead in JV Other Lead in Other Partner Lead in JV Other
Partner in JV JV in JV Partner in
JV
c ) Minimum Annual Average Turn Over for the last 5 years { In cases where,
Audited/Certified copy of Balance Sheet for the FY 2016-17 is available, last five years shall
be counted from 2012-13 to 2016-17. However, where audited/certified copy of the
Balance Sheet for the FY 2016-17 is not available (as certified by the Statutory auditor)
then in such cases last five years shall be considered from 2011-12 to 2015-16} of a firm
applying as Lead Partner/Other Partner in case of JV from Consultancy services should
be as given below:
(Financial Year to be modified as applicable)
No. Mode of Submission by a firm Annual Average Turn Over for the last 5 years
1 Lead Partner in a JV Rs.3.75 crore
2 Other Lead partner in a JV Rs.2.50 crore
Note: (i) Weightage to be given when experience by a Firm as Sole Firm/Lead

Partner in a JV/Other Partner in a JV/As Associate
No. Status of the firm in carrying out DPR/ Feasibility Study Weightage for experience
1 Sole firm 100%
2 Lead partner in a JV 75%
3 Other partner in a JV 50 %
4 As Associate 25%
(ii) The experience of a firm in preparation of DPR for a private

Concessionaire/contractor shall not be considered.
186
2. Second Stage Evaluation -Technical Evaluation (Para 12.2 of Data
Sheet) A Firm’s Relevant Experience (50)
For standard highways, the following is the break-up:

Points Points

1.1.2 >2 but<=3 times the indicative length of the package applied for 7
1.2.1 1 project 6
1.2.2 2 projects 7
1.2.3 3 projects 8
1.2.4 4 projects 9
1.2.5 ≥ 5 projects 10
2.1 1 bridge 1
2.2 2 bridges 2
2.3 3 bridges 3
2.4 4 bridges 4
2.5 ≥ 5 bridges 5
3.1 Two Lane up to 50 km length or 4-lane up to 30 km length 5
3.2 Two lane 50-200 km length or 4/6 lane 30-120 km
length
3.2.3 Firm Average Turnover of last 5 years > 10 but < 25 3

crore
187
Points Points
4.1 <10 nos. 0
4.2 10-19 nos. 7
4.3 20-29 nos. 8
4.4 > 30 nos. 9

5.1 Average CoS (net of positive and negative) as percentage of contract price in last 5 DPRs prepared 2.5
by the firm
5.1.1 0 2.5
5.1.2 > 0 but <=2.5 2.0
5.1.3 >2.5 but<=5 1.5
5.1.4 >5 but<=7.5 1.0
5.1.5 >7.5 but <=10 0.5
5.1.6 >10 0.0
5.2 Average area variation as percentage of acquired private land as per 1st 3D notification in last 5 2.5
DPRs prepared by the firm
188
Points Points
5.2.1 0 2.5
5.2.2 > 0 but <=4 2.0
5.2.3 >4 but <=8 1.5
5.2.4 >8 but <=12 1.0
5.2.5 >12 but<=16 0.5
5.2.6 >16 0.0
5.3 Average delay in land acquisition in last 5 DPRs prepared by the firm (delay in 90% site possession 2.5
wrt contract period)
5.3.1 <=3 months 2.5
5.3.2 >3 but <=6 months 2.0
5.3.3 >6 but <=9 months 1.5
5.3.4 >9 but <=12 months 1.0
5.3.5 >12 months 0.0
5.4.1 <=2.5 0.0
5.4.2 >2.5 but <=5 1.0
5.4.3 >5 but <=7.5 1.5
5.4.4 >7.5 but<=10 2.0
5.4.5 >10 2.5
189
For special projects such as special bridges, tunnels and expressways that require
specialized capabilities and skill sets, the following is the break-up:
Points Points

1.1.2 >2 but <=3 times the indicative length of the package applied for 5
1.1.3 > 3 but <= 4 times the indicative length of the package applied for 6
1.2.1 1 project 3
1.2.2 2 projects 4
1.2.3 3 projects 5
1.2.4 4 projects 6
2.1 1 bridge 1
2.2 2 bridges 2
2.3 3 bridges 3
2.4 4 bridges 4
2.5 ≥ 5 bridges 5
3.1 Two Lane up to 50 km length or 4-lane up to 30 km length
3.2 Two lane 50-200 km length or 4/6 lane 30-120 km length
4 DPR for special category projects (Special bridges/ tunnels or expressways,
whichever applicable). It is to be noted that either 4.1 or
190
Points Points
4.2 shall be applicable, and not both.
4.1 DPR of number of special bridges/ tunnels (if applicable) 5
4.1.1 1 project 1
4.1.2 2 projects 2
4.1.3 3 projects 3
4.1.4 4 projects 4
4.2 Aggregate length of DPR/ Feasibility study for expressways 5
4.2.1 Upto 50 km 2
4.2.2 50km to 100 km 3
4.2.3 100km to 150 km 4
4.2.4 > 150 Km 5
5.1 <10 nos. 0
5.2 10-19 nos. 7
5.3 20-29 nos. 8
5.4 > 30 nos. 9
6.1 Average CoS (net of positive and negative) as percentage of contract price in last 5 DPRs prepared by 2.5
the firm
6.1.1 0 2.5
6.1.2 > 0 but <=2.5 2.0
6.1.3 > 2.5 but <=5.0 1.5
6.1.4 > 5.0 but <=7.5 1.0
6.1.5 > 7.5 but <=10.0 0.5
6.1.6 >10 0.0
6.2 Delay in completion of DPR as percentage of original contract period in last 5 DPRs prepared by 2.5
the firm
6.2.1 0 2.5
6.2.2 > 0 but <= 25 2.0
6.2.3 >25 but <= 50 1.5
6.2.4 >50 but <= 75 1.0
6.2.5 >75 but <=100 0.5
6.2.6 >100 0.0
191
Points Points
6.3 Average delay in land acquisition in last 5 DPRs prepared by the firm (delay in 90% site 2.5
possession wrt contract period)
6.3.1 <=3 months 2.5
6.3.2 >3 but <=6 months 2.0
6.3.3 >6 but <=9 months 1.5
6.3.4 >9 but <=12 months 1.0
6.3.5 >12 months 0
6.4.1 <=2.5 0
6.4.2 >2.5 but <=5 1.0
6.4.3 >5.0 but <=7.5 1.5
6.4.4 >7.5 but <=10 2.0
6.4.5 >10 2.5
Note:
A. In case feasibility study is a part of DPR services the experience shall

be counted in DPR only. In case bridge is included as part of DPR of highway
the experience will be (1) and (2)
B. Similar project means 2/4/6 lane as applicable for the project for
which RFP is invited. For 2-lane projects experience of 4/6 lane also to be
considered with a multiplication factor of 1.5. Experience of 4/6 lane shall
be considered interchangeably for 4/6 laning projects. For 4/6 laning
projects, experience of 2 lane will be considered with a multiplication
factor of 0.4, but only for those 2 lane projects whose cost of consultancy
services was more than Rs.1.0 crore
Note: (i) Weightage to be given when experience by a Firm as Sole

Firm/Lead Partner in a JV/Other Partner in a JV/As Associate
No. Status of the firm in carrying out DPR/ Feasibility Study Weightage for experience
1 Sole firm 100 %
2 Lead partner in a JV 75%
192
3 Other partner in a JV 50 %
4 As Associate 25%
(ii) The experience of a firm in preparation of DPR for a private Concessionaire/contractor shall
not be considered.
193
B Material testing, survey and investigation, equipment and software
proposed to be used (10)

Points Points
1 Availability of Material Testing Facilities with persons/resources having operational skills of 1
the equipment
1.1 Owned* (Available In House) 1.0
* Shall be ascertained through the ownership evidence uploaded on INFRACON in regard to
major equipment required for testing of materials to be used for construction of Highway
Project.
2 Availability of Field Investigation Facilities with persons/resources having operational skills 2
of the equipment
2.1 Owned** (Available In House) 2.0
** Shall be ascertained through ownership evidence uploaded on INFRACON for
3 Availability of Office Equipment and Software with persons/resources having operational skills 1.5
of the equipment
3.1 Owned*** (Available In House) 1.5
*** Shall be ascertained through ownership evidence uploaded on INFRACON for key hardware/software required for Highway
consultancy assignment.
4 Experience in LIDAR or better technology for topographic survey(Infrastructure 3.5
sector)
4.1 1 project 1
4.2 2 projects 2
4.3 3 projects 2.5
4.4 4 projects 3.0
4.5 ≥ 5 projects 3.5
5 Experience in using GPR and Induction Locator or better technologies for detection of sub- 1
surface utilities (Infrastructure sector)
5.1 1 project 0.25
5.2 2 projects 0.50
5.3 3 projects 0.75
5.4 ≥ 4 projects 1.00
6 Experience in digitization of cadastral maps for land surveys 1
6.1 Area upto 100 ha 0.50
6.2 Area between 100-500 ha 0.75
6.3 Area > 500 ha 1.0
194
Points Points
1 Availability of Material Testing Facilities with persons/resources having operational 3
1.1 Owned* (Available In House) 3
1.2 Outsourced (Hire basis/Through Associate) 2.25
* Shall be ascertained through the ownership evidence uploaded on INFRACON in regard to major equipments
* Shall be ascertained through the ownership evidence uploaded on INFRACON in

regard to major equipments required for testing of materials to be used for
Note:1- The experience of firm in Lidar or equivalent technology, GPR and Induction
Locator or equivalent technologies and Experience in digitization of cadastral maps
for land acquisition shall be supported by experience certificate. The experience of
a firm in Lidar or equivalent technology, GPR and Induction Locator or equivalent
technologies and Experience in Digitization of cadastral maps for land acquisition for
a private concessionaire/contractor shall be considered only if the experience
certificate is authenticated by the concerned competent Government
department/authority. In case of overseas experience the weightage to be assigned
to the certificate for experience in use of the equipment, a self-certificate followed
by the client certificate may be accepted.
Note:2- In case ownership document of equipment of Consultancy/Associate Firm is
found to be false, the consultancy/ Associate firm, as the case may be, shall be put
on holiday listing (temporary debarment) for a period upto 12 months.
List of minimum essential equipment which the firm must possess for eligibility:
Material Testing Facilities

a. Aggregate testing facility including flakiness index, elongation index, abrasion, impact,
crushing, stripping value etc.
b. Soil testing facility including Atterberg limits, soil classifications, moisture content,
density, CBR value, etc.
Field Investigation Facilities
a. Falling weight deflectometer
b. Roughometer or equivalent / better
c. DGPS and Total station with appropriate software or equivalent / better
d. Drone with LiDAR sensor or better with appropriate processing software
e. Ground Penetrating Radar (GPR), hand held GPS, Laser Distance Measuring Instrument
Office Equipment and Software
a. Office equipment setup includingComputer, plotter, A0
printer etc.
b. MX/ Open Roads or equivalent / better
c. AutoCAD
d. MIDAS or equivalent / better
e. Road Estimator 9.9 or better
f. AutoPlotter 10.9 or better
195
g. MS Project or Primavera or equivalent
h. HDM-4 or equivalent
2.4. Qualification and Competence of the Key Staff for adequacy of the
Assignment.(Para 12.2 of Data Sheet and Enclosure II of TOR)
2.4.1 TEAM LEADER cum HIGHWAY ENGINEER
S. Description Max.
No. Points
I General Qualification 25
i) Degree in Civil Engineering or equivalent [AICTE Approved] 20
ii) Post Graduation in Civil Engg./ Construction Management/ Transportation [AICTE Approved] 5
II Relevant Experience & Adequacy for the Project 70

a) Total Professional Experience 15
<12 years 0
≥12 but <14 years 11
≥16 but < 18 years 13
≥ 20 years 15
(b) Experience in Highway Projects- Experience in Planning, project preparation and design of Highway 25
Projects (2/4/6 laning of NH / SH / Expressways)
<8 years 0
≥12 but < 14 years 21
≥ 16 years 25
c) Experience in Similar Capacity 30
(i) In Feasibility of 2/4/6 laning works or DPR/IC/Construction Supervision of major highway projects i.e. 20
2/4/6 laning of NH/SH/Expressways in Similar Capacity (Minimum Aggregate length of 80 km )
< 80km 0
≥80 km but <100km 15
≥100 km but <150km 17
≥ 150km but <200 km 18
≥200 km but < 250 km 19
≥250 km 20
196
(ii) In Feasibility of 2/4/6 laning works or DPR/IC/Construction Supervision of major highway projects 10
i.e. 2/4/6 laning of NH/SH/Expressways in Similar Capacity- Number of Projects
< 2 projects 0
2 projects 6
3 projects 7
4 projects 8
5 projects 9
> 5 projects 10
III Employment with Firm 5
< 1 Year 0
1 year 3
Add 0.5 marks for each subsequent year
subject to maximum of 2 marks
Total 100
197
2.4.2 SENIOR BRIDGE ENGINEER CUM MATERIAL CUM GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER- GEOLOGIST
S. Description Max.
No. Points
Degree in Civil Engineering or equivalent [AICTE Approved]
i) 20
Degree in Civil Engineering /M. Sc. in Geology [AICTE Approved]
ii) Post Graduation in Structural Engineering/ Foundation Engineering/Hydraulics [AICTE 5
Approved]
Post graduation in Foundation Engineering / Soil Mechanics / Geo Tech Engineering or
Phd in Geology [AICTE Approved]
<8 years 0
≥12but <14 years 13
≥ 16 years 15
b) Experience in Bridge / Highway Projects 25
(i) Experience in project preparation and design of bridge / Highway projects 20

< 6 years 0
≥ 14 years 20
(ii) Experience of 2/4 lane configuration bridges / Highway 5
<2 Projects 0
2 projects 3
3 projects 3.5
4 4 projects 4.0
5 projects 4.5
> 5 projects 5
c) Experience as Senior Bridge Engineer or Similar Capacity in Highway DesignConsultancy Projects (2/4/ 30
laning of NH/SH/Expressways) involving designof Major Bridges ( minimum 2 nos. of length more tha
200m)
Experience as Material cum Geo-technical Engineer or in Similar capacity on Highway Projects (2/4/6
laning of NH/SH/Expressways) (Minimum aggregate length 80 km)
<2 numbers 0
3 numbers 18
4 numbers 21
5 numbers 24
6 numbers 27
> 6 numbers 30
198
Less than 1 Year 0
1 year 3
Add 0.5 marks for each subsequent year subject tomaximum of 2 marks
Total 100
199
2.4.3 Senior Survey Engineer Cum Traffic and Safety Expert
S. Description Max.
No. Points
i) Degree in Civil Engineering [AICTE Approved] 20
ii) Post graduation in Traffic Engineering /Transportation Engineering / Transportation Planning 5
[AICTE Approved]
<6 years 0
≥10 but < 12 years 13
≥ 14 years 15
b) Experience in Highway Projects – Experience on Similar Projects (2/4/6laning of NH/SH/ 20
Expressways)
<5 years 0
≥9 but < 11 years 17
≥ 13 years 20
c) Experience as Traffic and Safety Expert / Traffic Engineer or in Similar Capacity in Highway 25
Projects (2/4/6 laning of NH/SH/Expressways) (Minimum aggregate length 80 km)
<80km 0
≥80 km but <100km 17
≥100km but <150km 19
≥ 150km but <200 km 21
≥200 km but < 250 km 23
≥250km 25
d) 15 days’ certification course on Road Safety Audit from IAHE/IITs/NITs/CRRI 10
No 0
Yes 10
Less than 1 Year 0
1 year 3
Add 0.5 marks for each subsequent year subject to maximum of 2 marks
Total 100
200
2.4.4 ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIALIST
S. No. Description Max.

Points
i) Degree in Civil Engineering / Environmental Engineering or Post Graduate in Environmental 20
Sciences[AICTE Approved]
ii) Post-Graduation in Environmental Engineering [AICTE Approved] 5
<6 years 0
6-8 years 11
>8-10 years 13
>10 years 15
b) Experience in Highway Projects- Experience in Environment impact assessment of Highway Projects 25
(2/4/6 laning of NH/SH/Expressways)
<5 years 0
5 -7 years 19
>7-10 years 22
>10 years 25
c) Experience as Environmental Specialist or in Similar Capacity in Highway Projects (2/4/6 laning of 30
NH/SH/Expressways)
<2 projects 0
2- 4 projects 24
5-7 projects 27
>7 projects 30
Less than 1 Year 0
1 year 3
Total 100
206
2.4.5 QUANTITY SURVEYOR / Documentation Expert

Points
i) Graduation or equivalent in Civil Engineering / Certificate course from ‘Institution of Quantity 20
Surveying’[AICTE Approved]
ii) Graduation Approved] or equivalent in Civil Engineering [AICTE 5

<8 years 0
8-10 years 11
>10-13 years 13
>13 years 15
b) Experience in Highway Projects- Experience in preparation of Bill of Quantities, Contract 25
documents and documentation for major highway projects (2/4/6 laning of NH/SH/Expressways)
<6 years 0
6 -8 years 19
>8-10 years 22
>10 years 25
c) Experience as Quantity Surveyor / Documentation Expert or in Similar Capacity in Highway 30
Projects (2/4/6 laning of NH/SH/Expressways) (Minimum Aggregate length of 80km)
<80km 0
80km-150km 24
>150km – 250km 27
>250km 30
Less than 1 Year 0
1 year 3
Add 0.5 marks for each subsequent year subject to maximum of
2 marks
Total 100
207
2.4.6 LAND ACQUISITION / FOREST / UTILITY EXPERT
S. Description Max. Points

No.
i) Graduation or equivalent 20
ii) Post Graduation 5
<15 years 0
15-17 years 11
>17-20 years 13
>20 years 15
b) Experience in Land Acquisition works of Government/Authority 20
<10 years 0
10 -12 years 15
>12-15 years 17
>15 years 20
c) Experience in Land Acquisition works in Highway/road sector 25
Nil project 0
1 project 19
2 projects 22
3 projects 25
d) Retired Revenue officer at the level of ADM/SDM / Tehsildar 10
Less than 1 Year 0
1 year 3
Add 0.5 marks for each subsequent year subject to
maximum of 2 marks
Total 100
208
2.4.7 TEAM LEADER cum BRIDGE ENGINEER

Points
i) Degree in Civil Engineering or equivalent [AICTE Approved] 20
ii) Post Graduation in Structural Engineering, Degree/Diploma/Certificate in Construction Management 5

<12 years 0
≥16 but < 18 years 13
≥ 20 years 15
(b) Experience in Bridge Project - Experience in major Bridge Construction /Development Project 25
< 8 years 0
≥12 but < 14 years 21
≥ 16 years 25
(i) As Team Leader/Project Manager or similar capacity of at least Two projects in Construction 20
Supervision / IC involving 4 laning/6-laning/ Expressway of minimum 50km length and atleast two major
bridge of a length 500 mtr. (Excluding approaches).
< 80km 0
≥80 km but <100km 15
≥100km but <150km 17
≥ 150km but <200 km 18
≥200 km but < 250 km 19
≥250 km 20
(ii) In Feasibility of 2/4/6 laning works or DPR/IC/Construction Supervisionof major highway projects i.e. 10
2/4/6 laning of NH/SH/Expressways in Similar Capacity- Number of Projects
< 2 projects 0
2 projects 6
3 projects 7
204
2.4.11 TEAM LEADER cum BRIDGE ENGINEER
4 projects 8
5 projects 9
5 projects 10
< 1 Year 0
1 year 3
Total 100
205
2.4.12 Bridge Structural Engineer
S. Description Max.
No. Points
i) Degree in Civil Engineering or equivalent[AICTE Approved] 20
ii) Post Graduation in Structural Engineering/ Bridge Engineering[AICTE Approved] 5

<8 years 0
≥12 but < 14 years 13
≥ 16 years 15
b) Experience in Bridge Projects 25
(i) Experience in project preparation and design of bridge projects 25
<5 years 0
≥ 13 years 25
c) Experience as Senior Bridge Engineer or Similar Capacity in Highway Design 30
Consultancy Projects (2/4/6 laning of NH/SH/Expresswaysinvolving design of Major Bridges (
minimum 2 nos. of length more than200m)
<2 numbers 0
2 projects 18
3 projects 21
4 projects 24
5 projects 27
>5 projects 30
Less than 1 Year 0
1 year 3
206
2.4.8 Bridge Structural Engineer
Total 100
207
Points
i)Degree in Civil Engineering/Tunnel Engineering / Mining Engineering 20
ii)Post Graduation in Civil Engineering /Tunnel Engineering/Mining Engineering 5
a)Total Professional Experience 10
<10 years 0
≥ 18 years 10
(b) Experience in Tunnel Projects 40
(i) Professional experience in handling major tunnel projects (Road/Rail/Metro) 8
<8 years 0
≥8 but <9 years 4
≥ 12 years 8
(ii) Experience in major tunnel construction/construction supervision projects(Road/Rail/Metro)
8
<8 years 0
≥8 but <9 years 4
≥ 12 years 8
(iii)Experience in preparation of DPR or Feasibility report of major tunnel projects(Road/Rail/Metro)
8
<8 years 0
≥8 but <9 years 4
≥ 12 years 8
(iv) Experience in DPR preparation of minimum 5 km Tunnel length 8
208
< 3 projects 0
3 projects 5
4 projects 6
5 projects 7
>5 projects 8
Experience in construction/construction supervision/ preparation ofDPR/feasibility report 8
(d) of major tunnel projects (Road/Rail/metro) using NATM
<8 years 0
≥8 but <9 years 4
≥ 12 years 8
(i) Experience as Team Leader or similar capacity in major tunnel 7

construction/construction supervision projects (Road/Rail/Metro)
2 projects 5
3 projects 5
4 projects 6
>4 projects 7
(ii) Experience as Team Leader or similar capacity in preparation of DPR orFeasibility report of
major tunnel projects (Road/Rail/Metro) 8
2 projects 4
3 projects 5
4 projects 6
5 projects 7
>5 projects 8
Less than 1 Year 0
1-2 years 7.5
Add 0.5 marks for each subsequent yearsubject to
maximum of 2.5 marks
Total 100
209
2.4.14 Tunnel Design Expert
Sr. No. Description Max.

Points
i) Degree in Civil/ Mining Engineering 20
ii) Post Graduation in Design/Structural Engineering or equivalent 5
<10 years 0
≥ 18 years 10
b) Experience in Tunnel Projects 24
(i) Professional Experience in handling major tunnel projects(Road/Rail/Metro) 8
<8 years 0
≥8 but <9 years 4
≥ 12 years 8
(ii) Experience of major tunnel construction/construction supervisionprojects (Road/Rail/Metro) 8
<8 years 0
≥8 but <9 years 4
≥ 12 years 8
(iii) Experience in preparation of DPR or Feasibility report of major tunnelprojects 8
(Road/Rail/Metro)
<8 years 0
≥8 but <9 years 4
210
≥ 12 years 8
(i) Professional Experience as Tunnel Design Engineer (Structural) 8
<5 years 0
≥5 but <6 years 4
≥6 but <7 years 5
≥8 but <9 years 7
≥ 9 years 8
(ii) Experience as Tunnel Design Engineer (Structural) of major tunnel construction/construction

supervision projects (Road/Rail/Metro) 8
<5 years 0
≥5 but <7 years 4
≥7 but <9 years 5
≥ 13 years 8
(iii) Experience as Tunnel Design Engineer (Structural) of major tunnel for preparation of DPR 8
projects (Road/Rail/Metro)
<5 years 0
≥5 but <7 years 4
≥7 but <9 years 5
≥ 13 years 8
(iv)Experience as Tunnel Design Engineer (Structural) in preparation of DPR/ Feasibility report 7
of major tunnel projects (Road/Rail/Metro) using NATM
< 3 projects 0
3 projects 4
4projects 5
5 projects 6
>5 projects 7
Less than 1 Year 0
1-2 years 7.5
211
Add 0.5 marks for each subsequent year subject to maximum of 2.5 marks
Total 100
212
2.4.15 Geotechnical Engineer

Points
i) Degree in Civil Engineering/Mining Engineering / Engineering Geology 20
Post Graduation in Geotechnical Engineering /Foundation Engineering/Rock Mechanics/Geo
ii) science or equivalent 5
<10 years 0
≥ 18 years 10
(b) Experience in Tunnel Projects 24
(i) Professional experience in handling major tunnel projects(Road/Rail/Metro)
8
<8 years 0
≥ 16 years 8
(ii) Experience in major tunnel construction/construction supervision projects 8
(Road/Rail/Metro)
<8 years 0
≥ 16 years 8
(iii)Experience in preparation of DPR or Feasibility report of major tunnel projects
(Road/Rail/Metro) 8
<8 years 0
213
≥ 16 years 8
(i) Professional Experience as Tunnel Design Engineer (Structural) 8
<5 years 0
≥5 but <7 years 4
≥7 but <9 years 5
≥ 13 years 8
(ii) Experience as Senior Geotechnical Engineer or similar capacity in major tunnel 8
construction/construction supervision projects (Road/Rail/Metro)
<5 years 0
≥5 but <7 years 4
≥7 but <9 years 5
≥ 13 years 8
(iii) Experience as Senior Geotechnical Engineer or similar capacity in preparation of DPR or
Feasibility report of major tunnel projects (Road/Rail/Metro)
8
<5 years 0
≥5 but <7 years 4
≥7 but <9 years 5
≥ 13 years 8
(iv) Experience in construction/construction supervision/ preparation of DPR/feasibility report 7
of major tunnel projects (Road/Rail/metro) using NATM
<5 years 0
≥5 but <7 years 3
≥7 but <9 years 4
≥ 13 years 7
Less than 1 Year 0
214
1-2 years 7.5
Add 0.5 marks for each subsequent year subject to maximum of 2.5 marks
Total 100
215
2.4.16 Geophysicist
Sr. Description Max.

No. Points
i) Graduate in Geophysics/Geo science/ Earth science or equivalent 20
ii) Post Graduation in Geophysics/Geo science/ Earth Science or equivalent 5
<10 years 0
≥14 but < 16 years 11
≥ 18 years 15
b) Experience in Relevant works 50
(i) Professional Experience in handling tunnel/ mineral and oil explorationprojects 12
<8 years 0
≥12 but < 14 years 10
≥ 16 years 12
(ii) Experience of carrying out AEM survey for tunneling/ mineral and oilexploration or any other similar 12
work for area of more than 2.7 sq km
< 2 projects 0
2 projects 8
3 projects 9
4 projects 10
5 projects 11
>5 projects 12
(iii) Processing, Interpreting, generating 3D resistivity model of AEM survey’s raw data for tunneling/ 12
mineral and oil exploration or any other similar work for area of more than 2.7 sq km
< 2 projects 0
2 projects 8
3 projects 9
4 projects 10
216
5 projects 11
>5 projects 12
(iv) Experience in carrying out AEM survey, processing, interpreting, generating 3D resistivity of 14
AEM survey’s raw data for major tunnel work(Rail/Road/Metro)
< 3 projects 0
3 projects 8
4 projects 9
5 projects 10
6 projects 12
>6 projects 14
II Employment with Firm 10
Less than 1 Year 0
1-2 years 7.5
Add 0.5 marks for each subsequent yearsubject to maximum
of 2.5 marks
Total 100
Assumptions to be made regarding Similar Capacity for various positions.
217
Assumptions to be made regarding Similar Capacity for various
positions
1. Team Leader cum Senior Highway Engineer
i) On behalf of Consultant / Contractor: Team Leader/Senior Highway
Engineer.
ii) In Government Organizations: Superintending Engineer (or
equivalent) and above
2. Senior Bridge Engineer
i) On behalf of Consultant: Senior Bridge Engineer/Bridge
Engineer/ Bridge Design
Engineer
ii) In Government Organizations: Executive Engineer (or equivalent)
and above
3. Highway cum Pavement Engineer
i) On behalf of Consultant: Highway Engineer/Highway Design
Engineer/Pavement Engineer.
ii) In Government Organizations: Executive Engineer (or equivalent)
and above
4. Material Engineer cum Geo Technical Engineer- Geologist
i) On behalf of Consultant: Material Engineer/Material
Expert/Geo Technical
Engineer
ii) In Government Organizations: Executive Engineer (or equivalent) and

above
Material Engineer/Material
Expert/Geo Technical
Engineer/Manager (Material)
218
5. Traffic and Safety Expert
i) On behalf of Consultant: Traffic

Engineer/Transportation
Engineer/Road Safety Expert
ii) In Government Organizations: Executive Engineer (or equivalent) and above
iii) On behalf of Contractor: Traffic Engineer/Transportation
Engineer/ Road Safety Expert
6. Senior Survey Engineer
i) On behalf of Consultant: Senior Survey Engineer/ Survey
Engineer/ Senior Surveyor
ii) In Government Organizations: Surveyor/Engineer (or

equivalent)
iii) On behalf of Contractor: Senior Survey Engineer/Survey
Engineer/ Senior Surveyor
7. Environmental Specialist
i) On behalf of Consultant /Contractor: Environmental Engineer/
Environmental Specialist/
Environmental Expert
ii) In Government Organization: Officers who has dealt
environment/forest matter.
8. Quantity Surveyor/Documentation Expert
i) On behalf of Consultant /Contractor: Quantity Surveyor
(ii) In Government Organizations: Assistant Engineer (or equivalent)
9. Land Acquisition Expert
i) On behalf of Consultant /Contractor: Land Acquisition

Expert
(ii) In Government Organizations:ADM, SDM, Tehsildar,
10. UTILITY Expert
i) On behalf of Consultant /Contractor: Utility Expert
219
(ii) In Government Organizations: Executive Engineer (or equivalent) and above.
11. Team Leader cum Senior Tunnel Expert
i) On behalf of the Consultant/Contractor: Team Leader/Senior Highway Engineer.
ii) In Government Organizations: Superintending Engineer (or equivalent)

and above
12. Tunnel Design Engineer
i) On behalf of the Consultant/Contractor: Tunnel Design Engineer
ii) In Government Organizations: -----------
13. Senior E&M Expert
i) On behalf of the Consultant/Contractor: Senior E&M Expert (Tunnels)
ii) In Government Organizations: ------------
14. Senior Geologist:
i) On behalf of the Consultant/Contractor: Geologist
ii) In Government Organizations: Geologist
15. Material Engineer
i) On behalf of the Consultant/Contractor: Material Engineer/ Material Expert
ii) In Government Organizations: Executive Engineer (or equivalent) and

above
Consultant has to assess the major utility shifting involved and propose the CV accordingly.
Note: While carrying out evaluation of key personnel, the experience in similar capacity is
alsoa criteria of evaluation and assumptions to be made regarding similar capacity have
been mentioned above. However, if a key personnel has worked in next lower category to
the similar capacity, the marks allotted to key personnel in the category ‘experience in
similar capacity’ shall be reduced to two thirds of marks in this category. This shall be
applicable for evaluation of all key personnel.
220
APPENDIX-VI
DRAFT CONTRACT AGREEMENT
Between
CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai

Phone : 022-27574303
And
M/s ………………………………….….. in JV with M/s ……………….……………. And in

Association with M/s ……………………………..
For
Consultancy Services for preparation of Detailed Project Report for

Consultancy Services for DPR Preparation for widening of Ajanta Ghat to
4L+PS of NH-753F configuration in the state of Maharashtra
(From km to km of NH in the State of … )
221
CONTENTS
Sl. No. Description Page No. I.
CONTRACT FORCONSULTANT’S SERVICES
II GENERAL CONDITIONS OF
CONTRACT
1. General Provisions
1.1 Definitions
1.2 Relation between the Parties
1.3 Law Governing the Contract
1.4 Language
1.5 Headings
1.6 Notices
1.7 Location
1.8 Authority of Member in Charge
1.9 Authorized Representatives
1.10 Taxes and Duties
2. Commencement, Completion, Modification and Termination of Contract
2.1 Effectiveness of Contract
2.2 Termination of Contract for Failure to Become Effective
2.3 Commencement of Services
2.4 Expiration of Contract
2.5 Entire Agreement
2.6 Modification
2.7 Force Majeure
222
2.7.1 Definition
2.7.2 No Breach of Contract
2.7.3 Measures to be Taken
2.7.4 Extension of Time
2.7.5 Payments
2.7.6 Consultation
Suspension
2.8 Suspension
2.9 Termination
2.9.1 By the Client

2.9.2 By the Consultants
2.9.3 Cessation of Rights and Obligations
2.9.4 Cessation of Services
2.9.5 Payment upon Termination
2.9.6 Disputes about Events of Termination
3. Obligations of the Consultants
3.1 General
3.1.1 Standard of Performance
3.1.2 Law Governing Services3.2 Conflict of Interests
3.2.1 Consultants not to Benefit from Commissions, discounts etc.
3.2.2 Consultants and Affiliates not to be otherwise interested in Project
3.2.3 Prohibition of Conflicting Activities
3.3 Confidentiality
3.4 Liability of the Consultants
3.5 Insurance to be taken out by the Consultants
3.6 Accounting, Inspection and Auditing
3.7 Consultants’ Actions requiring Client’s prior Approval
3.8 Reporting Obligations
3.9 Documents prepared by the Consultants to be the Property of the Client
3.10 Equipment and Materials furnished by the Client
223
4. Consultants’ Personnel
4.1 General
4.2 Description of Personnel
4.3 Approval of Personnel
4.4 Working Hours, Overtime, Leave etc.
4.5 Removal and/or Replacement of Personnel
4.6 Resident Project Manager
5. Obligations of the Client
5.1 Assistance and Exemptions
5.2 Access to Land
5.3 Change in the Applicable Law
5.4 Services, Facilities and Property of the Client
5.5 Payment
6. Payment to the Consultants
6.1 Cost Estimates; Ceiling Amount
6.2 Currency of Payment
6.3 Mode of Billing and Payment
7. Responsibility for accuracy of the project document
7.1 General
7.2 Retention money
7.3 Penalty
7.4 Action for deficiency in services
8. Fairness and Good Faith
8.1 Good Faith
8.2 Operation of the Contract
9. SETTLEMENT OF DISPUTES
9.1 Amicable Settlement
9.2 Dispute Settlement
224
I. SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
II. APPENDICES
Appendix A: Terms of reference containing, inter-alia, the Description of the

Services and Reporting Requirements
Appendix B: Consultants’ Sub consultants, Key Personnel and Sub Professional

Personnel, Task assignment, work programme, manning schedule,
qualification requirements of key personnel, schedule for submission
of various report.
Appendix C: Hours of work for Consultants’
Personnel Appendix D: Duties of the Client
Appendix E: Cost Estimate
Appendix F: Copy of letter of invitation
Appendix G: Copy of letter of acceptance
Appendix H(1): Format for Bank Guarantee for Performance Security for
individual work
Appendix H(2): Format for Bank Guarantee for Performance Security for a
number of works
Appendix I: Minutes of the Pre-bid meeting
225
DRAFT CONTRACT FOR CONSULTANT’S SERVICES
226
CONTRACT FOR CONSULTANTS’ SERVICES
Consultancy Services for Consultancy Services for DPR Preparation for widening of Ajanta
Ghat to 4L+PS of NH-753F configuration in the state of Maharashtra
(From km to km Of NH in the State of ….)
This CONTRACT (hereinafter called the “Contract”) is made on the ------ day of the month of
-----------------2018, between, on the one hand, (CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai), New Delhi
(hereinafter called the “Client”) and,
on the other hand, M/s ------------------------------------------ in JV with ----------------------------------

and in Association with .................................... (hereinafter called the “Consultants”).
WHEREAS
(A) the Client has requested the Consultants to provide certain consulting services
as defined in the General Conditions attached to this Contract (hereinafter called
the “Services”);
(B) the Consultants, having represented to the Client that they have the required
professional skills, personnel and technical resources, have agreed to provide
the Services on the terms and conditions set forth in this Contract;
NOW THEREFORE the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
1 The following documents attached hereto shall be deemed to form an integral

part of this Contract:
(a) The General Conditions of Contract (hereinafter called “GC”);
(b) The Special Conditions of contract (hereinafter called “SC”);
(c) The following Appendices:
Appendix A: Terms of reference containing, inter-alia, the Description of the Services

and Reporting Requirements
Appendix B: Consultants’ Sub consultants, Key Personnel and Sub Professional Personnel,
Task assignment, work programme, manning schedule, qualification
requirements of key personnel, and schedule for submission of various
report.
Appendix C: Hours of work for Consultants’ Personnel
Appendix D: Duties of the Client
Appendix E: Cost Estimate
Appendix F: Copy of letter of
invitation Appendix G: Copy of letter of
acceptance
227
Appendix H: Copy of Bank Guarantee for Performance
Security Appendix-I: Minutes of the pre-bid meeting
228
1. The mutual rights and obligations of the Client and the Consultants shall be as set
for thin the Contract; in particular:
(a) The Consultants shall carry out the Services in accordance with the provisions
of the Contract; and
(b) Client shall make payments to the Consultants in accordance with the
provisions of the Contract.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have caused this Contract to be signed in
their respective names as of the day and year first above written.
FOR AND ON BEHALF OF Witness
(CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai)
1. Signature Name
Address
By
Authorized Representative 2. Signature
Name Address
FOR AND ON BEHALF OF Witness
(Consultant)
1. Signature
Name
Address
By
Authorized Representative 2.
Signature Name
Address
229
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
1. GENERAL PROVISIONS
1.1 Definitions
Unless the context otherwise requires, the following terms whenever used in
this Contract have the following meanings:
(a) “Applicable Law means the laws and any other instruments having the force
of law in the Government’s country as they may be issued and in force
from time to time;
(b) “Contract” means the Contract signed by the Parties, to which these
General Conditions of Contract are attached, together with all the
documents listed in Clause 1 of such signed Contract;
(c) “Effective Date” means the date on which this Contract comes into force
and effect pursuant to Clause GC 2.1;
(d) “foreign currency” means any currency other than the currency of the
Government;
(e) “GC” means these General Conditions of Contract;
(f) “Government” means the Government of India;
(g) “local currency” means the currency of the Government;
(h) “Member”, in case the Consultants consist of a joint venture or consortium

of more than one entity, means any of these entities, and “Members”
means all of these entities;
(i) “Personnel” means persons hired by the Consultants or by any Sub

consultant as employees and assigned to the performance of the Services
or any part thereof; “foreign Personnel” means such persons who at the
time of being so hired had their domicile outside India; and “local
Personnel” means such persons who at the time of being so hired had their
domicile inside India;
(j) “Party” means the Client or the Consultants, as the case may be, and
Parties means both of them;
(k) “Services” means the work to be performed by the Consultants pursuant to

this Contract for the purposes of the Project, as described in Appendix A
hereto;
(l) “SC” means the Special Conditions of Contract by which these General
Conditions of Contract may be amended or supplemented;
(m) “Sub consultant” means any entity to which the Consultants subcontract
any part of the Services in accordance with the provisions of Clause GC
3.7; and
(n) “Third Party” means any person or entity other than the Government, the
Client, the Consultants or a Sub consultant.
236
1.2 Relation between the Parties
Nothing contained herein shall be construed as establishing a relation of master

and servant or of agent and principal as between the Client and the Consultants.
The Consultants, subject to this Contract, have complete charge of Personnel
performing the Services and shall be fully responsible for the Services performed
by them or on their behalf hereunder.
1.3 Governing Law and Jurisdiction
This Contract, its meaning and interpretation, and the relation between the
Parties shall be governed by the Applicable Laws of India and the Courts at
. ..................................................................................... shall
have exclusive jurisdiction over matters arising out of or relating to this
Agreement.
1.4 Language
This Contract has been executed in the language specified in the SC, which shall
be the binding and controlling language for all matters relating to the meaning
or interpretation of this Contract.
1.5 Table of Contents and Headings
The table of contents, headings or sub-headings in this agreement are for

convenience for reference only and shall not be used in, and shall not limit, alter
or affect the construction and interpretation of this Contract.
1.6 Notices
1.6.1 Any notice, request or consent required or permitted to be given or made pursuant
to this Contract shall be in writing. Any such notice, request or consent shall be
deemed to have been given or made when delivered in person to an authorized
representative of the Party to whom the communication is addressed, or when sent
by registered mail, facsimile or e- mail to such Party at the address specified in
the SC.
1.6.2 Notice will be deemed to be effective as specified in the SC.
1.6.3 A party may change its address for notice hereunder by giving the other Party
notice of such change pursuant to the provisions listed in the SC with respect to
Clause GC 1.6.2.
1.7 Location
The Services shall be performed at such locations as are specified in Letter of

Acceptance (Appendix-G) hereto and, where the location of a particular task is
not so specified, at such locations, whether in India or elsewhere, as the Client may
approve.
1.8 Authority of Member in Charge
In case the Consultants consist of a joint venture of more than one entity, with
or without an Associate the Members hereby authorize the entity specified in
the SC to act on their behalf in exercising all the Consultants’ rights and obligations
237
towards the Client under this Contract, including without limitation the receiving
of instructions and payments from the Client.
1.9 Authorized Representatives
Any action required or permitted to be taken, and any document required or

permitted to be executed, under this Contract by the Client or the Consultants
may be taken or executed by the officials specified in the SC.
1.10 Taxes and Duties
Unless otherwise specified in the SC, the Consultants shall pay all such taxes, duties,
fees and other impositions as may be levied under the Applicable Law.
2. COMMENCEMENT, COMPLETION, MODIFICATION AND TERMINATION OF

CONTRACT
2.1 Effectiveness of Contract
This Contract shall come into force and effect on the date of the Client’s notice
to the Consultants instructing the Consultants to begin carrying out the Services.
This notice shall confirm that the effectiveness conditions, if any, listed in the SC
have been met.
2.2 Termination of Contract for Failure to Become Effective
If this Contract has not become effective within such time period after the date
of the Contract signed by the Parties as shall be specified in the SC, either Party
may, by not less than four (4) weeks’ written notice to the other Party, declare
this Contract to be null and void, and in the event of such a declaration by either
Party, neither Party shall have any claim against the other Party with respect
hereto.
2.3 Commencement of Services
The Consultants shall begin carrying out the Services at the end of such time
period after the Effective Date as shall be specified in the SC.
2.4 Expiration of Contract
Unless terminated earlier pursuant to Clause GC 2.9 hereof, this Contract shall
expire when services have been completed and all payments have been made at
the end of such time period after the Effective Date as shall be specified in the
SC. The Contract shall be treated as closed under following circumstances except
for projects spanning across 2 or more states or passing with wildlife sanctuary or
protected areas:
In case final DPR and 3D has been submitted and no further action is taken by the
Client, the DPR shall be considered as completed after 3 year or submission of both
final DPR and 3D notification, whichever is earlier.
One year after scheduled completion period when delay is not attributable to the
Consultant.
2.4.1 In case the contract has expired in pursuance to Clause 2.4 of GC and later the Client
desires to get the DPR completed with/without modification of original scope and the
Consultant agrees to the same, the Client and the Consultant will sign a supplementary
agreement to get the DPR completed. The original financial proposal of the consultant
shall form the basis for payment of balance/additional services duly enhanced by indexing
238
to WPI (all commodities). The key personnel deployment will also be firmed up in
supplementary agreement keeping in view the key personnel proposed by the Consultant
in its original proposal.
2.5 Entire Agreement
This Contract contains all covenants, stipulations and provisions agreed by the
Parties. No agent or representative of either Party has authority to make, and the
Parties shall not be bound by or be liable for, any statement, representation,
promise or agreement not set forth herein.
2.6 Modification
Modification of the terms and conditions of this Contract, including any modification
of the scope of the Services, may only be made by written agreement between the
Parties. Pursuant to Clause GC 8.2 hereof, however, each party shall give due
consideration to any proposals for modification made by the other Party.
2.7 Force Majeure
2.7.1 Definition
(a) For the purposes of this Contract, “Force Majeure” means an event which
is beyond the reasonable control of a Party, and which makes a Party’s
performance of its obligations hereunder impossible or so impractical as
reasonably to be considered impossible in the circumstances, and
includes, but is not limited to, war, riots, civil disorder, earthquake,
fire, explosion, storm, flood or other adverse weather conditions,
strikes, lockouts or other industrial action (except where such strikes,
lockouts or other industrial action are within the power of the Party
invoking Force Majeure to prevent), confiscation or any other action by
government agencies.
(b) Force Majeure shall not include (i) any event which is caused by the
negligence or intentional action of a Party or such Party’s Sub consultants
or agents or employees, nor (ii) any event which a diligent Party could
reasonably have been expected to both (A) take into account at the time of
the conclusion of this Contract and (B) avoid or overcome in the carrying
out of its obligations hereunder.
(c) Force Majeure shall not include insufficiency of funds or failure to make
any payment required hereunder.
2.7.2 No Breach of Contract
The failure of a Party to fulfill any of its obligations hereunder shall not be
considered to be a breach of, or default under, this Contract insofar as such inability
arises from an event of Force Majuere, provided that the Party affected by such an
event has taken all reasonable precautions, due care and reasonable alternative
measures, all with the objective of carrying out the terms and conditions of this
Contract.
2.7.3 Measures to be Taken
(a) A party affected by an event of Force Majeure shall take all reasonable
measures to remove such Party’s inability to fulfill its obligations
239
hereunder with a minimum of delay.
(b) A party affected by an event of Force Majuere shall notify the other
Party of such event as soon as possible, and in any event not later than
fourteen (14) days following the occurrence of such event, providing
evidence of the nature and cause of such event, and shall similarly give
notice of the restoration of normal conditions as soon as possible.
(c) The Parties shall take all reasonable measures to minimize the
consequences of any event of Force Majeure.
2.7.4 Extension of Time
Any period within which a Party shall, pursuant to this Contract, complete any
action or task, shall be extended for a period equal to the time during which such
Party was unable to perform such action as a result of Force Majeure.
2.7.5 Payments
During the period of their inability to perform the Services as a result of an event
of Force Majeure, the Consultants shall be entitled to be reimbursed for
additional costs reasonably and necessarily incurred by them during such period
for the purposes of the Services and in reactivating the Services after the end of
such period.
2.7.6 Consultation
Not later than thirty (30) days after the Consultants, as the result of an event of
Force Majeure, have become unable to perform a material portion of the Services,
the Parties shall consult with each other with a view to agreeing on appropriate
measures to be taken in the circumstances.
2.8 Suspension
The Client may, by written notice of suspension to the Consultants, suspend all
payments to the Consultants hereunder if the Consultants fail to perform any of
their obligations under this Contract, including the carrying out of the Services,
provided that such notice of suspension (i) shall specify the nature of the failure,
and (ii) shall request the Consultants to remedy such failure within a period not
exceeding thirty
(30) days after receipt by the Consultants of such notice of suspension.
2.9 Termination
2.9.1 By the Client
The Client may, by not less than thirty (30) days’ written notice of termination
to the Consultants (except in the event listed in paragraph (f) below, for which
there shall be a written notice of not less than sixty (60) days), such notice to be
given after the occurrence of any of the events specified in paragraphs (a)
through (f) of this Clause 2.9.1, terminate this Contract:
(a) if the Consultants fail to remedy a failure in the performance of their

obligations are under, as specified in a notice of suspension pursuant to
Clause
2.8 hereinabove, within thirty (30) days of receipt of such notice of
240
suspension or within such further period as the Client may have
subsequently approved in writing;
(b) if the Consultants become (or, if the Consultants consist of more than
one entity, if any of their Members becomes) insolvent or bankrupt or
enter into any agreements with their creditors for relief of debt or take
advantage of any law for the benefit of debtors or go into liquidation or
receivership whether compulsory or voluntary;
(c) if the Consultants fail to comply with any final decision reached as a
result of arbitration proceedings pursuant to Clause 8 hereof;
(d) if the Consultants submit to the Client a statement which has a material
effect on the rights, obligations or interests of the Client and which the
Consultants know to be false;
(e) if, as the result of Force Majeure, the Consultants are unable to perform
a material portion of the Services for a period of not less than sixty (60)
days; or
(f) if the Client, in its sole discretion and for any reason whatsoever,
decides to terminate this Contract.
2.9.2 By the Consultants
The Consultants may, by not less than thirty (30) day’s written notice to the Client,
such notice to be given after the occurrence of any of the events specified in
paragraphs (a) through (d) of this Clause 2.9.2, terminate this Contract:
(a) if the Client fails to pay any money due to the Consultants pursuant to
this contract and not subject to dispute pursuant to Clause 8 hereof
within forty- five(45) days after receiving written notice from the
Consultants that such payment is overdue;
(b) if the Client is in material breach of its obligations pursuant to this

Contract and has not remedied the same within forty-five (45) days (or
such longer period as the Consultants may have subsequently approved
in writing) following the receipt by the Client of the Consultants’ notice
specifying such breach;
(c) if, as the result of Force Majeure, the Consultant are unable to perform
a material portion of the Services for a period of not less than sixty (60)
days; or
(d) if the Client fails to comply with any final decision reached as a result
of arbitration pursuant to Clause 8 hereof.
2.9.3 Cessation of Rights and Obligations
Upon termination of this Contract pursuant to Clauses 2.2 or 2.9 hereof, or upon
expiration of this Contract pursuant to Clause 2.4 hereof, all rights and
obligations of the Parties hereunder shall cease, except (i) such rights and
obligations as may have accrued on the date of termination or expiration, (ii) the
obligation of confidentiality set forth in Clause 3.3 hereof, (iii) the Consultant’s
obligation to permit inspection, copying and auditing of their accounts and
records set forth in Clause 3.6 (ii) hereof, and (iv) any right which a Party may
have under the Applicable Law.
241
2.9.4 Cessation of Services
Upon termination of this Contract by notice of either Party to the other pursuant
to Clauses 2.9.1 or 2.9.2 hereof, the Consultants shall, immediately upon
dispatch or receipt of such notice, take all necessary steps to bring the Services
to a close in a prompt and orderly manner and shall make every reasonable
effort to keep expenditures for this purpose to a minimum. With respect to
documents prepared by the Consultants and equipment and materials furnished
by the Client, the Consultants shall proceed as provided, respectively, by Clauses
3.9 or 3.10 hereof.
2.9.5 Payment upon Termination
Upon termination of this Contract pursuant to Clauses 2.9.1 or 2.9.2 hereof, the
Client shall make the following payments to the Consultants (after offsetting
against these payments any amount that may be due from the Consultant to the
Client):
(i) remuneration pursuant to Clause 6 hereof for Services satisfactorily

performed prior to the effective date of termination.
(ii) reimbursable expenditures pursuant to Clause 6 hereof for expenditures
actually incurred prior to the effective date of termination; and
(iii) except in the case of termination pursuant to paragraphs (a) through (d)
of Clause 2.9.1 hereof, reimbursement of any reasonable cost incident
to the prompt and orderly termination of the Contract including the cost
of the return travel of the Consultants’ personnel and their eligible
dependents.
2.9.6 Disputes about Events of Termination
If either Party disputes whether an event specified in paragraphs (a) through (e)
of Clause 2.9.1 or in Clause 2.9.2 hereof has occurred, such Party may, within
forty-five
(45) days after receipt of notice of termination from the other Party, refer the
matter to arbitration pursuant to Clause 8 hereof, and this Contract shall not be
terminated on account of such event except in accordance with the terms of any
resulting arbitral award.
2.9.7
2.9.7.1 Without prejudice to any provision of this Agreement, the Client and
Consultant may foreclose this Agreement by mutual consent in circumstances
which does not constitute either party’s default without any liability or
consequential future liability for either party except as mentioned in this
Clause.
2.9.7.2 Should a Party intend to foreclose this Agreement by mutual consent,

the intending Party shall issue a notice to the other Party and upon issuance of
such notice, the other Party may within 15 days from receipt of such notice
either agree to such foreclosure or raise objection(s) to the same by intimating
either of the two possible positions to the intending Party in writing. In case the
contract is foreclosed on mutual consent, payment upto the completed stage
will be paid as per CI 6.3 (b) of GC and remuneration & logistics beyond
completed stage will be paid as per actual using the rates quoted in Consultants’
242
financial proposal.
2.9.7.3 If at inception stage or feasibility stage, Client desires to foreclose the

contract, the contract will be foreclosed with mutual consent up to that stage
and the Consultant’s consent is implied without exception.
2.9.7.4 Any attempt or endeavour for foreclosure by mutual agreement shall be

without prejudice to the rights and obligations of the Parties herein and the
factum of such an attempt or exercise shall not stop either of the Parties from
discharging their contractual obligations under this Agreement.
2.9.7.5 For the avoidance of doubt, it is clarified that such foreclosure will be
without prejudice to the Consultant and shall not affect the Consultant in any
way if it wishes to bid in future projects of the Client.
3. OBLIGATIONS OF THE CONSULTANTS
3.1 General
3.1.1 Standard of Performance
The Consultants shall perform the Services and carry out their obligations here
under with all due diligence, efficiency and economy, in accordance with
generally accepted professional techniques and practices, and shall observe
sound management practices, and employ appropriate advanced technology and
safe and effective equipment, machinery, materials and methods. The
Consultants shall always act, in respect of any matter relating to this Contract or
to the Services, as faithful advisers to the Client, and shall at all times support and
safeguard the Client's legitimate interests in any dealings with Sub consultants or
Third Parties.
3.1.2 Law Governing Services
The Consultants shall perform the Services in accordance with the Applicable Law
and shall take all practicable steps to ensure that any Sub consultants, as well
as the Personnel and agents of the Consultants and any Sub consultants, comply
with the Applicable Law. The Client shall advise the Consultants in writing of
relevant local customs and the Consultants shall, after such notifications, respect
such customs.
3.2 Conflict of Interests
3.2.1 Consultants not to Benefit from Commissions, Discounts, etc.
The remuneration of the Consultants pursuant to Clause 6 hereof shall constitute

the Consultants' sole remuneration in connection with this Contract or the
Services and the Consultants shall not accept for their own benefit any trade
commission, discount or similar payment in connection with activities pursuant
to this Contract or to the Services or in the Discharge of their obligations
hereunder, and the Consultants shall use their best efforts to ensure that any Sub
consultants, as well as the Personnel and agents of either of them, similarly shall
not receive any such additional remuneration.
243
3.2.2 Consultants and Affiliates not to be otherwise interested in Project
The Consultants agree that, during the term of this Contract and after its
termination, the Consultants and any entity affiliated with the Consultants, as
well as any Sub consultant and any entity affiliated with such Sub consultant, shall
be disqualified from providing goods, works or services (other than the Services
and any continuation thereof) for any project resulting from or closely related to
the Services.
3.2.3 Prohibition of Conflicting Activities
Neither the Consultants nor their Sub consultants nor the Personnel of either of
them shall engage, either directly or indirectly, in any of the following activities:
(a) during the term of this Contract, any business or professional activities in
the Government's country which would conflict with the activities
assigned to them under this Contract; or
(b) after the termination of this Contract, such other activities as may be
specified in the SC.
3.3 Confidentiality
The Consultants, their Sub consultants and the Personnel of either of them shall
not, either during the term or within two (2) years after the expiration of this
Contract, disclose any proprietary or confidential information relation to the
Project, the Services, this Contract or the Client's business or operations without
the prior written consent of the Client.
3.4 Liability of the Consultants
Subject to additional provisions, if any, set forth in the SC, the Consultants'
liability under this Contract shall be as provided by the Applicable Law.
3.5 Insurance to be taken out by the Consultants
The Consultants (i) shall take out and maintain, and shall cause any Sub consultants
to take out and maintain, at their (or the Sub consultants', as the case may be)
own cost but on terms and conditions approved by the Client, insurance against
the risks, and for the coverage, as shall be specified in the Special Conditions
(SC), and (ii) at the Client's request, shall provide evidence to the Client showing
that such insurance has been taken out and maintained and that the current
premiums therefore have been paid.
3.6 Accounting, Inspection and Auditing
The Consultants (i) shall keep accurate and systematic accounts and records in
respect of the Services hereunder, in accordance with internationally accepted
accounting principles and in such form and detail as will clearly identify all
relevant time charges and cost, and the bases thereof (including the bases of the
Consultants' costs and charges), and (ii) shall permit the Client or its designated
representative periodically, and up to one year from the expiration or
termination of this Contact, to inspect the same and make copies thereof as well
as to have them audited by auditors appointed by the Client.
244
3.7 Consultants' Actions requiring Client's prior Approval
The Consultants shall obtain the Client's prior approval in writing before taking
any of the following actions:
(a) appointing such members of the Personnel as are listed in Appendix B;
(b) entering into a subcontract for the performance of any part of the
Services, it being understood (i)that the selection of the Sub-consultant and
the terms and conditions of the subcontract shall have been approved in
writing by the Client prior to the execution of the subcontract, and (ii)
that the Consultants shall remain fully liable for the performance of the
Services by the Sub-consultant and its Personnel pursuant to this Contract;
(c) any other action that may be specified in the SC.
3.8 Reporting Obligations
The Consultants shall submit to the Client the reports and documents specified
in Appendix A/E here to, in the form, in the numbers and within the time periods
set forth in the said Appendix. Reporting stages, review progress and checklist
shall be as reflected in the DPR.
3.9 Documents prepared by the Consultants to be the Property of the Client
All plans, drawings, specifications, designs, reports and other documents

prepared by the Consultants in performing the Services shall become and remain the
property of the Client, and the Consultants shall, not later than upon termination
or expiration of this Contract, deliver all such documents to the Client, together
with a detailed inventory thereof. The Consultants may retain a copy of such
documents. Restrictions about the future use of these documents, shall be as
specified in the SC.
3.10 Equipment and Materials furnished by the Client
Equipment and materials made available to the Consultants by the Client, or

purchased by the Consultants with funds provided by the Client, shall be the
property of the Client and shall be marked accordingly. Upon termination or
expiration of this Contract, the Consultants shall make available to the Client an
inventory of such equipment and materials and shall dispose of such equipment
and materials in accordance with the Client's I instructions. While in possession
of such equipment and materials, the Consultants, unless otherwise instructed
by the Client in writing, shall insure them in an amount equal to their full
replacement value.
4. CONSULTANTS' PERSONNEL
4.1 General
The Consultants shall employ and provide such qualified and experienced Personnel
as are required to carry out the Services.
4.2 Description of Personnel
(a) The titles, agreed job descriptions, minimum qualification and

estimated periods of engagement in the carrying out of the Services of
245
each of the Consultants' Key Professional / Sub Professional Personnel
are described in Appendix B.
(b) If required to comply with the provisions of Clause 3.1.1 of this Contract,
adjustments with respect to the estimated periods of engagement of Key
Professional / Sub Professional Personnel set forth in Appendix B may be
made by the Consultants by written notice to the Client, provided
(i) that such adjustments shall not alter the originally estimated period of
engagement of any individual by more than 10% or one week, whichever is
larger, and
(ii) that the aggregate of such adjustments shall not cause payments under this
Contract to exceed the ceilings set forth in Clause 6.1 (b) of this Contract.
Any other such adjustments shall only be made with the Client's written
approval.
(c) If additional work is required beyond the scope of the Services specified
in Appendix A, the estimated periods of engagement of Key Personnel set
forth in Appendix B may be increased by agreement in writing between the
Client and the Consultants.
4.3 Approval of Personnel
The Key Personnel and Sub consultants listed by title as well as by name in
Appendix B are hereby approved by the Client. In respect of other Key Personnel
which the Consultants propose to use in the carrying out of the Services, the
Consultants shall submit to the Client for review and approval a copy of their
biographical data. If the Client does not object in writing (stating the reasons for
the objection) within twenty- one (21) calendar days from the date of receipt of
such biographical data, such Key Personnel shall be deemed to have been
approved by the Client.
4.4 Working Hours, Overtime, Leave, etc.
(a) Working hours and holidays for Key Professional / Sub Professional Personnel
are set forth in Appendix C hereto. To account for travel time, foreign
Personnel carrying out Services inside the Government's country shall be
deemed to have commenced (or finished) work in respect of the Services
such number of days before their arrival in (or after their departure from)
the Government's country is specified in Appendix C hereto.
(b) The Key Professional / Sub Professional Personnel shall not be entitled to
be paid for overtime nor to take paid sick leave or vacation leave except
as specified in Appendix C hereto, and except as specified in such
Appendix, the Consultants' remuneration shall be deemed to cover these
items. All leave to be allowed to the Personnel is included in the staff -
months of service set for in Appendix B. Any taking of leave by Personnel
shall be subject to the prior approval of the Client by the Consultants,
who shall ensure that absence for leave purposes will not delay the
progress and adequate supervision of the Services.
(c) All key personnel and sub professional staff of the DPR consultants shall
use the Aadhar based biometric attendance /geo-tagged selfie-based
attendance system for marking their daily attendance for the duration in
site office. Aadhar based biometric attendance /geo-tagged selfie-based
attendance system shall be marked at least once a day and any time
246
during the day. Aadhar based biometric attendance /geo-tagged selfie-
based attendance system shall be installed by the DPR Consultants at its
own cost at the site office in order to facilitate the attendance marking.
A copy of Aadhar based biometric attendance /geo-tagged selfie-based
attendance records shall be attached at the time of submission of their
bills to the CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai Proper justification shall be provided
for cases of absence of key personal /sub-professional staff which do not
have prior approval from project director of concerned stretch. If CE NH
(PWD) Navi Mumbai so desires, it shall facilitate electronic linking of the
Aadhar based biometric attendance /geo-tagged selfie-based attendance
system with the central monitoring system of CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai.
(d) Consultant will intimate concerned project Director/Project In charge
immediately after establishing its site office regarding installation Aadhar
based Biometric attendance /Geo-tagged selfie-based attendance system
and complete address of its site office.
4.5 Removal and/or Replacement of Key Personnel
Removal and/or replacement of Key Personnel shall be regulated as under:
4.5.1 In case notice to commence services pursuant to Clause 2.1 of this Contract
is not ordered by Client within 120 days of signing of contract the key personnel
can excuse themselves on valid grounds, e.g., selection on some other
assignment, health problem developed after signing of contract, etc. In such
a case no penalty shall be levied on the Firm or on the person concerned.
The firm shall however be asked to give a replacement by an equal or
better scoring person, whenever mobilization is ordered.
4.5.2 In case notice to commence services is given within 120 days of signing of contract
the, the Authority expects all the Key Personnel specified in the Proposal to
be available during implementation of the Agreement. The Authority will not
consider any substitution of Key Personnel except under compelling
circumstances beyond the control of the Consultant and the concerned Key
Personnel. Such substitution shall be limited to not more than three Key
Personnel subject to equally or better qualified and experienced personnel
being provided to the satisfaction of the Authority. Replacement of the Team
Leader will not normally be considered and may lead to disqualification of the
Applicant or termination of the Agreement. Replacement of one Key Personnel
shall be permitted subject to reduction of remuneration equal to 5 % (five per
cent) of the total remuneration specified for the Key Personnel who is
proposed to be replaced. In case of second replacement the reduction in
remuneration shall be equal to 10% (ten per cent) and for third and subsequent
replacement, such reduction shall be equal to 15% (fifteen per cent). The
maximum age limit of replaced key personnel shall be 65 years as on the date
of submission of proposal for such replacement. The Consultant shall make
all endevours to ensure that replacement of a Key Personnel is approved
before the concerned Key Personnel leaves the consultancy assignment, in
any case the Consultant shall submit replacement acceptable to Client not
more than 3 weeks after the Key Personnel leaves the consultancy
assignment, failing which Client may terminate the Contract in pursurance to
Clause 2.9.1(a) of GC.
4.5.3 If the consultant finds that any of the personnel had made false representation
regarding his qualification and experience, he may request the Employer for
replacement of the personnel. There shall be no reduction in remuneration for
such replacement. The replacement shall however be of equal or better score.
247
The personnel so replaced shall be debarred from future projects for 2 years.
4.5.4 Replacement after original contract period is over:
There shall be no limit on the replacements and no reduction in remunerations

shall be made. The replacement shall however be of equal or better score.
4.5.5 If the Employer (i) finds that any of the Personnel has committed serious
misconductor has been charged with having committed a criminal action or (ii)
has reasonable ground to be dissatisfied with the performance of any of the
Personnel, then the consultant shall, at the Employer’s written request specifying
the grounds therefore, forthwith provide a replacement with qualifications and
experience acceptable to him. For such replacement there will be no reduction
in remuneration.
4.5.6 If any member of the approved team of a consultant engaged by CE NH (PWD) Navi
Mumbai leaves that consultant before completion of the job, he shall be barred for
a period of 6 months to 24 months from being engaged as a team member of any
other consultant working (or to be appointed) for any other CE NH (PWD) Navi
Mumbai/ MoRTH projects.
4.5.7 In case, person permanently employed with the firm is to be replaced, technical
score of both the CVs shall be compared excluding the marks given for
employment with firm. Replacement would be allowed when the Technical
Score (excluding the marks given for employment with firm) of the new key
person is equal or better than the existing key person's Technical Score
excluding marks assigned for permanent employment with the firm. However,
the remuneration of such replacement shall be reduced on proportionate basis
in case the overall score of the replacement person is less than the
overall score of original person.
4.6 Resident Team Leader and Coordinator
The person designated as the Team Leader of the Consultant’s Personnel shall
be responsible for the coordinated, timely and efficient functioning of the
Personnel. In addition, the Consultant shall designate a suitable person from its
Head Office as Project Coordinator who shall be responsible for day to day
performance of the Services.
248
5. OBLIGATION OF THE CLIENT
5.1 Assistance and Exemptions unless otherwise specified in the SC, the Client shall
use its best efforts to ensure that the Government shall:
(a) provide the Consultants, Sub consultants and Personnel with work permits
and such other documents as shall be necessary to enable the Consultants,
Sub consultants or Personnel to perform the Services;
(b) assist for the Personnel and, if appropriate, their eligible dependents to
be provided promptly with all supporting papers for necessary entry and
exit visas, residence permits, exchange permits and any other documents
required for their stay in India;
(c) facilitate prompt clearance through customs of any property required for
the Services;
(d) issue to officials, agents and representatives of the Government all such
instructions as may be necessary or appropriate for the prompt and
effective implementation of the Services;
5.2 Access to Land
The Client warrants that the Consultants shall have, free of charge, unimpeded
access to all land in the Government’s country in respect of which access is
required for the performance of the Services. The Client will be responsible for any
damage to such land or any property thereon resulting from such access and will
indemnify the Consultants and each of the Personnel in respect of liability for any
such damage, unless such damage is caused by the default or negligence of the
Consultants or any Sub consultants or the Personnel of either of them.
5.3 Change in the Applicable Law
If, after the date of this Contract, there is any change in the Applicable Law with
respect to taxes and duties which increases or decreases the cost or reimbursable
expenses incurred by the Consultants in performing the Services, then the
remuneration and reimbursable expenses otherwise payable to the Consultants
under this Contract shall be increased or decreased accordingly by agreement
between the Parties hereto, and corresponding adjustments shall be made to the
ceiling amounts specified in Clause 6.1(b),
5.4 Services, Facilities and Property of the Client
The client shall make available to the Consultants and the Personnel, for the
purposes of the Services and free of any charge, the services, facilities and property
described in Appendix D at the times and in the manner specified in said Appendix
D, provided that if such services, facilities and property shall not be made available
to the Consultants as and when so specified, the Parties shall agree on (i) any time
extension that may be appropriate to grant to the Consultants for the performance of
the Services, (ii) the manner in which the Consultants shall procure any such services,
facilities and property from other sources, and (iii) the additional payments, if any, to
be made to the Consultants as a result thereof pursuant to Clause 6.1(c) hereinafter.
249
5.5 Payment
In consideration of the Services performed by the Consultants under this Contract,

the Client shall make to the Consultants such payments and in such manner as is
provided by Clause 6 of this Contract.
6. PAYMENT TO THE CONSULTANTS
6.1 Cost Estimates: Ceiling Amount
(a) An abstract of the cost of the Services payable in local currency (Indian
Rupees) is set forth in Appendix E.
(b) Except as may be otherwise agreed under Clause 2.6 and subject to Clause
6.1(c), the payments under this Contract shall not exceed the ceiling
specified in the SC. The Consultants shall notify the Client as soon as
cumulative charges incurred for the Services have reached 80% of the
ceiling.
(c) Notwithstanding Clause 6.1(b) hereof, if pursuant to Clauses 5.4 hereof,

the Parties shall agree that additional payments shall be made to the
Consultants in order to cover any necessary additional expenditures not
envisaged in the cost estimates referred to in Clause 6.1(a) above, the
ceiling set forth in Clause 6.1(b) above shall be increased by the amount or
amounts, as the case may be, of any such additional payments.
6.2 Currency of Payment
(a) The payment shall be made in Indian Rupees.
6.3 Mode of Billing and Payment
Billing and payments in respect of the Services shall be made as follows:-
(a) The Client shall cause to be paid to the Consultants an advance payment as
specified in the SC, and as otherwise set forth below. The advance payment
will be due after provision by the Consultants to the Client of a bank
guarantee by a bank acceptable to the Client in an amount (or amounts) and
in a currency (or currencies) specified in the SC, such bank guarantee (i) to
remain effective untilthe advance payment has been fully set off as provided
in the SC, and ii) in suchform as the Client shall have approved in writing.
(b) Payment Schedule
Sr. Item Payment %

No.
1 Submission of final QAP and Inception Report 10%
2 Approval of final Alignment Report 5%
3 Submission of final feasibility Report 5%
4 Submission Of 3a Notification, Draft 3 A And Approval Of Final Land Acquisition Report containing 5%
details of 3a, 3A
5 Submission of all utilities shifting proposals to user agencies and submission of utilities relocation plan to 2.5%
Executing Authority
250
Sr. Item Payment %
No.
6 Submission of all stage I clearance proposals and submission of clearances report to Executing 5%
Authority
7 Approval of final DPR report, documents and drawings(Refer Note-2) 10%
8 Approval of bid documents and draft civil works contract agreement along with technical schedules. 5%
9 3D publication for all land parcels identified in item 4 above and submission of Land Acquisition II 10%
report
10 Stage II clearance approval and submission of final clearances II report 5%
11 Final approval of utilities shifting estimates and submission of Utilities II report 2.5%
12 Completion of award declaration (3G) for 90% of land parcels identified in item 9 and submission of 10%
Land Award report
13 Earlier of award of package to contractor/concessionaire or 6 months from launch of tender process 10%
14 Receipt of land possession certificates (3E) for 90% of all land parcels identified in LA II report and 10%
submission of Land Possession report
15 Amount to be released at earlier of projects COD or 3 years from start of civil work 5%
Total : 100%
16 Bonus on submission of draft 3A within 15 days of alignment finalization 1 % bonus
17 Bonus on submission of draft 3D within 60 days of draft 3 A. 2.5% bonus
18 Bonus on receipt of possession certificate (3E) for more than 90% of land identified in item 9 above 5% bonus
within 165 days of draft 3 A.
19 Bonus on submission of utility shifting proposal including clearance within60 days of alignment 1% bonus
finalization.
Note: Consultants have to provide a certificate that all key personnel as

envisaged in the Contract Agreement has been actually deployed in the project.
They have to submit this certificate at the time of submission of bills to CE NH
(PWD) Navi Mumbai from time to time.
* The Concerned Project Director or his authorized representative shall

ensure and certify at least 5% test check of all the data collected by the
Consultant before releasing the payment to the Consultant.
Note-2: Payment for geotechnical investigations shall be made on submission of
geotechnical investigation report by the Consultant for the amount quoted by the
Consultant in its financial proposal but limited to 2.5% of ceiling amount of contract
+/- the variation amount due to increase/decrease in total length of soil exploration
as approved by Client. Payment on approval of final DPR, documents and drawings
will be the amount determined by subtracting the amount paid for geotechnical
investigations from 10% of the contract value +/- the variation amount due to
increase/decrease in total length of soil exploration as approved by Client.
Note:3 Approval of any submission or stage will include deemed approval in
accordance with Note:1 below Enclosure III to ToR “Schedule for approval of
Reports and Documents by PD after submission by Consultant”.
(c) No payment shall become eligible for the next stage till the consultant
completes to the satisfaction of the client the work pertaining to the
251
preceding stage. The payment for the work of sub-soil investigation
(Boring)will be as per plan approved by the client and will be paid as per
actual at the rates quoted by the consultants. The payment for the
quantity given by the client for boring will be deemed to be included in
the above mentioned payment schedule. Any adjustment in the payment
to the consultants will be made in the final payment only.
(d) The Client shall cause the payment of the Consultants in Para 6.4 (b) above
as given in schedule of payment within thirty (30) days after the receipt
by the Client of bills. Interests at the rate specified in the SC shall become
payable as from the above due date on any amount due by, but not paid
on, such due date.
(e) The final payment under this Clause shall be made only after the final
report and a final statement, identified as such, shall have been
submitted by the Consultants and approved as satisfactory by the Client.
The Services shall be deemed completed and finally accepted by the
Client and the final report and final statement shall be deemed approved
by the Client as satisfactory one hundred and eighty (180) calendar days
after receipt of the final report and final statement by the Client unless
the Client, within ninety (90) day period, gives written notice to the
Consultants specifying in detailed deficiencies in the Services, the final
report or final statement. The Consultants shall thereupon promptly
make any necessary corrections, and upon completion of such
corrections, the foregoing process shall be repeated. Any amount which
the Client has paid or caused to be paid in accordance with this Clause in
excess of the amounts actually payable in accordance with the provisions
of this Contract shall be reimbursed by the Consultants to the Client
within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Consultants of notice thereof.
Any such claim by the Client for reimbursement must be made within
twelve (12) calendar months after receipt by the Client of a final report
and a final statement approved by the Client in accordance with the
above.
(f) All payments under this Contract shall be made to the account of the
Consultants specified in the SC.
(g) Efforts need to be made by the Consultant to submit the schedule

reports of each road stretch / s of a package. However, due to reasons
beyond the reasonable control of Consultant, if the schedule submission
of reports / documents of each road stretch /s of a package is not done,
the payment shall be made on pro-rata basis.
(h) Consultants will make payment of salary to all key personnel in their
respective bank accounts through electronic mode only. No cash
transaction w.r.t salary will be made. Proof of salary transfer through
electronic mode shall be submitted by the Consultant with his bill.
7. Responsibility for Accuracy of Project Documents
7.1 General
7.1.1 The Consultant shall be responsible for accuracy of the data collected, by him
directly or procured from other agencies/authorities, the designs, drawings,
estimates and all other details prepared by him as part of these services. He shall
indemnify the Authority against any inaccuracy in the work which might surface
252
during implementation of the project. The Consultant will also be responsible for
correcting, at his own cost and risk, the drawings including any re-survey /
investigations and correcting layout etc. if required during the execution of the
Services.
7.1.2 The Consultant shall be fully responsible for the accuracy of design and drawings
of the bridges and structures. All the designs and drawings for bridges and
structures including all their components shall be fully checked by a Senior
Engineer after completion of the designs. All drawings for bridges and structures
shall be duly signed by the (a) Designer, (b) Senior Checking Engineer, and (c)
Senior Bridge / Structure Expert. The designs and drawings not signed by the
three persons mentioned above shall not be accepted. The Consultant shall
indemnify the Client against any inaccuracy / deficiency in the designs and
drawings of the bridges and structures noticed during the construction and even
thereafter and the Client shall bear no responsibility for the accuracy of the
designs and drawings submitted by the Consultants.
7.1.3 The survey control points established by the Consultant shall be protected
by the Consultants till the completion of the Consultancy Services.
7.2. Retention Money
An amount equivalent to 5% of the contract value shall be retained at the end of

the contract for accuracy of design and quantities submitted and the same will
be released at earlier of project COD or 3 years from start of civil work.
7.3. Penalty
7.3.1. Penalty for Error/Variation
i. If variation in project cost occurs due to Change of scope requests of more than
10% of the total project cost as estimated by the consultant and these change of
scope requests arise due to deficiencies in the design provided by the consultant,
the penalty equivalent to 4% of the contract value shall be imposed. For this
purpose retention money equivalent to 4% of the contract value will be forfeited.
This shall exclude any additional/deletion of items/works ordered by the client
during the execution
ii. If there is a discrepancy in land to be acquired during the execution of the project
upto an extent of +/- 2% of the area of land, a penalty equivalent to 3% of the
contract value shall be imposed. For this purpose retention money equivalent to
3% of the contract value will be forfeited. This shall exclude any
additional/deletion of items/works ordered by the client during the execution.
For discrepancy of more than + / - 2% of the area of land to be acquired, the
firm shall be declared as non performing as per para 7.4.2.
iii. If there is a variation in quantities of various itmes of utilities shifting during

the execution of the project upto an extent of +/- 10% of the quantity estimated
by the design consultant, a penalty equivalent to 3% of the contract value shall
be imposed. For this purpose retention money equivalent to 3% of the contract
value will be forfeited. This shall exclude any additional/deletion of
items/works ordered by the client during the execution
iii) For inaccuracies in survey/investigation/design work the penalties shall be

imposed as per details given in Table below:
253
Sr. Item Penalty (%age of
No. contract value)
1 Topographic Surveys 1.0 to 1.5
a) The horizontal alignment does not match with ground condition.
b) The cross sections do not match with existing ground.
c) The co-ordinates are defective as instruments of desired accuracy not used.
2 Geotechnical Surveys 1.0 to 1.5
a) Incomplete surveys
b) Data not analyzed properly
c) The substrata substantially different from the actual strata found during
construction.
3 Traffic data found to be varying by more than 25% on resurvey at a later date, unless 0.5 to 1.0
there are justifiable reasons.
4 Axle load data found to be varying by more than 25% on resurvey at a later date, 0.5 to 1.0
unless there are justifiable reasons.
5 Structural Designs found to be unsafe or grossly over designed The firm shall be
considered as non-
performing as per para
7.4.2.
7.3.2 Penalty for delay
In case of delay in completion of services, a penalty equal to 0.05% of the contract

price per day subject to a maximum 5% of the contract value will be imposed and
shall be recovered from payments due/performance security. However in case of
delay due to reasons beyond the control of the consultant, suitable extension of
time will be granted on case to case basis.
7.3.2.1 Penalty for wrong information in technical proposal
(a) If an information is found incorrect/fake/inflated in the CV, at any stage,

debarment of the key personnel from future MoRTH or its Executing Agencies
projects upto 2 years may be taken by MoRTH or its Executing Agencies.
(b) In case, the information contained in the CV for the duration in which the key
personnel was employed by the firm, proposing his candidature is found
incorrect/fake/inflated at any stage, action including termination of the consultancy
agreement and debarment of the firm upto 2 years from future MoRTH or its
Executing Agencies projects shall be taken by MoRTH or its Executing Agencies.
(c) In case, the information contained in the CV

is found incorrect/fake/inflated at any stage, the consultancy firms shall
have to refund the salary and perks drawn in respect of the person apart from other
consequences.
(d) Incase consultant firms experience or document such as Form E2/T3, Form E3,
References (client certificate) is found to be false at any stage i.e. from bidding to
254
completion of services, the consultancy contract shall be terminated and consultant
firm shall be debarred for a period of 2 years.
(e) In case ownership document of equipment of Consultancy/Associate Firm is found

to be false, the consultancy/ Associate firm, as the case may be, shall be put on
holiday listing (temporary debarment) for a period upto 12 months.
7.3.3 Total amount of recovery from all penalties shall be limited to 8% of the
Consultancy Fee.
7.3.4 CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai is in process of evolving performance based rating

system for DPR Consultants. Performance of Consultants shall be monitored by CE
NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai and will be taken into account in technical evaluation of
future DPR projects. For this purpose, performance of Consultant in the current
project shall also be taken into account to create rating of Consultant.
7.4 ACTION FOR DEFICIENCY IN SERVICES
7.4.1 Consultants liability towards the Client
Consultant shall be liable to indemnify the client for any direct loss or damage
accruedor likely to accrue due to deficiency in service rendered by him.
7.4.2 Debarring / Non Performing
In case of major deficiencies in the Detailed Project Report involving time and
cost overrun and adverse effect on reputation of CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai, the
firm shall be declared as non-performing and the firm will not be eligible for
participating in future projects of the Ministry (including NHAI, NHIDCL, BRO, etc.)
for a period of 5 years. Decision as to major deficiencies by Client shall be final
and binding. However, the Consultant will be given an opportunity to present its
case before it is declared non-performer by the Client.
8. FAIRNESS AND GOOD FAITH
8.1 Good Faith
The Parties undertake to act in good faith with respect to each other’s rights under
this Contract and to adopt all reasonable measures to ensure the realization of
the objectives of this Contract.
8.2 Operation of the Contract

The Parties recognize that it is impractical in this Contract to provide for every
contingency which may arise during the life of the Contract, and the Parties
hereby agree that it is their intention that this Contract shall operate fairly as
between them, and without detriment to the interest of either of them, and that,
if during the term of this Contract either Party believes that this Contract is
operating unfairly, the Parties will use their best efforts to agree on such action
as may be necessary to remove the cause or causes of such unfairness, but no
failure to agree on any action pursuant to this Clause shall give rise to a dispute
subject to arbitration in accordance with Clause 9 hereof.
9. SETTLEMENT OF DISPUTES
255
9.1 Amicable Settlement
The Parties shall use their best efforts to settle amicably all disputes arising out
of or in connection with this Contract or the interpretation thereof.
9.2 Dispute Resolution
9.2.1 Any dispute, difference or controversy of whatever nature howsoever arising under or
out of or in relation to this Agreement (including its interpretation) between the Parties,
and so notified in writing by either Party to the other Party (the “Dispute”) shall, in the
first instance, be attempted to be resolved amicably in accordance with the conciliation
procedure set forth in Clause 9.3.
9.2.2 The Parties agree to use their best efforts for resolving all Disputes arising under or in
respect of this Agreement promptly, equitably and in good faith, and further agree to
provide each other with reasonable access during normal business hours to all non –
privileged records, information and data pertaining to any dispute.
9.3 Conciliation
In the event of any Dispute between the Parties, either Party may call upon
[Chairman of CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai] and the Chairman of the Board of
Directors of the Consultant or a substitute thereof for amicable settlement,
and upon such reference, the said persons shall meet no later than 10(ten)
days from the date of reference to discuss and attempt to amicably resolve
the Dispute. If such meeting does not take place within the 10(ten) day period
or the Dispute is not amicably settled within 15(fifteen) days of the meeting
or the Dispute is not resolved as evidenced by the signing of written terms of
settlement within 30 (thirty) days of the notice in writing referred to in
Clause 9.2.1 or such longer period as may be mutually agreed by the Parties,
either Party may refer the Dispute to arbitration in accordance with the
Provisions of Clause 9.4.
9.4 Arbitration
9.4.1. Any Dispute which is not resolved amicably by conciliation, as provided in Clause
9.3, shall be finally decided by reference to arbitration by a Sole Arbitrator
appointed in accordance with Clause 9.4.2. Such arbitration shall be held in
accordance with the provisions of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996 as
amended. The venue of such arbitration shall be ***** and the language of
arbitration proceedings shall be English.
9.4.2 Each dispute submitted by a Party to arbitration shall be heard by a sole
arbitrator to be appointed as per the procedure below
a) Parties may agree to appoint a sole arbitrator or, failing agreement on

the identity of such sole arbitrator within thirty(30) days after receipt by
the other Party of the proposal of a name for such an appointment by the
Party who initiated the proceedings, either Party may apply to the
President, Indian Roads Congress, New Delhi for a list of not fewer than
five nominees and, on receipt of such list, the Parties shall alternately
strike names therefrom, and the last remaining nominee on the list shall
be sole arbitrator for the matter in dispute. If the last remaining nominee
has not been determined in this manner within sixty (60) days of the date
of the list, the president, Indian Roads Congress, New Delhi, shall appoint,
upon the request of either Party and from such list or otherwise, a sole
256
arbitrator for the matter in dispute.
9.4.3 Substitute Arbitrator
Substitute Arbitrator If for any reason an arbitrator is unable to perform his

function, a substitute shall be appointed in the same manner as the original
arbitrator.
9.4.4 Qualifications of Arbitrator
The sole arbitrator selected pursuant to Clause 8.2.1 hereof shall be expert with
extensive experience in relation to the matter in dispute.
9.4.5 The Arbitrators shall make a reasoned award (the “Award”). Any Award made in
any arbitration held pursuant to this Clause 9 shall be final and biding on the
Parties as from the date it is made, and the Consultant and the Authority agree
and undertake to carry out such Award without delay.
9.4.6 The Consultant and the Authority agree that an Award may be enforced against
the Consultant and/or the Authority, as the case may be, and their respective
assets wherever situated.
9.4.7. This Agreement and the rights and obligations of the Parties shall remain in full force
and effect, pending the Award in any arbitration proceedings hereunder
9.4.8 Miscellaneous
In any arbitration proceeding hereunder:
(a) Proceedings shall, unless otherwise agreed by the parties be held in Delhi.
(b) The English language shall be the official language for all purposes;
(c) The decision of sole arbitrator shall be final and binding and shall be
enforceable in any court of competent jurisdiction, and the Parties hereby
waive any objections to or claims of immunity in respect of such
enforcement; and
(d) The schedule of Expenses and Fee payable to the Arbitrator shall be as under
Sum in dispute Model fee

Up to Rs.5,00,000(Five Lakh) Rs. 45,000
Above Rs 5,00,000(Five Lakh) and upto Rs Rs 45,000 plus 3.5 per cent of the claim amount
20,00,000(Twenty Lakh) over and above Rs 5,00,000 (Five Lakh)
Above Rs 20,00,000(twenty Lakh) and Rs 97,500 plus 3 percent of the claim amount over
upto Rs 1,00,00,000 (One Crore) and above Rs 20,00,000
(Twenty Lakh)
Above Rs 1,00,00,000 (One Crore) and up Rs 3,37,500 plus 1 percent of the claim amount
to Rs 10,00,00,000(Ten over and above Rs
Crore) 1,00,00,000(One Crore)
Above 10,00,00,000 (Ten Crore) and up Rs 12,37,500 plus 0.75 per cent of the claim
to Rs 20,00,00,000 amount over and above Rs
257
(Twenty Crore) 10,00,00,000 (Ten Crore)
Above Rs 20,00,00,000 (Twenty Crore) Rs 19,87,500 plus 0.5 per cent of the claim amount
over and above Rs
20,00,00,000(Twenty Crore) with a ceiling of Rs
30,00,000 (Thirty Lakh)
Note: Being sole arbitrator, an additional amount of twenty five per cent on the fee set out above
shall be paid. The above fee is to be shared equally by both the parties to the arbitration
i.e. claimant and respondent, which is inclusive of fee of arbitrator for claim and counter
claims i.e. total “Sum in Dispute”, reading charges, declaration/publishing of award. The
expenses, such as stay and travelling charges will be paid as per Client’s guidelines.
10. Change of Scope
Change of Scope on account of variation in length of project highway, change

from brown field to green field, change in lane configuration etc. shall be dealt
as follows:
10.1 During the course of consultancy services in case it is considered

necessary to increase/decrease the scope of services (of total length as
compared to indicative length as given in the Annex-1 of Letter of Invitation of
the RFP) or change from brown field to green field by the Client the same shall
be notified by Change of Scope notice. Similarly, if the Consultant determines
that change of scop e is needed, it will inform the same to the Client. The Client
will examine and shall either reject the proposal or issue change of scope notice.
10.1.1 The Consultancy fee shall be revised on account of change of length as

below:
i) In case there is increase/ decrease in total length of project compared

to the indicative length as given in the Annex-1 to Letter of Invitation of the RFP,
the consultancy fee shall be increased/ decreased in the same proportion in
which the length of the project road is increased/ decreased, if the
increase/decrease in length is upto 25% of original length. Beyond 25% of the
original length, revised consultancy fee shall be mutually decided by the
Consultant and the Client.
ii) Increase/decrease in length on account of realignment/bypasses shall

not be considered as change of scope. However, the total length of the project
highway (including bypasses and realignment) along the finally approved
alignment shall be compared with the indicative length in the Annex-1 to Letter
of Invitation of the RFP for the purpose of calculation of enhancement of
consultancy fee.
10.1.2 In case the project highway or part of it is proposed to be designed as

green field project whereas it is not so specifically mentioned in the Annex-1 to
Letter of Invitation of the RFP, the consultancy fee applicable for the affected
part of the project highway shall be enhanced by 5%.
10.2 In case of increase in configuration of lanes in the project after the

submission under a particular stage, the original consultancy fee shall be
enhanced by 10%.
10.3 In case there is change of mode of delivery i. e. EPC/HAM/BOT (Toll)

etc.is done after submission of Final DPR, the original consultancy fee shall be
258
enhanced by 2.5%.
10.4 In case of revision of DPR is done after submission of Final DPR due to
revision in standards/guidelines of Indian Roads Congress/MoRTH, the original
consultancy fee shall be enhanced by 2.5%.
11. The Consultant shall be evaluated based on its performance in this consultancy
services as per rating system given in Appendix- IX and the said rating of the Consultant
will be utilised in subsequent proposal evaluation.
259
SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
Number of GC
Clause
260
A. Amendments of, and Supplements to, Clauses in the General Conditions
1.1(a) The words “in the Government’s country” are amended to read “in INDIA”
1.4 The language is: English
1.6.1 The addresses are:
For the Client : CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai, Public Works Department, Government of Maharashtra
Room No. 526; 5th Floor, Konkan Bhawan, Sector – 10, CBD Belapur Navi Mumbai –
400 614
Phone : 022-27574303
Attention : CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai, Public Works Department, Government of Maharashtra
Room No. 526; 5th Floor, Konkan Bhawan, Sector – 10, CBD Belapur Navi Mumbai –
400 614
Phone : 022-27574303
E-mail :nhmumbai.ce@mahapwd.com,
cenhmaharashtra@gmail.com
For the Consultants:
Attention: Name
Designation
Address
Tel: Fax: E-mail address
1.6.2 Notice will be deemed to be effective as follows:
(a) in the case of personal delivery or registered mail, on delivery;
(b) In the case of facsimiles, 24 hours following confirmed transmission.
(c) In case of E mail, 24 hours following confirmed transmission.
1.8 Entity to Act as Member in charge (In case of Joint Venture of Consultants)
with orwithout an Associate: - ………………………..
1.9 The Authorized Representatives are:
For the Client : ( -- )
Director, CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai ( -- )

For the Consultant: Name
Designation
1.10 The Consultants and the personnel shall pay the taxes, duties, fees, levies and
other impositions levied under the existing, amended or enacted laws
(prevailing 7 days before the last date of submission of bids) during life
of this contract and the Client shall perform such duties in regard to the
261
deduction of such tax as may be lawfully imposed.
2.1 The effectiveness conditions are the following:
a) The contract has been approved by CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai.
b) The consultant will furnish within 15 days of the issue of letter of

acceptance, an unconditional Bank Guarantee an amount equivalent to
3% of the total contract value to be received by him from a Nationalized
Bank, IDBI or ICICI/ICICI Bank/Foreign Bank/EXIM Bank / Any Scheduled
Commercial Bank approved by RBI having a net worth of not less than 500
crore as per latest Annual Report of the Bank. In the case of a Foreign
Bank (issued by a Branch in India) the net worth in respect of Indian
operations shall only be taken into account. In case of Foreign Bank, the
BG issued by Foreign Bank should be counter guaranteed by any
Nationalized Bank in India. In case of JV, the BG shall be furnished on
behalf of the JV or lead partner of JV for an amount equivalent to 3 % of
the total contract value to be received by him towards Performance
Security valid for a period of three years beyond the date of completion
of services.
2.2 The time period shall be “four months” or such other time period as the
parties may agree in writing.
2.3 The time period shall be “fifteen days” or such other time period as the
Parties may agree in writing.
2.4 The time period shall be ----- months or such other time period as the parties may
agree in writing.
3.4 Limitation of the Consultants’ Liability towards the Client
(a) Except in case of negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the

Consultants or on the part of any person or firm acting on behalf of the Consultants
in carrying out the Services, the Consultants, with respect to damage caused by the
Consultants to the Client’s property, shall not be liable to the Client:
(i) for any indirect or consequential loss or damage; and

(ii) for any direct loss or damage that exceeds (A) the total payments for Professional
Fees and Reimbursable Expenditure made or expected to be made to the
Consultants hereunder, or (B) the proceeds the Consultants may be entitled to
receive from any insurance maintained by the Consultants to cover such a liability,
whichever of (A) or
(B) is higher.
(b) This limitation of liability shall not affect the Consultants’ liability, if
any, for damage to Third Parties caused by the Consultants or any person or firm
acting on behalf of the Consultants in carrying out the Services.
3.5 The risks and the coverage shall be as follows:
(a) Third Party motor vehicle liability insurance as required under Motor Vehicles
Act, 1988 in respect of motor vehicles operated in India by the Consultants or their
Personnel or any Sub consultants or their Personnel for the period of consultancy.
(b) Third Party liability insurance with a minimum coverage, for Rs.1.00 million
262
be appointed as per the procedure below
(c) (i) The Consultant shall provide to CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai Professional Liability Insurance
(PLI) for a period of Five years beyond completion of Consultancy services or as per
Applicable Law, whichever is higher.
(ii) The Consultant will maintain at its expense PLI including coverage for errors and
omissions caused by Consultant’s negligence in the performance of its duties under
this agreement, (A) For the amount not exceeding total payments for Professional
Fees and Reimbursable Expenditures made or expected to be made to the
Consultants hereunder OR (B) the proceeds, the Consultants may be entitled to
receive from any insurance maintained by the Consultants to cover such a liability,
whichever of (A) or
(B) is higher.
(iii) The policy should be issued only from an Insurance Company operating in India.
(iv) The policy must clearly indicate the limit of indemnity in terms of “Any One
Accident” (AOA) and “Aggregate limit on the policy” (AOP) and in no case should be
for an amount less than stated in the contract.
(v) If the Consultant enters into an agreement with CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai in a joint
venture or ‘in association’, the policy must be procured and provided to CE NH (PWD)
Navi Mumbai by the joint venture/in association entity and not by the individual
partners of the joint venture/ association.
(vi) The contract may include a provision thereby the Consultant does not cancel the
policy midterm without the consent of CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai. The insurance
company may provide an undertaking in this regard.
(d) Employer’s liability and workers’ compensation insurance in respect of the

Personnel of the Consultants and of any Sub consultant, in accordance with the
relevant provisions of the Applicable Law, as well as, with respect to such
Personnel, any such life, health, accident, travel or other insurance as may be
appropriate; and all insurances and policies should start from the date of
commencement of services and remain effective as per relevant requirements of
contract agreement.
3.9 The Consultants shall not use these documents for purposes unrelated to this Contract
without the prior written approval of the Client.
4.6 The person designated as Team Leader cum Senior Highway Engineer in
Appendix B shall serve in that capacity, as specified in Clause 4.6.
6.1 (b) The ceiling amount in local currency is Rs……… Excluding Goods & Service Tax)
6.3 (a) No advance payment will be made.
6.3 (e) The interest rate is: @ 12% per annum
6.3 (f) The account is:
Account Number :
IFSC Code :
9.2 Disputes shall be settled by arbitration in accordance with the following provisions:
9.2.1 Selection of Arbitrators
263
be appointed as per the procedure below
Each dispute submitted by a Party to arbitration shall be heard by a sole arbitrator to
a) Parties may agree to appoint a sole arbitrator or, failing agreement on

the identity of such sole arbitrator within thirty(30) days after receipt by the
other Party of the proposal of a name for such an appointment by the
Party who initiated the proceedings, either Party may apply to the
President, Indian Roads Congress, New Delhi for a list of not fewer than
five nominees and, on receipt of such list, the Parties shall alternately strike
names therefrom, and the last remaining nominee on the list shall be sole
arbitrator for the matter in dispute. If the last remaining nominee has not
been determined in this manner within sixty (60) days of the date of the
list, the president, Indian Roads Congress, New Delhi, shall appoint, upon
the request of either Party and from such list or otherwise, a sole
arbitrator for the matter in dispute.
264
Appendix A
Terms of reference containing, inter-alia, the Description of the Services and
Reporting Requirements
265
Appendix B
Consultants’ Sub consultants, Key Personnel and Sub Professional Personnel
266
Appendix C
Hours of work for Consultants’ Personnel
The Consultant’s personnel shall normally work for 8 hours in a day and six days a week.
Normally Sundays shall be closed for working. In addition they shall also be allowed to
availholidays as observed by the Client’s office in the relevant state without deduction
of remunerations. In case any person is required to work on Sunday or Holiday due to
exigency of work, he/she shall be given compensatory leave within the next 15 days .
267
Appendix D
Duties of the Client
268
Appendix E
Cost Estimate
269
Appendix F:
Copy of letter of invitation
270
Appendix G:
Copy of letter of acceptance
271
Appendix – H
Format for Bank Guarantee for Performance Security BANK GUARANTEE FOR
PERFORMANCE SECURITY
To,
Phone : 022-27574303
In consideration of CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai (hereinafter referred as the “Client”,

which expression shall, unless repugnant to the context or meaning thereof include its
successors, administrators and assigns) having awarded to
M/s.………………………………………………having its office at
……………….. (Hereinafter referred to as the “Consultant” which expression shall
repugnant to the context or meaning thereof, include its successors, administrators,
executors and assigns), a contract by issue of client’s Contract Agreement no. / Letter
of Acceptance No. ………………..
dated ……………… and the same having been unequivocally accepted by the Consultant,
resulting in a Contract valued at Rs…………../- (Rupees ............................. ) excluding Goods
& service tax for “Consultancy Services for preparation of Detailed Project Report
of
Consultancy Services for DPR Preparation for widening of Ajanta Ghat to 4L+PS of NH-
753F configuration in the state of Maharashtra ………………………………………(Total Length -
…….) on NH-…..in the states of ………….under – Contract Package No (Hereinafter
called the “Contract”), and the
Consultant having agreed to furnish a Bank Guarantee to the Client as “Performance
Security as stipulated by the Client in the said contract for performance of the above
Contract amounting to Rs.……………./- (Rupees ................. ).
We, ……………………………..having registered office at , a body registered/constituted

under the ..............................(hereinafter referred to as the Bank), which expression shall,
unless repugnant to the context or meaning thereof, include its successors, administrators,
executors and assigns) do hereby guarantee and undertake to pay the client immediately
on demand any or, all money payable by the Consultant to the
extent of Rs.
…………..(Rupees………..………………..) as aforesaid at any time up to without any demur,
reservation, contest, recourse or protest and/or without any reference to the consultant.
Any such demand made by the client on the bank shall be conclusive and binding
notwithstanding any difference between the Client and the Consultant or any dispute
pending before any Court, Tribunal, Arbitrator or any other authority. We agree that
the Guarantee herein contained shall be irrevocable and shall continue to be
enforceable till the Client discharges this guarantee.
The Client shall have the fullest liberty without affecting in any way the liability of the
Bank under this Guarantee, from time to time to vary or to extend the time for
performance of thecontract by the Consultant. The Client shall have the fullest liberty
without affecting this guarantee, to postpone from time to time the exercise of any
powers vested in them or of anyright which they might have against the consultant and to
exercise the same at any time in any manner, and either to enforce or to forbear to enforce
any covenants, contained or implied, in the Contract between the Client and the
Consultant any other course or remedy or security available to the Client. The bank
shall not be relieved of its obligations under these presents by any exercise by the Client
of its liberty with reference to the matters aforesaid or any of them or by reason of any
272
other act or forbearance or other acts of omission or commission onthe part of the Client
or any other indulgence shown by the Client or by any other matter or thing whatsoever
which under law would but for this provision have the effect of relieving the Bank.
273
Appendix – H
The Bank also agrees that the Client at its option shall be entitled to enforce this
Guarantee against the Bank as a principal debtor, in the first instance without
proceeding against the Consultant and notwithstanding any security or other guarantee
that the Client may have in
274
relation to the Consultant’s liabilities.
Notwithstanding anything contained
herein,
a) Our liability under this Bank Guarantee is limited to

Rs. ……………….(Rupees ...................... ) and it shall remain in force up to and
including
…………and shall be extended from time to time for such period as may be desired
by M/s ............. , on whose behalf this guarantee has been given.
b) This Bank Guarantee shall be valid up to …………..
c) We are liable to pay the guaranteed amount or any part thereof under this Bank
Guarantee only and only if you serve upon us a written claim or demand on or before
(date of
expiry of Guarantee).
(Signature of the Authorized Official)
(Name & Designation with Bank Stamp)
NOTE:
(i) The bank guarantee(s) contains the name, designation and code number of the
officer(s) signing the guarantee(s).
(ii) The address, telephone no. and other details of the Head Office of the Bank as
well as of issuing branch should be mentioned on the covering letter of issuing
Branch.
(iii) The bank guarantee for Rs 10,000 and above is signed by at least two officials (or
as per the norms prescribed by the RBI in this regard).
275
Appendix I: Minutes of Pre-bid meeting
276
APPENDIX-VII
DPR Checklist – Stage 1 – Inception Report

(Pavements)
General Details
Project Name
Consultant's Name
Date of Review
Details /
S.No SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks
Specifications
1 Executive Summary Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
2 Project Appreciation Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
2.1 Location of site office Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
☐
Review of scope of ToR and gap identification
2.2 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
Key departments identified for various documents
2.3 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
☐
Start and end location of project verified with client
(Mention details)
☐
Project description
2.5  Start and End Chainage Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
 Village/District ☐
Project location map
2.6  On State Map Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
 On District Map ☐
2.7 Site photos and data of project alignment Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
2.8 Overview of land use plans Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
Overview of existing pavement conditions
 Number of Lanes
 Type of Pavement
☐
(Flexible/Rigid/Surfaced/ Unsurfaced)
2.10 Existing right of way details Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
☐
Number/ Location of major and minor bridges
2.11 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
☐
Number/ Location of level crossings
2.12 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
☐
2.13 Number/ Location of ROB and RUB Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
277
☐
2.14 Any other details relevant to the project Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
3 Approach Methodology Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
3.1 Engineering survey and investigations Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
Design of road, pavements and structures
☐
Environment and social impact assessment
☐
Estimation of project cost, viability and
financing options
☐
☐
278
Details / Specifications
Task Assignment and Manning

4
Schedule Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
4.1 Number of key personnel provided Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
Specific tasks assigned to each key
4.2
Personnel Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
4.3 Manning schedule for key personnel Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
4.4 Number of key personnel deployed at site Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐
5 Performa for data collection Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Indicative design standards and cross
6
sections Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
7 Development plans Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Overview of development plans being
7.1
implemented/ proposed by local bodies Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Overview of impact of such development
7.2
Plans Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
8 Quality Assurance Plan Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
8.1 Engineering surveys and investigation Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
8.2 Traffic surveys Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Material geo-technical and sub-soil
8.3
Investigations Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
8.4 Road and pavement investigations Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Investigation and design of bridges and
8.5
Structures Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
8.6 Environment and R&R assessment Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
8.7 Economic and financial analysis Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
8.8 Drawing and documentation Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
8.9 Any other details relevant to the project Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Discussion of draft QAP document with
8.10 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Client
8.11 Approval of final QAP document by client Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
9 Draft design Standards Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Geometric design standards of highway
9.1 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
(Plain)
Geometric design standards of highway
9.2
(Hilly) Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
10 Conclusions and recommendations Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
10.1 Conclusions and recommendations Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Report fulfils project objectives and scope
10.2 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
as per RFP
10.3 Report reviewed for errors and omissions Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Compliance report prepared on client
10.4
Observations Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
279
DPR Checklist – Stage 2 – Feasibility Report (Pavements)
General Details
Project Name
Consultant's Name
Date of Review
Details /
S.No SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/ NO/ NA Remarks
Specifications
1 Executive Summary Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
NA ☐
Overview of client organization /activities
2 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
NA ☐
Methodology adopted for feasibility study
3 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
NA ☐
Socioeconomic profile of the project areas
4 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
NA ☐
Regional economic profile basis last 10years data as per
IRC
NA ☐
Economic profile of project influence area basis last 10
years data as per IRC
NA ☐
Socio Economic status of project influence area
NA ☐
Indicative design standards, methodologies, and
5 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
specifications
NA ☐
6 Traffic surveys and analysis Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
NA ☐
Classified traffic volume counts using IHMCL data (7
day data)
NA ☐
Traffic projection methodology as perIRC:108
NA ☐
6.3 Projected Traffic data for 20 years Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
NA ☐
6.4 Current and Projected PCU Yes ☐ No ☐
NA ☐
6.5 Current and Projected TVU Yes ☐ No ☐
NA ☐
6.6 Origin destination surveys as per IRC: 102 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
NA ☐
280
6.7 Speed and delay studies as per IRC:102 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
NA ☐
Traffic surveys for the design of road junctions as per
data in IRC: SP:41
NA ☐
Analysis for replacing railway level crossings with over
bridges/ subways
NA ☐
6.10 Axle load survey as per IRC:SP:19 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
NA ☐
281
Details /
Specifications
6.11 Any other details relevant to the project Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
NA ☐
Traffic surveys monitored and reviewed by the client
6.12 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
NA ☐
7 Reconnaissance survey Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
NA ☐
7.1 Road Inventory Survey as per IRC:SP:19 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
NA ☐
7.2 Review of Road Inventory survey by client Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
NA ☐
Chainage wise details of pavement composition
survey
NA ☐
Geological Survey
7.4  Geological Map of the Area Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
 Seismicity NA ☐
Climatic Conditions
 Temperature
 Rainfall
NA ☐
 Wind
Pavement composition and condition survey as per
IRC:SP:19
NA ☐
Review of pavement composition and condition survey
by client
NA ☐
Pavement roughness survey as per IRC:SP:16
NA ☐
Review of pavement roughness survey by client
NA ☐
Pavement structural strength survey asper IRC:81
7.10 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
NA ☐
Review of pavement structural strength survey by client
7.11 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
NA ☐
7.12 Sub grade characteristics and strengths Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
NA ☐
Topographical survey as per IRC:SP:19using LiDAR
 Gradient
7.13 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
 Terrain NA ☐
7.14 Review of topographical survey by client Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

NA ☐
282
Inventory of bridges, culverts andstructures
7.15 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
NA ☐
Condition survey for bridges, culverts andstructures
7.16 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
NA ☐
Review of condition survey for bridges,culverts and
7.17 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
structures by client
NA ☐
283
Details /
Specifications
NA ☐
8 Geotechnical Survey Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
NA ☐
Geo-technical and sub-soil explorations asper IRC:78
NA ☐
Bore holes dug for every pier and abutment
NA ☐
Review of geo-technical and sub-soil explorations by
client
NA ☐
Field testing, soil sampling, laboratory testing in accordance
8.4 with BIS/ AASHTO/BS Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
NA ☐
Recommendation of Foundation Type and Depth
NA ☐
NA ☐
9 Hydraulic and Hydrological Survey Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
NA ☐
Hydraulic and hydrological investigations as per
IRC:SP:13 and IRC:5
NA ☐
9.2 High Flood Level specified Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
NA ☐
9.3 Depth of Water Table specified Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
NA ☐
9.4 Ponded Water Level specified Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
NA ☐
NA ☐
Review of hydrological investigations by client
NA ☐
10 Materials Survey Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
NA ☐
Materials Survey conducted as perIRC:SP:19
10.1 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
NA ☐
Sources of Naturally Occurring Aggregates
specified
10.2  Details of Borrow Pits with Distance Yes ☐ No ☐
from Project Site NA ☐
 Cost of Material/ Transportation
284
Sources of Manufactured Items specified
 Details of suppliers with distance from project site
10.3 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
 Cost of material/ transportation NA ☐
Sources of water for construction specified as per IS: 456

10.4 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
NA ☐
NA ☐
285
Details /
Specifications
Environmental screening/ preliminary environmental
11 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
assessment
NA ☐
Analysis basis Initial Environment Examination in
11.1 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
IRC: SP: 19
NA ☐
Recommended feasible mitigation measures
11.2 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
NA ☐
Initial social assessment/ preliminary LA resettlement
12
plan Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
NA ☐
Analysis basis Initial Environment Examination in
12.1 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
IRC: SP: 19
NA ☐
Details of consultation with potentially affected
12.2 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
persons
NA ☐
Names/ Details of consultation with local NGOs
12.3 Yes ☐ No ☐
NA ☐
Names/ Details of consultation with municipal
12.4 Yes ☐ No ☐
authorities
NA ☐
12.5 Preliminary resettlement plan Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
NA ☐
NA ☐
13 Cost estimates Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
NA ☐
13.1 Item rates and rate analysis Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
NA ☐
13.2 Escalation Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
NA ☐
14 Economic and financial analysis Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
NA ☐
14.1 Estimated cost details Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
NA ☐
14.2 Projected revenues details Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
NA ☐
14.3 Assumptions stated Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
NA ☐
Analysis and results (IRR, Sensitivity
14.4 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
Analysis, Financial Viability)
NA ☐
15 Strip plan and Alignment Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
NA ☐
15.1 Details of center line of proposed highway Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
286
NA ☐
15.2 Details of existing RoW Yes ☐ No ☐ NA

NA ☐
15.3 Details of proposed RoW Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
NA ☐
Details about ownership of land to be acquired
15.4 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
NA ☐
Strip plan basis reconnaissance and topographic
15.5 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
surveys
NA ☐
Strip plan reviewed and approved by the client
15.6 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
NA ☐
287
Details /
Specifications
16 Alignment Options Study Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
NA ☐
At least two alignments proposed
16.1 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
 Details of Alignments on Map
NA ☐
16.2 Review of options with client Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
NA ☐
16.2.1 Review of options with local authority Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
NA ☐
Length of the project along proposed alignment
16.3 Yes ☐ No ☐
options
NA ☐
Land Acquisition required along alignment options
16.4 Yes ☐ No ☐
NA ☐
16.4.1 Environmental impact of each option Yes ☐ No ☐
NA ☐
Review of road geometry and safety foreach option
16.4.2 Yes ☐ No ☐
NA ☐
16.5 Cost Estimates of alternatives Yes ☐ No ☐
NA ☐
Recommended Alignment with Justification
16.6 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
NA ☐
NA ☐
17 Technical Specifications Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
NA ☐
MoRTH technical specifications for Road sand Bridge
17.1 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
works followed
NA ☐
17.2 Details of technical specifications Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
NA ☐
18 Rate Analysis Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
NA ☐
Rate analysis for all relevant items as per latest SoR
18.1 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
NA ☐
19 Cost Estimates Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
NA ☐
Cost estimates for all relevant items as per latest SoR
19.1 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
NA ☐
20 Bill of quantities Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
NA ☐
21 Conclusions and recommendations Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
NA ☐
288
21.1 Conclusions and recommendations Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
NA ☐
Report fulfils project objectives and scopeas per RFP
21.2 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
NA ☐
21.3 Report reviewed for errors and omissions Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
NA ☐
Compliance report prepared on clientobservations
21.4 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
NA ☐
289
DPR Checklist – Stage 3 – LA and Clearances I Report (Pavements)
General Details
Project Name
Consultant's Name
Date of Review
Details/
Specifications
☐
2 Strip plan- additional details added Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
Details of centre line, existing structures, road furniture
and other features
☐
2.2 Widening scheme Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
New construction/ reconstruction of structures
and amenities
☐
2.4 Existing and proposed right of way Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
2.5 Clearances impacting each chainage Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
3 Forest Clearance Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
3.1 Requirement for forest clearance identified Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
Date/ Details of initial consultation with competent
authority
☐
Details/cost of trees being felled basis
concerned District Forest Office
☐
Date of submission of proposal for forest clearance
☐
3.5 Review of proposal by client Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
4 Wildlife Clearance Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
Requirement for wildlife clearance identified
☐
290
Date/ Details of initial consultation with competent
authority
☐
Details/cost of trees being felled basis
concerned District Forest Office
☐
Date of submission of proposal for wildlife clearance
☐
☐
5 Utility Clearances (Electricity) Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
291
Details/
Specifications
5.1 Identification of overground utilities Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
Identification of underground utilities using GPR,
5.2 Induction Locator or equivalent technologies Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
Name/ Details of consultation with local authority/
people
☐
Utility relocation plan with existing / proposed location
5.4 showing existing RoWand topographic details Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
5.5 Cost for relocation as per authority Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
☐
Date of proposal submission to competent authority
☐
Review of utility relocation plan/ proposal by client
☐
6 Utility Clearances (Water) Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
6.1 Identification of overground utilities in RoW Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
☐
people
☐
☐
☐
☐
☐
7 Utility Clearances (Others) Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
☐
☐
292
people
☐
☐
☐
293
Details/
Specifications
☐
☐
8 Railway Clearances Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
Identification of ROB/ RUB on project corridor
☐
Initial consultation with competent authority
☐
☐
8.4 Review of GAD/ proposal by client Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
9 Other Clearances Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
Requirement for other clearances identified
☐
☐
☐
10 Land Acquisition Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
Detailed schedule about acquisition of land
holdings as per land records
☐
10.2 Consultation with affected persons Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
10.3 Name/ Details of consultation with NGOs Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
☐
Name/ Details of consultation with concerned
10.4 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
government agencies
☐
Total land required, land area already available, land
10.5 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
to be acquired identified
☐
Review of land acquisition using digital cadastral map
by client
☐
10.7 Draft 3a notification submitted Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
294
10.8 Review of 3a notification by client Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
10.9 Date of 3a gazette notification Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
☐
☐
10.11 Review of 3A notification by client Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
10.12 Date of 3A gazette notification Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
☐
11 Conclusions and recommendations Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
11.1 Conclusions and recommendations Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
295
Details/
Specifications
Report fulfils project objectives and scopeas per
11.2 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
RFP
11.4 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
observations
296
DPR Checklist – Stage 4 – Detailed Project Report (Pavements)
General Details
Project Name
Consultant's Name
Date of Review
Details /
Specifications
1 Main Report Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
2 Introduction and project background Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
Overview of project location, project objectives
etc.
☐
Overview of report structure, deliverable setc.
☐
3 Social analysis of the project Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
Project impact on stakeholders such as local people
☐
Project impact on residential, commercial and public
properties
☐
☐
4 Reconnaissance survey Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
Geometric Features of the Existing Road Design Speed
 Sight distance details
 Horizontal Alignment Details
 Vertical Alignment Details
☐
 Height of Embankment
Topographical Survey using LiDAR (or equivalent

technology) as per IRC:SP:19
 Gradient
☐
 Terrain
Pavement composition and conditionsurvey as per
IRC:SP:19
☐
297
Pavement roughness survey as perIRC:SP:16
4.4 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA Na
☐
☐
298
Details /
Specifications
Geological Survey
Climatic Conditions
 Temperature
 Rainfall
NA ☐
 Wind
Land Use along the existing alignment
4.8  Map of the Project Area depicting Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
Agricultural/Habitation/Forest Area NA ☐
Details of Existing Structures
Hutments/Buildings/Temples/Public Building/Any Other
NA ☐
Significant Structure
4.10 Inventory and condition survey of culverts Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
NA ☐
Geo-technical and sub-soil explorations as per IRC:78
4.11 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
NA ☐
Number of Bore holes dug (holes for every pier and
4.12 Yes ☐ No ☐
abutment)
NA ☐
Field testing, soil sampling, laboratory testing as per IRC:
4.13 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
78
NA ☐
Recommendation of Foundation Type and Depth
4.14 Yes ☐ No ☐
NA ☐
4.15 Hydrological investigations as per IRC:5 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
NA ☐
NA ☐
NA ☐
NA ☐
4.19 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
NA ☐
Sources of Naturally Occurring Aggregates specified
 Details of Borrow Pits with Distance
4.20 from Project Site Yes ☐ No ☐
 Cost of Material/Transportation NA ☐
299
Sources of environmentally friendly construction materials
4.20.1 identified as perMoRT&H circular Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
NA ☐
300
Details /
Specifications
 Details of Suppliers with Distance
from Project Site
☐
 Cost of Material/Transportation
Source of Water for construction specified as per IS:456
☐
☐
Traffic studies and demand fore cast designs
5 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
Classified traffic volume counts using IHMCL data (7
day data)
☐
☐
5.3 Projected Traffic data for 20 years Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
5.4 Current and Projected PCU Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
☐
5.5 Current and Projected TVU Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
☐
Origin destination surveys as per IRC:102
☐
5.7 Speed and delay studies as per IRC:102 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
Traffic surveys for the design of roadjunctions as per
data in IRC: SP:41
☐
Analysis for replacing railway level crossings with over
bridges/ subways
☐
5.10 Axle load survey as per IRC:SP:19 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
☐
Traffic surveys monitored and reviewedby the client
☐
6 Cost estimates Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
6.1 Project costing as per latest SoR Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
7 Environmental aspects Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
301
7.1 Environment profile of the project region Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
Details of Public consultation at residentialand commercial
settlements affected
☐
7.3 Impact analysis and mitigation measures Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
8 Economic and commercial analysis Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
8.1 Estimated cost details Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
8.2 Projected revenues details Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
302
Details /
Specifications
8.3 Assumptions stated Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
Analysis and results (IRR, SensitivityAnalysis,
Financial Viability)
☐
☐
Financial model shared with client andreviewed
☐
☐
☐
9.2 Report reviewed for errors and omissions Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
observations
☐
10 Design Report Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
10.1 Highway improvement proposals Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
10.2 Highway geometric designs Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
10.3 Roadside drainage Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
10.4 Intersections Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
10.5 Urban service roads Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
10.6 Bus-stops Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
10.7 Toll plazas Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
10.8 Pedestrian crossings Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
10.9 Utility relocation Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
10.10 Pavement Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
10.11 Structures Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
303
☐
Pavement deflection survey as per IRC81-1997

☐
☐
11 Materials Report Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
11.1 Material investigations as per IRC:10 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
11.2 Review of material investigations by client Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
11.3 Multiple borrow areas identified Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
11.4 Material survey as per IRC: SP: 19 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
11.5 Review of material survey by client Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
304
Details /
Specifications
Geo-technical and sub-soil explorationsas per IRC:78
☐
Review of geo-technical and sub-soilexplorations by
client
☐
Field testing, soil sampling, laboratory testing in
11.8 accordance with BIS/ AASHTO/BS Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
IRC:SP:19
☐
Review of pavement composition andcondition
survey by client
☐
Pavement roughness survey as perIRC:SP:16
☐
Review of pavement roughness survey byclient
☐
☐
Review of pavement structural strengthsurvey by
client
☐
Water sample tests as per MoRTHspecifications
☐
☐
Environmental Assessment Report/ Resettlement and
Rehabilitation Plan
☐
Option for alignment alternativesconsidered and
conclusions
☐
Land environment data collection anddetails/
impact/ mitigation measures
☐
Air environment data collection anddetails/ impact/
mitigation measures
☐
Water resources details/ impact/mitigation
measures
☐
Noise environment details/ impact/mitigation
measures
☐
Biological environment details/ impact/mitigation
measures
☐
305
12.7 Details of public consultation Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
Environment monitoring and managementplan
☐
12.9 Details of social impact assessment Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
306
Details /
Specifications
Details of resettlement and rehabilitationaction
plan
☐
12.11 Measures to minimize resettlement Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
Details of public consultation with
stakeholders
☐
Details of implementation arrangement /budget
☐
☐
13 Technical Specifications Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
MoRTH technical specifications for Roadsand Bridge
works followed
☐
13.2 Details of technical specifications Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
14 Rate Analysis Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
Rate analysis for all relevant items as perlatest SoR
☐
15 Cost Estimates Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
Cost estimates for all relevant items asper latest
SoR
☐
16 Bill of quantities Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
17 Drawing Volume Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
18 Digital drawings of road
18.1 Highway cross sections Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
☐
3D engineered models of:
 Road alignment geometry
18.2 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
 Proposed highway
☐
 Proposed structures
307
DPR Checklist – Stage 5 – Technical Schedules (Pavements)
General Details
Project Name
Consultant's Name
Date of Review
Details / Specifications
1 Bid documents- EPC Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
2 Bid documents- BOT/PPP Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
3 Bid documents- other, if any Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA

4 Draft concession agreement Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
Schedule D - Specifications and
4 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
standards
5 Any other relevant details Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
308
DPR Checklist – Stage 6 – LA and Clearances II Report (Pavements)
General Details
Project Name
Consultant's Name
Date of Review
Details/
Specifications
☐
2 Environment Clearance Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
2.1 Details of public hearings completed Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
☐
Date of final environment clearance bycompetent
authority
☐
☐
Date/ Details of Joint site inspection withDFO/
competent authority
☐
Date of Stage I forest clearance approvalby
competent authority
☐
Date of final forest clearance approval bycompetent
authority
☐
☐
Date/ Details of joint site inspection withDFO/
competent authority
☐
Date of final wildlife clearance approval bycompetent
authority
☐
☐
Date/ Details of Joint site inspection withcompetent
authority
☐
Date of estimate submission by competentauthority
☐
Date of estimate approval by competentauthority
☐
309
DPR Checklist – Stage 6 – LA and Clearances II Report (Pavements)
Approved utility shifting proposal includingstrip plan
☐
Details of approved contractors, SoR anddeposit
details for user agency
☐
Utilities checklist, no upgradationcertificate
attached
☐
310
Details/
Specifications
☐
☐
☐
☐
attached
☐
☐
☐
☐
☐
attached
☐
Date of final approval of GAD bycompetent
authority
☐
☐
Date of final approval by competentauthority
☐
☐
10.1 Draft 3a notification submitted Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
☐
10.2 Review of 3a notification by client Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
☐
☐
10.4 Draft 3a notification submitted Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
☐
10.5 Review of 3A notification by client Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
☐
311
☐
Date of Joint Measurement Survey withcompetent
10.7 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
authority
☐
10.7.1 Date of survey - village wise Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
10.7.2 Land type –by survey number Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
10.7.3 Nature of Land –by survey number Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
312
Details/
Specifications
10.7.4 Ownership status of plots- by surveynumber
Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
10.7.5 Verification of area to be acquired – bysurvey
number
☐
10.7.6 List of structures on each plot Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
10.7.7 Sketches of updated alignment by village Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
10.7.8 Verification from Land revenue department Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
10.7.9 Verification by CALA office Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
313
1.1.1 DPR Checklist – Stage 7 – Award determination (Pavements)
General Details
Project Name
Consultant's Name
Date of Review
Details/
Specifications
☐
2 Village level summary Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
Total private and public land beingacquired
☐
Variation in area and nature of landagainst 3D
with justification
☐
2.3 Method used by CALA to arrive at award Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
Date of award by CALA and approval by
2.4
CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai along with valuation report
Total award calculated and deviation fromRFCTLARR
act
☐
3 In detail for each Village Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
Updated land acquisition tracker withstatus of:
 Notifications
3.1  Award Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
 Disbursement ☐
Valuation report and details of award calculation-

3.2 verification by state authorityto be included Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
3.3 Claims report Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
3.4 Copies of notifications published Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
Copies of land possession certificatesreceived
☐
☐
314
☐
☐
☐
☐
315
1.1.2 DPR Checklist – Stage 8 – Land possession report
(Pavements)
General Details
Project Name
Consultant's Name
Date of Review
Details/
Specifications
☐
☐
☐
Date of final award by CALA andapproval by
2.2
Status of disbursement on date of receiptof Land
possession certificate
☐
Key issues being faced in completingland
acquisition, if any
☐
3 In detail for each Village Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
 Notifications
3.2 Final award and claims report Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA

☐
Copies of notifications published, landpossession
certificates received
☐
☐
☐
Report fulfils project objectives andscope as per
RFP
☐
316
☐

☐
GIS Map containing digitsed details of land parcels
5 acquired with all relevantdetails Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
317
Annexure III: Checklists for Structures such as ROB/ RUB
DPR Checklist – Stage 1 – Inception Report (Structures)
General Details
Project Name
Consultant's Name
Date of Review
Details/
Specifications
☐
2 Project Appreciation Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
2.1 Location of site office Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
☐
Review of scope of ToR and gap identification
☐
Details of key departments for documents
☐
Project description
 Existing LC number
 Start and End Chainage
☐
 Village/District
 On State Map
2.5  On District Map Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
 Latitude & Longitude Coordinates ☐
of the LC
Details of Existing Level Crossing
 Number of Railway Tracks
2.6  Type of Railway Tracks Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
(Broad/Metre/Narrow) ☐
 No. of trains per day
Justification for need of an ROB/RUB(on basis of
TVU count)
☐
☐
318
 Number of Lanes
2.9  Type of Pavement Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
(Flexible/Rigid/Surfaced/Unsurfaced) ☐
319
Details/
Specifications
☐
☐
3 Approach Methodology Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
3.1 Engineering survey and investigations Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
Design of road, pavements and structures
☐
Environment and social impact assessment
☐
Estimation of project cost, viability and financing
options
☐
☐
Task Assignment and ManningSchedule
☐
4.1 Number of key personnel provided Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
☐
Specific tasks assigned to each keypersonnel
☐
4.3 Manning schedule for key personnel Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
Number of key personnel deployed atsite
☐
5 Performa for data collection Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
Indicative Design standards andcross sections
☐
7 Development plans Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
Overview of development plans being implemented/
proposed by local bodies
☐
Overview of impact of suchdevelopment
plans
☐
8 Quality Assurance Plan Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
8.1 Engineering surveys and investigation Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
320
8.2 Traffic surveys Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
Material geo-technical and sub-soil
investigations
☐
8.4 Road and pavement investigations Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
Investigation and design of bridges andstructures
☐
8.6 Environment and R&R assessment Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
8.7 Economic and financial analysis Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
321
Details/
Specifications
8.8 Drawing and documentation Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
Discussion of draft QAP document withclient
☐
Approval of final QAP document byclient
☐
☐
9 Draft design standards Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
Geometric design standards of bridges(Plain)
☐
Geometric design standards of bridges(Hilly)
☐
☐
☐
☐
Report fulfils project objectives andscope as
per RFP
☐
Report reviewed for errors andomissions
☐
observations
☐
322
DPR Checklist – Stage 2 – Feasibility Report (Structures)
General Details
Project Name
Consultant's Name
Date of Review
Details/
Specifications
☐
Overview of client organization /activities
☐
Methodology adopted for feasibilitystudy
☐
Socioeconomic profile of the projectareas
☐
Regional economic profile basis last 10years data as
per IRC
☐
Economic profile of project influence areabasis last 10
years data as per IRC
☐
Socio Economic status of project influencearea
☐
Indicative design standards, methodologies, and
specifications
☐
6 Traffic surveys and analysis Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
Classified traffic volume counts usingIHMCL data
(7 day)
☐
☐
6.3 Projected Traffic data for 20 years Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
6.4 Current and Projected PCU Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
☐
6.5 Current and Projected TVU Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
☐
6.6 Axle load survey as per IRC:SP:19 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
323
☐
Traffic surveys monitored and reviewed bythe client
☐
7 Reconnaissance survey Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
7.1 Road Inventory as per IRC:SP:19 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
7.2 Review of Road Inventory Survey by client Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
324
Details/
Specifications
Geometric Features of the Existing Road
 Design Speed
 Sight distance elements
NA ☐
Topographical Survey as per IRC:SP:19using LiDAR or
equivalent technology
 Gradient
NA ☐
 Terrain
7.5 Review of topographical survey by client Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
NA ☐
IRC:SP:19
NA ☐
Geological Survey
Climatic Conditions
 Temperature
 Rainfall
NA ☐
 Wind
NA ☐
NA ☐
NA ☐
8 Geotechnical Survey Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
NA ☐
NA ☐
Number of Bore holes dug (holds for everypier and abutment)
8.2 Yes ☐ No ☐
NA ☐
Review of geo-technical and sub-soilexplorations by
client
NA ☐
325
Field testing, soil sampling, laboratorytesting as per
IRC:78
NA ☐
Recommendation of Foundation Type andDepth
8.5 Yes ☐ No ☐
NA ☐
326
Details/
Specifications
☐
9 Hydraulic & Hydrological Survey Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
Hydrological investigations as per IRC:5and IRC: 13
☐
9.2 High Flood Level specified Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
9.3 Depth of Water Table specified Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
9.4 Ponded Water Level specified Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
☐
9.6 Review of Hydrological Survey by the client Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
10 Materials Survey Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
☐
Sources of Naturally Occurring Aggregatesspecified
 Details of Borrow Pits withDistance
10.2 from Project Site Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
 Cost of Material/Transportation ☐

 Details of Suppliers with Distancefrom
Project Site
☐
Source of Water for construction specifiedas per
IS:456
☐
☐
Determination of whether ROB or RUBis
appropriate
☐
Justification of whether ROB or RUBshould be
built
☐
11.2 Review of justification by client Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
12 Alignment Options Study Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
327
☐
12.2 Review of options with client Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
12.2.1 Review of options with local authority Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
Length of the project along proposedalignment
options
☐
Land Acquisition required along alignmentoptions
☐
328
Details/
Specifications
12.5 Cost Estimates of alternatives Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
12.6 Recommended Alignment with Justification Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
☐
Skew Angle of Proposed AlignmentSpecified
12.7 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
☐
12.7.1 Environmental impact of each option Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
☐
Review of road geometry and safety foreach
12.7.2 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
option
☐
12.9 Traffic Diversion Route Specified Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
☐
Environmental screening/ preliminary
environmental assessment
☐
Analysis basis Initial EnvironmentExamination
in IRC: SP: 19
☐
Recommended feasible mitigationmeasures
☐
Initial social assessment/ preliminary LA
resettlement plan
☐
Analysis basis Initial EnvironmentExamination
in IRC: SP: 19
☐
Details of consultation with potentiallyaffected
persons
☐
14.3 Details of consultation with local NGOs Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
Details of consultation with municipal
authorities
☐
14.5 Preliminary resettlement plan Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
☐
☐
15.1 Item rates and rate analysis Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
15.2 Escalation Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
329
☐
16 Economic and financial analysis Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA

☐
☐
☐
☐
Analysis and results
 IRR
 Sensitivity Analysis
☐
 Financial Viability
330
Details/
Specifications
☐
17 Strip Plan NA
17.1 Details of center line of proposed structure Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
17.2 Details of existing RoW Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
☐
17.3 Details of proposed RoW Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
☐
Details about ownership of land to beacquired
☐
Strip plan basis reconnaissance andtopographic
surveys
☐
Strip plan reviewed and approved by theclient
☐
☐
11 Strip plan- additional details added Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
Details of centreline, existing structures,road
furniture and other features
☐
11.2 Widening scheme Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
New construction/ reconstruction ofstructures
and amenities
☐
11.4 Existing and proposed right of way Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
11.5 Clearances impacting each chainage Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
331
DPR Checklist – Stage 3 – LA and Clearances I Report (Structures)
General Details
Project Name
Consultant's Name
Date of Review
Details/
Specifications
☐
☐
Requirement for environment clearanceidentified
☐
Date/ Details of Initial consultation withcompetent
authority
☐
Date of submission of draft EIA report/proposal for
clearance
☐
2.4 Review of proposal/ EIA report by client Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
☐
3.1 Requirement for forest clearance identified Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
Date/ Details of initial consultation withcompetent
authority
☐
Details/cost of trees being felled basisconcerned
District Forest Office
☐
Date of submission of proposal for forestclearance
☐
☐
☐
4.1 Requirement for wildlife clearance identified Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
Date/ Details of initial consultation withcompetent
authority
☐
332
Details/cost of trees being felled basisconcerned
District Forest Office
☐
Date of submission of proposal for wildlifeclearance
☐
☐
☐
5.1 Identification of overground utilities Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
333
Details/
Specifications
Identification of underground utilities usingGPR, Induction
5.2 Locator or equivalent technologies Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
people
☐
☐
☐
Date of proposal submission to competentauthority
☐
Review of utility relocation plan/ proposalby client
☐
6 Utility Clearances (Water) Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
☐
☐
Name/ Details of consultation with localauthority/
people
☐
☐
☐
☐
☐
7 Utility Clearances (Others) Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
7.1 Identification of over ground utilities in RoW Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
☐
Name/ Details of consultation with localauthority/
people
☐
334
☐
☐
☐
335
Details/
Specifications
☐
8 Railway Clearances Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
Identification of ROB/ RUB on projectcorridor
☐
8.2 Initial consultation with competent authority Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
☐
8.4 Review of GAD/ proposal by client Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
☐
9.1 Requirement for other clearances identified Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
☐
☐
☐
Detailed schedule about acquisition oflandholdings as
per land records
☐
10.2 Consultation with affected persons Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
10.3 Name/ Details of consultation with NGOs Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
☐
Name/ Details of consultation withconcerned
10.4 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
government agencies
☐
Total land required, land area already available , land
10.5 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
to be acquired identified
☐
Review of land acquisition using digitalcadastral map
by client
☐
11 Strip plan- additional details added Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 11
NA ☐
Details of centreline, existing structures, road
11.1 furniture and otherfeatures Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 11.1
NA ☐
336
11.2 Widening scheme Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 11.2
NA ☐
New construction/ reconstruction of structures
11.3
and amenities Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 11.3
NA ☐
11.4 Existing and proposed right of way Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 11.4
NA ☐
11.5 Clearances impacting each chainage Yes ☐ No ☐ NA 11.5
NA ☐
☐
☐
337
Details/
Specifications
Report fulfils project objectives and scopeas per
12.2 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
RFP
12.4 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
observations
338
DPR Checklist – Stage 4 – Detailed Project Report (Structures)
General Details
Project Name
Consultant's Name
Date of Review
Details/
Specifications
1 Project background Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
Project description
 Existing LC number
 Start and End Chainage
☐
 Village/District
 On State Map
1.2  On District Map Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
 Latitude & Longitude Coordinatesof the LC ☐
Details of Existing Level Crossing

 Number of Railway Tracks
1.3  Type of Railway Tracks Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
(Broad/Metre/Narrow) ☐
 No. of trains per day
Justification for need of an ROB/RUB (onbasis of TVU
count)
☐
☐
 Number of Lanes
 Type of Pavement ☐
(Flexible/Rigid/Surfaced/Unsurfaced)
☐
☐
2 Social analysis of the project Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
Project impact on stakeholders such aslocal people
☐
339
Project impact on residential, commercialand public
properties
☐
☐
340
Details/
Specifications
3 Reconnaissance survey Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
NA ☐
Geometric Features of the Existing Road
 Design Speed
 Sight distance details
3.1 Yes ☐ No ☐
NA ☐
Topographical Survey using LiDAR or equivalent technology
as per IRC:SP:19
 Gradient
NA ☐
 Terrain
IRC:SP:19
NA ☐
Geological Survey
Climatic Conditions
 Temperature
 Rainfall
NA ☐
 Wind
NA ☐
NA ☐
NA ☐
Number of Bore holes dug (holds for everypier and
3.10 Yes ☐ No ☐
abutment)
NA ☐
Field testing, soil sampling, laboratorytesting as per IRC:
3.11 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
78
NA ☐
Recommendation of Foundation Type andDepth
3.12 Yes ☐ No ☐
NA ☐
Hydraulic and Hydrological investigationsas per IRC:5
3.13 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
NA ☐
341
NA ☐
NA ☐
342
Details/
Specifications
NA ☐
3.17 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
NA ☐
Sources of Naturally Occurring Aggregatesspecified
 Details of Borrow Pits withDistance from
3.18 Project Site Yes ☐ No ☐
 Cost of Material/Transportation NA ☐

 Details of Suppliers with Distancefrom Project
3.19 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
Site
NA ☐
Sources of environmentally friendly construction
3.19.1 materials identified as perMoRT&H circular Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
NA ☐
Source of Water for construction specifiedas per IS:456
3.20 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
NA ☐
NA ☐
4 Traffic surveys and analysis Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
NA ☐
Classified traffic volume counts usingIHMCL data (7
day)
NA ☐
4.2 Traffic projection as per IRC:108 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
NA ☐
4.3 Projected Traffic data for 20 years Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
NA ☐
4.4 Current and Projected PCU Yes ☐ No ☐
NA ☐
4.5 Current and Projected TVU Yes ☐ No ☐
NA ☐
4.6 Axle load survey as per IRC:SP:19 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
NA ☐
NA ☐
Determination of whether ROB or RUBis appropriate
5 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
NA ☐
Justification of whether ROB or RUBshould be built
NA ☐
6 Alignment Options Study Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
343
NA ☐

NA ☐
Length of the project along proposedalignment
options
NA ☐
Land Acquisition required along alignmentoptions
NA ☐
344
Details/
Specifications
6.4 Cost Estimates of alternatives Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
NA ☐
Recommended Alignment withJustification
6.5 Yes ☐ No ☐
NA ☐
Skew Angle of Proposed AlignmentSpecified
6.6 Yes ☐ No ☐
NA ☐
6.7 Traffic Diversion Route Specified Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
NA ☐
NA ☐
7 Design Specifications Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
NA ☐
7.1 Number of Lanes Yes ☐ No ☐
NA ☐
Width of ROB
 Width of Carriageway
7.2  Width of Safety Kerbs Yes ☐ No ☐
 Width of Footpath NA ☐
 Any other
Proposed Number of Lanes on ROB in linewith PCU as per
latest MoRTH guidelines
NA ☐
Proposed Length of the Project
 Length of ROB
 Length of Viaduct
7.4 Yes ☐ No ☐
 Length of RE Wall
NA ☐
 Length of Approach Road
 Length of Service Road
Span Arrangement
7.5  Span Length Yes ☐ No ☐
 Number of Spans NA ☐
Are all spans of standardised length as perRailways
standards (https://ircep.gov.in/RCApproval/)
7.6  If non-standardised, suitablejustification Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
provided NA ☐
Details of Proposed Superstructure Design

 Type
 Details of Material Use Proposed
NA ☐
 Drawings of Cross-Sections
345
Details of Proposed Substructure DesignType
NA ☐
346
Details/
Specifications
Details of Proposed Pavement DesignType
 Thickness
 Design MSA
☐
7.10 Details of Drainage Structures Proposed Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA

☐
☐
☐
Summary of Cost Estimates (Referfollowing
subsection)
☐
8.2 Detailed Abstract of Cost Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
8.3 Detailed Bills of Quantity Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
8.4 Detailed Rate Analysis Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
9 Financial Viability Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
☐
☐
☐
Analysis and results
 IRR
 Sensitivity Analysis
☐
 Financial Viability
10 Land Acquisition Study Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
Land Acquisition Details
 Total Land Required
10.1 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
 Land Area already available
☐
 Area of Land to be Acquired
10.3 Details of LA Cost Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
☐
11 Utility Shifting Study Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
347
☐
11.1 Results of GPR investigation Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA

☐
☐
☐
12 General Arrangement Drawing Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
12.1 Elevation of Railway Portion Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
348
Details/
Specifications
12.2 Plan of Railway Portion Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
12.3 General Elevation Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
General Plan (showing completeROB/RUB
along with diversion)
☐
12.5 Key Plan Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
12.6 Cross-Section of Railway Portion Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
3D engineered models of:
 Existing structure, if any
12.7 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
 Proposed structure
☐
 Utilities and other features in RoW
349
Cost Summary Table
S.No. Particulars Cost Estimate(in '000)

1 Cost of ROB Portion
Foundation
Substructure
Superstructure
Total-ROB Portion
2 Cost of Viaduct
Foundation
Substructure
Superstructure
Total-Viaduct
3 Cost of Approach Road
4 Cost of RE Wall
5 Cost of Service Road
6 Miscellaneous Costs
Cost of Subway
Cost of Toll Plaza
Cost of Culverts
Any Other Costs
Civil Cost of the Project

7 Contingencies @x%
Total Civil Cost
8 Supervision Charges @x%

9 Cost of Quality Control @x%
10 Maintenance Charges @x%
11 Escalation Costs @x%
12 Land Acquisition Costs
13 Utility Shifting Costs
14 Any Other Costs
Total Cost of the Project
350
DPR Checklist – Stage 5 – Technical Schedules (Structures)
General Details
Project Name
Consultant's Name
Date of Review
Details/
Specifications
1 Bid documents- EPC Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
2 Bid documents- Other, if any Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA

3 Draft concession agreement Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
3 Schedule C - Project facilities Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA

Schedule D - Specifications and
4 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
standards
5 Any other relevant details Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
351
DPR Checklist – Stage 6 – LA and Clearances II Report (Structures)
General Details
Project Name
Consultant's Name
Date of Review
Details/
Specifications
☐
☐
2.1 Details of public hearings completed Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
☐
Date of final environment clearance bycompetent
authority
☐
☐
Date/ Details of Joint site inspection withDFO/
competent authority
☐
Date of Stage I forest clearance approvalby
competent authority
☐
Date of final forest clearance approval bycompetent
authority
☐
☐
Date/ Details of joint site inspection withDFO/
competent authority
☐
Date of final wildlife clearance approval bycompetent
authority
☐
☐
Date/ Details of Joint site inspection withcompetent
authority
☐
☐
☐
352
5.4 Approved utility shifting proposal Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
☐
Details of approved contractors, SoR anddeposit details
for user agency
☐
attached
☐
☐
353
Details/
Specifications
☐
☐
☐
attached
☐
☐
☐
☐
☐
attached
☐
Date of final approval of GAD bycompetent
authority
☐
☐
Date of final approval by competentauthority
☐
☐
☐
10.2 Review of 3a notification by client Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
☐
☐
10.5 Review of 3A notification by client Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
☐
354
Date of Joint Measurement Survey withcompetent
10.7 Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
authority
☐
10.7.1 Date of survey Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
10.7.2 Land type –by survey number Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
10.7.3 Nature of Land –by survey number Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
10.7.4 Ownership status of plots- by surveynumber
☐
10.7.5 Verification of area to be acquired – bysurvey
number
☐
355
Details/ Specifications
10.7.6 List of structures on each plot Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA

10.7.7 Sketches of updated alignment Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
10.7.8 Verification from Land revenue department Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
10.7.9 Verification by CALA office Yes ☐ No ☐ NA ☐ NA
356
1.1.3 DPR Checklist – Stage 7 – Award determination (Structures)
General Details
Project Name
Consultant's Name
Date of Review
Details/
Specifications
☐
☐
☐
Variation in area and nature of landagainst 3D with
justification
☐
Method used by CALA to arrive ataward
☐
Date of award by CALA and approvalby CE NH
2.4 (PWD) Navi Mumbai along with valuation
report
Total award calculated and details ofdeviation from
RFCTLARR act
☐
3 In detail Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
Updated land acquisition tracker withparcel-wise
status of:
3.1  Notifications Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
 Award ☐
 Disbursement
Valuation report and details of awardcalculation-
3.2 verification by state authority to be included Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
3.3 Claims report Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
3.4 Copies of notifications published Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
Copies of land possession certificatesreceived
☐
357
☐

☐
Report fulfils project objectives andscope as per
RFP
☐
358
Details/
Specifications
Report reviewed for errors and
omissions
observations
359
1.1.4 DPR Checklist – Stage 8 – Land possession report (Structures)
General Details
Project Name
Consultant's Name
Date of Review
Details/
Specifications
☐
☐
☐
Date of final award by CALA and approvalby CE NH (PWD)
2.2
Navi Mumbai
Status of disbursement on date of receiptof Land
possession certificate
☐
Key issues being faced in completing landacquisition, if
any
☐
3 In detail Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA
☐
 Notifications
3.2 Final award and claims report Yes ☐ No ☐ NA NA

☐
Copies of notifications published, landpossession
certificates received
☐
☐
☐
☐
☐
360
☐
GIS Map containing digitised details of land parcels
Yes ☐ No ☐ NA
5 acquired with all relevant details NA
☐
361
APPENDIX VIII
Sample Executive Summary of Detailed Project Report
Chief Engineer, National Highways,

Public Works Department,
(Ministry of Road Transport & Highways)
Government of India
Executive summary of detailed project report for:
[ Consultancy Services for DPR Preparation for

widening of Ajanta Ghat to 4L+PS of NH-753F
configuration in the state of Maharashtra]
DPR Consultant
[Name and logo of consulting agency]
362
Table of Contents
1 Introduction 293
2 Project overview 294
2.1 Key features of project 294
2.2 Key plan of existing project stretch 296
3 Traffic demands on project road 297
3.1 Traffic volume surveys 297
3.2 Axle load survey 298
3.3 Traffic volume forecast 298
3.4 Turning movement surveys 299
4 Pavement and corridor surveys 300
4.1 Pavement condition and distress seen 300
4.2 Pavement composition 300
4.3 Pavement strength 300
4.4 Sub-grade soil survey 301
5 Improvement proposals 302
5.1 Proposed alignment 302
5.2 Bypasses proposed 302
5.3 Road geometry 303
5.4 Widening scheme 303
5.5 Pavement design 303
5.6 Design of structures 305
5.7 Intersections and grade separators 306
5.8 Toll plazas 306
5.9 Wayside amenities proposed 306
6 Environmental impact assessment 307
6.1 Impact and clearances needed 307
6.2 Cost of environmental mitigation 307
7 Social impact assessment and Land acquisition 308
7.1 Social impact assessment 308
7.2 Land acquisition requirements 308
7.3 Key risks envisaged in land acquisition 308
8 Utilities shifting and clearances 309
8.1 Utilities shifting estimates 309
8.2 Total cost of utilities shifting 309
363
9 Project cost estimates 310
10 Material investigation 311
10.1 Borrow pits for soil 311
10.2 Sand 311
10.3 Gravel 311
10.4 Fly ash 311
10.5 Bitumen 311
10.6 Cement 311
10.7 Other local material available 312
10.8 Key risks 312
10.9 Location of material sources 313
11 Potential for value engineering and innovative technologies 314
12 Economic and financial analysis 315
12.1 Economic analysis of the project 315
12.2 Financial analysis 315
13 Execution plan 317
13.1 Packaging 317
13.2 Bidding mode and timelines 317
13.3 Construction time and planning 317
14 Conclusions and recommendation 318
364
1. Introduction
The CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai proposes to implement the <re> the

development, maintenance and management of the <NH-xx> stretch from <Origin> to
<Destination> from chainage
<aa km>to <bb km> into <proposed improvement, xx lane road/ expressway etc.> under
the NHDP Phase V programme. The proposed project road has been selected to <primary
reason for project- e.g. to improve connectivity and ease congestion between aa bb>
<Consultant> was appointed in <mm/yyyy> to prepare the detailed project report

for the project road, and this executive summary covers is submitted along with the
<draft/final> detailed project report to cover the key aspects of the project.
<Any special circumstances or requests made by the Authority for the project
that affect the consultancy assignment e.g.: CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai desired to
restructure project into two packages, bifurcating the project road at Betulnagar, this
report has been revised and resubmitted providing improvement proposals and bid
documents separately for the two stretches>
365
2. Project overview
As described earlier the project road lies on NH xx (previously NH yy) and connects
<orgin> with <destination>, passing through the states of <state 1, state 2>. The
proposed project alignment passess through <towns/junctions a, b, c, d> for a total
length of <xx km>.
Figure 1: Location of project road
2.1. Key features of project
Table 1: Key features of project
Attributes Details
NH No
Origin- Destination
Via towns
Existing carriageway
Service lanes and slip roads

Shoulder
Condition of existing pavement
Right of way
Land use along project road
Traffic on the stretch

Toll infrastructure
366
Terrain
Attributes Details
Structures along stretch
User amenities along stretch

Key utilities in the proposed RoW
Forest Stretches along RoW
Rail crossings along RoW
Other clearance related aspects
367
2.2. Key plan of existing project stretch
Figure 2: Key plan of existing project road
368
3. Traffic demands on project road
3.1. Traffic volume surveys
For the purposes of traffic projections and lane design, <xx> individual sections of
road were considered:
Table 2: Traffic survey locations
Volume Count
Length
Section Chainages Locations Remarks
(Kms)
Traffic volume surveys for the project road were < available from IHMCL for x
locations> and were carried out at <x> additional locations along the project road
in the month of
<mm/yyyy>. The results are as follows:
Table 3: Results of traffic surveys conducted
Homogenous section 1 1 2
Chainage
Source of data
Bicycle
2 Wheeler
3 Wheeler
Tractor
Tractor with Trailer
2 Axle SCV
LMV 2 axle
LCV 2 Axle
2 Axle Truck or Bus
3 Axle Truck or Bus
Multi Axle Vehicles MAV
Oversized Vehicle OSV
369
Cycle
AADT (in vehicles)
3.2. Axle load survey
Axle load surveys were conducted at <x> locations using <xxxx> to understand
the actual load spectrum of commercial vehicles plying on the project road. The
results of the load survey, were converted to Vehicle Damage Factor (VDF) using
equivalency factors from <IRC xx> for the purpose of MSA calculations
Table 4: Axle load survey results
Mode Section 1 Section 2 Section 2

Observed-at Observed-at
Observed- at chainage xx chainage xx
Recommended Recommended Recommended
chainage xx
LCV
2-
axle
3-
axle
MAV
Bus
3.3. Traffic volume forecast
Traffic volume forecast was developed using the <xx> method and converted to
Million Standard Axles (MSA) for the purposes of pavement design. The cumulative load
in MSA for each section is given as under for various horizon years:
Table 5: Projected traffic load on project road in MSA

MSA In x+15 In x+30
Section LHS RHS LHS RHS
1
2
370
3.4. Turning movement surveys
Peak Hour
Total Grade
SL. Existing VolumePCU Peak Intersection
Location Volume separator
No. Chainage Hour type
PCU proposed
Classified direction wise turning movement surveys were conducted at <x>

intersections to determine the need for re-design and addition of structure at the
intersection
Table 6: Turning movement survey results
371
4. Pavement and corridor surveys
4.1. Pavement condition and distress seen
The overall pavement condition <description of overall pavement condition- e.g.

from poor to very poor, with high roughness and significant presence of potholes and
raveling>
Table 7: Condition survey of existing pavement
Length affected, in Kms

Type of distress
Area Area 10 %- Area 25 %- Area 50 Area
<=10 25 % 50 % %-75% >75 %
%
Total Cracking
Potholes
Patching
Raveling
<other categories
seen>
Total
4.2. Pavement composition
The existing pavement structure is a <rigid/flexible/inverted etc.> pavement

consisting of sub-grade and <x> additional layers. The summary of pavement composition
seen is as follows
Table 8: Composition of existing pavement
Granular course(mm) Xx (mm)

Bituminous course (mm)
Section
Min Max Min Max Min Max
1
2
X
4.3. Pavement strength
<xxx FWD/BBD> was carried out to test the strength of the existing pavement, and
the characteristic deflection values have been calculated for each homogeneous section
of road to enable design of an overlay for the road.
372
Table 9: Strength of existing pavement
Characteristicdeflection
Chainage Distance
Section
Start End Km Mm
1
2
X
4.4. Sub-grade soil survey
Extensive review of available soil information and testing was done to

understand thesub-grade characteristics. Summary of soil investigation surveys is as
follows:
Table 10: Soil investigation survey results
Attribute Results Comments

Sub-grade CBR range (%)
Degree of compaction (% of MDD)
Swelling ratio (%)
<other attributes>
Table 11: Soil types observed
Soil type % of length Plasticity index Comments

Clayey sand (SC)
Silty sand (SM)

Clayey gravel (GC)
373
5. Improvement proposals
5.1. Proposed alignment
The final alignment chosen for the project in consultation with <xx, yy> will <be
along current project road/ pass through xx, yy new towns- short description of
alignment with changes if any>.
Figure 3: Map showing proposed alignment of project road
5.2. Bypasses proposed
Given increasing urban traffic and congestion and the lack of available RoW in
urbanareas through the project route, <x> urban areas are proosed to be by-passed in the
proposed project alignment
Table 12: Proposed by-passes along project length
Bypass plan
Urban area tobe
Start End Length Key driver for by-pass
bypassed
chainage chainage proposed
374
5.3. Road geometry
The project road has been re-designed to accommodate speeds of <xx>, adopted as per
<standard or consultation with CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai >. Enabling this higher speed
will require redesign and re-alignemnt of the road in certain sections given their
<description of poor geometry>.
5.4. Widening scheme
Basis traffic information available, level of service requirements and consultation with
<CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai , local authorities etc.>, the following lane configuration is
adopted for the project road:
Table 13: Lane configuration planned for project road
Chainage Traffic forecast

Start End k PCUs in20xx Servicelanes
Section Lane config. Comments
2
3
xx
Basis availability of RoW and land acquisition constraints, a widening scheme has
been proposed that makes optimum use of existing ROW and minimizes need for land
acquisition in urban areas, a summary of which is given below:
Table 14: Summary of widening type proposed
Sl no Type of widening Length, Km

1
2
3
4
5.5. Pavement design
5.5.1. Design period, loading and pavement type
Using the projected traffic, VDF values,lane and directional distribution factors,
the design traffic loading used for the project is <xx to yy> MSA.
Through preliminary design and lifecycle comparisons, the

<flexible/rigid/inverted> type of pavement was chosen for construction with a design
life of <xx> years as per
375
<IRC/MoRTH/CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai standards/request> has been considered for design.
376
5.5.2. Design sub-grade strength
Considering the soil investigations conducted in the prject road area, and the
availability of suitable soil in the region, the following sub-grade strength has been assumed
to vary from <xx%> to <yy%> for various sections of the highway
5.5.3. Pavement composition for new carriageway
The proposed pavement composition for the new sections carriageway

basis
<standards>, subgrade strength and design traffic is:
Table 15: Proposed pavement composition
Sub-gradestrength Pavementloading
Design Chainage Layer thickness (mm)
Section
Start End Min % CBR MSA GSB WMM DBM BC xx
1
2
X
5.5.4. Strengthening of existing pavement
The strengthening requirements for the existing pavement have been estimated
fromt eh deflection measurements and estimated traffic loadings. The designed overlay
proposed isas below:
Table 16: Overlay thickness required
Characteristicdeflection Overlay thickness (mm)

Chainage Distance
Section
Start End Km Mm DBM Xx
1
2
X
377
5.5.5. Pavement design for service lanes
Pavement for service lanes is designed for MSA of xx-yy with a design CBR of
~xx%. The composition for the <flexible/rigid> service lane pavement along the project
corridor is as follows:
Table 17: Pavement composition for service road
Layer Layer Thickness in mm

SDBC
DBM
WMM
GSB
5.6. Design of structures
Along the project stretch, there are several bridges, culverts,

under/overpasses andflyovers. A summary of the total number and proposed additions
is given in the table below
Table 18: Proposed improvement to structures along project road
Sl Construct in New
Structure Existing Dismantle Widen Reconstruct Total
No parallel construction
1 Major bridge
2 Minor bridge
3 Flyover
4 Vehicle
overpass
5 Vehicle
underpass
6 Passengerunder
pass
7 Culverts
8 xxx
378
5.7. Intersections and grade separators
Based on the traffic and turning movement surveys conducted, <xx> junctions
have been identified for redesign or grade separation, the details of which are given
below
Table 19: Proposed intersection improvement
SL. Existing Est total vol (kPCU) Est Peak HourVol (k PCU)
Location Improvement proposed
No. Chainage
5.8. Toll plazas
Based on the traffic surveys, O-D surveys and layout of project road, <xx> toll
plazas are proposed along the project road:
Table 20: Location of current and proposed toll plazas

Sl Existing Design Existing no of Proposed noof
Location
No chainage chainage lanes lanes
1
2
x
5.9. Wayside amenities proposed
<local discussions, discussions with authority, demand modelling etc.> was

conductedto locate various way-side amenities across the project road. A summary of the
improvements proposed is given below:
Table 21: Proposed user amenities along project stretch

Sl no Amenity type Current Proposed Comments
1
2
3
4
5
6
378
6. Environmental impact assessment
6.1. Impact and clearances needed
A environmental impact study was undertaken during the process of creating the
detailed project report to understand impact of the project road on the surrounding
ecology and environment. The project road is categorized as a category <xx> project by
the MoEF and as it is <xx km> in length, it <will/will not> require environmental
clearances.
The proposed project <involves/does not involve> the acquisition of

forest/ecologically sensitive land, felling of trees and will impact wildlife habitat and will
hence require individual clearances for each. A summary of the environmental impact and
clearances required is provided below
Table 22: Environmental impact and clearances required
Sl Impact type Description Clearance status

No
1
6.2. Cost of environmental mitigation
The Environmental Mitigation and Management Costs were developed based on

the estimation of resources required to implement the mitigation measures proposed
and also number of places where intervention is required. Environmental mitigation cost
for the proposed project is Rs. <xx> cr.
379
7. Social impact assessment and Land acquisition
7.1. Social impact assessment
The existing RoW (x-y m) is <adequate/ in adequate> for the proposed widening
and RoW requirements as required by <CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai /Authority>. This will
lead to the additional acquisition of <xx>Ha across the states of <states1, 2>, affecting a
total of <yy> villages in <zz> districts. In addition to structures found to be encroaching
the current Row, the required acquisition is poised to affect <xx> residential and <yy>
other structures.
Preliminary interactions have been held with locals to understand their issues
and concerns and help communicate the project plan and its impact on them. The key
concerns of title and non-title holders centered around:
 <Key issues expressed over and above land being acquired, and
compensation norms>
7.2. Land acquisition requirements
The state and district wise details and status of land acquisition as on the date
of publishing of this report is as follows:
Table 23: Districtwise land acquisition requirements and status
Private landto be
Total land 3A done, 3D
Village and acquired (Ha) 3A pending 3D
State required(Ha) pending (Ha)
Chainage (Ha) completed
A total of <xx cr> is expected to be awarded for the acquisition of land required for
this project. The land acquisition process is underway with a total of <xx> CALAs
appointed, and 90% of land is expected to be in possession by <xx, 20xx>.
7.3. Key risks envisaged in land acquisition
Despite the best efforts of the consultant and various lad acquisition teams
working to complete land acquisition, it is envisaged that acquiring possession of the
RoW for some specific sections of the project road may prove to be difficult or be delayed
inordinately. Such potential risks are highlighted below:
 <Highlight any risks foreseen along with chainage and ha affected>
380
8. Utilities shifting and clearances
Utilities belonging to <x> user agencies have been identified that fall within the
project road ROW and will need to be shifted to enable road construction. Shifting proposals
have been submitted to the user agencies and initial estimates have been received from
the concerned agencies. The process of site inspection, review and revision of the
proposals for utilities shifting is in process.
<To enable better management of utilities and installation going forward, all
utilities are being shifted underground/into a utilitiy corridor/out of the road RoW/
utilities trench isbeing planned as part of construction>
8.1. Utilities shifting estimates
Table 24: Key utilities shifting requirements
Sl Utility Chainage Agency Shifting Estimated Supervision % Current

No affected required cost status
(INR cr)
1
8.2. Total cost of utilities shifting
The total cost of utilities shifting for all the utilities identified in the road RoW
is estimated to be <xx cr> with supervision charges of <yy cr> being paid as supervision
charges to the <z> concerned agencies.
381
9. Project cost estimates
The cost estimates for the project has been carried out based on detailed design,
bill of quantities, and the schedule of rates for <state/district/authority> of year <xx-yy>.
Table 25: Summary of project cost
No Item Amount in Cr Amount in %

Civil construction cost
1 Site clearance and dismantling 60 2%
2 Earth Work
3 Base courses
4 Paving courses
5a Repair and rehabilitation of structures
5b Bridges
5c Culverts
5d PUP/VUP
5e Flyover and overpass
5f Drainage, protective works and other services
5g RE/toe walls
6 Junctions and interchanges
7 Toll plazas
8 User amenities
9 Traffic signs, road markings, other appurtenences
10 Miscellaneous
11 Maintenance of road during construction
A Total civil cost
12 Add contingencies @ x% on Z
B Estimated project cost
13 Construction supervision @ x% on Z
14 Agency charges @ x% on Z
15 Quality control changes @ x% on Z
16 Road safety cell audit charges @ x% on Z
17 Maintenance costs @ x% on Z
18 Escalation @ x% on Z
C Total project cost
19 R&R cost
20 Environment cost
21 Cost of shifting utilities
22 LA compensation cost
D Total capital cost
382
10. Material investigation
Material investigations were carried out to explore the availability and identify
sources of suitable material for the construction of the road.
<retain only relevant sections>
10.1. Borrow pits for soil
Material investigation of <xxx> locations indicates that soil suitable for

embankment (of CBR>xx% and density yy g/cc) and for sub-grade (CBR>xx% and density
yy g/cc) is available at an average lead of aa to bb km for the project stretch.
<include details on additional material sources like construction rubble, moorum etc>
10.2. Sand
Sand is available in <close proximity> of the project site. Test results show that xx
of yy sand sources satisfy the minimum requirement for use in the project.
<Include details of additional potential for sources such as pond bed desilting,
other excavation happening>
10.3. Gravel
Several quarries were identified for sourcing aggregates in the project zone. Xx
of yy quarries were found to be suitable for use in the construction of the road. <further
details ongravel available and suitability for construction>
10.4. Fly ash
Fly ash is available in close proximity of the project road due to the presence of
<xx steel plant/power plant>. Test results show that the available fly ash <satisfies/does
not satisfy> the minimum requirement of <specification> to use as <material for
embankment/cement mixture/other layers>. The fly ash available has density greater
than xxg/cc and shows an OCM of xx-yy%. <the fly ash located isnon plastic>
10.5. Bitumen
Bulk bitumen of the <required grades> is available <closest sources> with an

averagelead of <xx km>. For the project road <grade> of bitumen has been proposed for
<yy layer> due to <reason> and <grade of bitumen> has been proposed for <zz layer> due
to <reason>.
10.6. Cement
Bulk bitumen of the <required grades> is available <closest sources> with an

averagelead of <xx km>. For the project road <grade> of bitumen has been proposed for
<yy layer> due to <reason> and <grade of bitumen> has been proposed for <zz layer> due
to <reason>.
383
Other local material available
Details of other local material available for construction
Table 26: Locally available and alternative materials
Sl No Material Source
10.7. Key risks
Despite the best efforts of the consultant, there continue to be some

materials and sections of the project road where material will have to brought from
significant leads.
Table 27: Key risks envisaged in material procurement
Sl No Chainage Material Closest source
384
10.8. Location of material sources
Figure 4: Key plan showing location of potential borrow pits tested
385
11. Potential for value engineering and innovative technologies
Throughout the detailed design of the project, several opportunities for value
engineering and introduction of new technology were explored that will help in reducing
the cost of the project or increase quality and longevity of project road. Approval of these
elements as part of the construction design and suitable instructions to all stakeholders
of the project can help significantly lower the projected cost of construction.
A summary of these opportunities is provided here.
Table 28: Key value engineering opportunities identified
Sl
Value engineering opportunity Potential impact
No
1
386
12. Economic and financial analysis
12.1. Economic analysis of the project
The EIRR and NPV of the project has been carried out using <model/software>
under multiple scenarios, and the project returns <justify/do not justify> construction
given an EIRRof xx in the best case and yy in the worst case.
The various sensitivity scenarios considered were as follows:
0. Base case: Base cost and base benefits
1. Sensitivity 1: Base cost plus xx% and base benefits
2. Sensitivity 2: Xx
3. Sensitivity 3: Xx
The results of the base case and sensitivity analysis are presented below:
Table 29: Economic return analysis
RUCS HDM 4
Option Sensitivity Case NPV (in millionRs.) NPV (in millionRs.)
EIRR (in %) EIRR (in %)
Base Case 0
Sensitivity 1
With time
Sensitivity 2
Sensitivity 3
Base Case 0
Sensitivity 1
Without time
Sensitivity 2
Sensitivity 3
12.2. Financial analysis
12.2.1. Potential for toll revenue
The projected tollable traffic basis traffic survey and forecasts at the <xx> toll
plazas suggested in year <xx> is given below
Table 30: Tollable traffic on project stretch
Toll Plaza 2
Traffic type
Bicycle
387
2 Wheeler
3 Wheeler
Tractor
Tractor with Trailer
2 Axle SCV
LMV 2 axle
LCV 2 Axle
2 Axle Truck or Bus
3 Axle Truck or Bus
Multi Axle Vehicles MAV
Oversized Vehicle OSV
Earth Moving Equipment
AADT (in vehicles)
12.2.2. Results of financial analysis
With the most likely traffic scenario and assumed costs of construction,
maintenance, financing and tolling over the period of the project, the return on equity
at various periods of concession was calculated. Equity IRR for this project will pass
<15%> in year <x> of this project, hence it <is/is not> possible to bid the project
Figure 5: Equity IRR with increasing concession period for project road
388
13. Execution plan
In consultation with CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai , it is proposed to complete the

proosed project roadin a period of <xx> months. Planning for the project packaging,
bidding process and construction was conducted as a part of this project.
13.1. Packaging
Given the length of the project, the entire project is planned to be bid out in
<xx> packages with <yy> packages.
<include table of package details if more than 1 package>
13.2. Bidding mode and timelines
The authority has proposed to initiate bidding of the project under <bot/epc/ham>
mode <with a grant/premium of xx %>. The tentative timeline for this is:
 Submission of bid documents to authority dd/mmm/yyyy

 Review and finalization of documents dd/mmm/yyyy
 Launch of tender dd/mmm/yyyy
 Tender close date dd/mmm/yyyy
 Tentative date for award of project dd/mmm/yyyy
13.3. Construction time and planning
Upon reviewing the improvements planned and in consultation with CE NH (PWD)

Navi Mumbai , thedesign and construction period for this project has been arrived at <xx>
months from the date of appointment of the contractor/concessionaire. To enable this
construction schedule, a detailed construction plan and timeline has been included in the
detailed project report. This also includes a traffic management and lane closure plan for
the period of construction.
389
14. Conclusions and recommendation
The <expansion/rehabilitation> of the project road from <source> to

<destination>, chainage <a> to <b> on NH <x> in the states of <state 1, state 2> to <n>
lane configuration is recommended for implementation by CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai as the
project is likely to <1 line justification/ need of project: provide much needed
connectivity/improve connectivity/provide higher level of service/rehabilitate the road
etc, is needed urgently>.
The project as envisaged is economically viable with an estimated EIRR >12%.

The project with a 30 year concession period is expected to return an equity IRR of
<xx%> with
<yy%> <grant/premium> and is hence recommended for implementation in the
<BOT/EPC/HAM> mode.
Table 31: Salient features and key financial aspects of the project road a
Project road
Project road length
Connecting
On national highway
Proposed features Current road Proposed
Lanes
Bypasses proposed
Major junctions
Minor Junctions
Grade separated interchanges
Major Bridges
Minor Bridges
ROBs
Culverts
Vehicle/Pedestrian under/overpasses
Service roads (kms)
Slip roads (kms)
Toll plazas (no)
Bus bays (no)
Truck lay-byes (no)
Rest areas (no)
Financial implications INR Cr/%
Total capital cost
Total project cost
Civil construction cost (incl. contingency)
390
Preconstruction expenses
Land acquisition
Utilities shifting
Rehabilitiation and resettlement costs
Other pre-construction expenses
Implementation mode proposed BOT (Toll)
Total project cost
Concession period
<Authority> support (Grant/Premium)
Estimated NPV
Project IRR
Equity IRR
391
Appendix-IX
Criteria for rating of DPR Consultants performance in individual NH Projects
PROJECT NAME:
Name of Consultant:
STATE: Names of JV partners/associates with % of Shareholding:
Sl. KPI DESCRIPTION Total Marks Marks Supporting

No. Obtained Documents to
be submitted
by the
Consultant
Category I: Quality of DPR
Change of Cumulative sum of change of scope (net of 20
scope and positive and negative) and de-scoping (Positive
de-scoping value of each CoS order and de-scoping to be summed
up)
Percentage of Marks
contract price
0 20
>0%?5% 15
>5%?10% 10
>10%?15% 5
>15% 0
Traffic Percentage variation of projected traffic in the year 5
accuracy of commencement of construction with actual IHMCL
data, data from adjacent toll plaza or any other
source choosen by the client.
Percentage Marks
variation
>0%?3% 5
>3%?5% 3.75
>5%?10% 2.5
>10% 0
RoW variation Percentage area variation of acquired land (Private 4
land) during construction.
Percentage Marks
variation
0% 4
>0%?5% 3
>5%?10% 2
>10% 0
Utility shifting Percentage variation in utility shifting cost during 4
execution.
Percentage Marks
variation
0% 4
>0%?5% 3
>5%?10% 2
>10% 0
Use of new Use of new material/waste material/new 4 i) Self certified
material technology as a percentage of total cost. calculations for % use
Percentage Marks of new
variation material/waste
≥5% 4 material/new
≥3%<5% 3 technology as a
≥1%<3% 2 percentage of
<1% 0 total
cost.
ii) Extract of relevant
pages of DPR.
Safety Attention to raod safety in basic design such as 4 i) Self certified
plan & profile, typical cross sections, statement showing
intersections roadsafety
etc.
Grading Marks considerations in
392
Excellent 4 basic design such as
Very good 3 plan & profile, typical
Good 2 cross sections,
intersections etc.
Poor 0
ii) Extract of relevant
pages of DPR.
Functional Appreciation of functional utility of provisions like 4
utility of service road, footpath, underpass, median
provisions opening,
bus-bay, truck lay-bye etc.
Grading Marks
Excellent 4
Very good 3
Good 2
Poor 0
Cost Variation of project cost with respect to normative 5 i) Self certified
optimization cost. calculation of cost
Percentage Marks based on normative
Excess cost.
≤0% 5
>0%≤5% 3.75
>5%≤10% 2
>10% 0
Category II: Adherence to timelines
Land % delay period in land acquisition [(Actual Date
Acquisition of Submission - Stipulated Submission Date) /
(Stipulated Submission Date in Agreement - Date of
Commencement)]*100
i) 3A 4
Delay Marks
Percentage
0% 4
>0%≤5% 3
>5%≤10%
2
>10% 0
ii) 3D 4
Delay Percentage Marks
0% 4
>0%≤5% 3
>5%≤10% 2
>10% 0
iii) 3G 4
0% 4
>0%≤5% 3
>5%≤10% 2
>10% 0
Forest % delay period [(Actual Date of Clearance - 6
Clearance Stipulated Date of Clearance) / (Stipulated
Submission Date in Agreement - Date of
Commencement)] *100
0% 6
>0%≤10% 4
>10%≤20% 3
393
>20% 0
Submission of % delay period [(Actual Date of Submission - 3
DPR Stipulate Submission Date) / (Stipulated
Commencement)] *100 in submission of alignment
plan.
0% 3
>0%≤10% 2.25
>10%≤20% 1.5
>20% 0
% delay period [(Actual Date of Submission - 3
Stipulate Submission Date) / (Stipulated
Commencement)] *100 in submission of final
feasibility report.
0% 3
>0%≤10% 2.25
>10%≤20% 1.5
>20% 0
% delay period [(Actual Date of Submission - 5
Stipulate Submission Date) / (Stipulated
Commencement)] *100 in submission of final DPR
Delay Marks
Percentage
0% 5
>0%≤10% 3.75
>10%≤20% 2.5
>20% 0
GAD Approval % delay period [(Actual Date of approval - 6
Stipulated Date of approval) / (Stipulated
approval Date in Agreement - Date of
Commencement)] *100
Delay Marks
Percentage
0% 6
>0%≤10% 4
>10%≤20% 3
>20% 0
Category III: Overall Project Management
Adverse No of adverse notices issued to the consultant 5
Notices
No Marks
0 5
01-05 3.75
06-10 2.5
>10 0
Key Personnel No of times key personnel deployed in the 10 Self certified
project were changes (Except for reasons other statement with
than unforeseen circumstances e.g. position, dates of
reassignment on some other assignment by replacements done.
competent authority,
health problem developed after signing of
contract)
No Marks
0 10
01-02 7.5
03-04 5
>4 0
100
(Signature)
Name of Consultant's Authorized Representative
394

Final RFP

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Final RFP

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Final RFP

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

(Ministry of Road Transport & Highways)

Consultancy Services for DPR Preparation for

REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL (RFP)

Chief Engineer, National Highways,

Sl. No. Content Page No.

NOTICE INVITING TENDER (NIT)

3. The RFP has also been uploaded on “INFRACON” (www.infracon.nic.in). As

5. Bid must be submitted online at e-tender portal of CE NH (PWD) Navi Mumbai

6. The following schedule is to be followed for this assignment:

i) Deadline for downloading of bid: Upto 17.30 Hrs. on 19.04.2024.

Financial proposal for each package are to be submitted separately. Financial

1.8 The proposals must be properly signed as detailed below:

1.8.1 i. by the proprietor in case of a proprietary firm

iv. by the authorized representative in case of Joint Venture.

1.8.2 In case a Joint Venture/Association of firms, the proposal shall be accompanied

i. Date and place of signing

The proposal must be prepared in three parts

viz. Part 1: Proof of eligibility

3.1 Document in support of proof of eligibility

(i) Forwarding letter for Proof of Eligibility in the Form-E1.

The above details are to be submitted through INFRACON only.

The above details are to be submitted through INFRACON only.

1 No. of key professionals on full time 4 25 40 60

2 Max. no. of DPR/AE/IE/CSC 8 16 30 50

(d) Assignments having less than 6 months contract period.

Sample Illustration for determination of Technical Capacity is given below.

1 No. of key professionals on full time 4 25 40 60

2 Max. no. of DPR/AE/IE/CSC/PMC 8 16 30 50

Sample Illustration for determination of Technical Capacity is given below.

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)

Total assignment period is as indicated in the enclosed TOR. A manning

The above details are to be submitted through INFRACON only.

v) The composition of the proposed Team and Task Assignment to individual

(a). Pavement Investigation

(b). Geo-technical Investigation

3.2.4 CVs of Key Persons:

x. Availability of few key personnel engaged for preparation of Detailed Project

xii. In case a firm is proposing key personnel from educational/research institutions, a

* This is to be modified as per project requirement.

3.3 Financial Proposal

4.3 The proposal must contain no interlineations or overwriting except as necessary

5.1 Stage I- Proof of Eligibility

The proposals would be evaluated by a Committee constituted by CE NH (PWD)

i) The proposal is accompanied by proof /transaction receipt of depositing online

ii) The firms(s) have required experience

iii) The firms(s) have required turnover

5.2 Stage II- Technical evaluation

A proposal securing 80 points shall be declared pass in the evaluation

5.3 Stage III- Evaluation of Financial Proposal

Proposals will finally be ranked according to their combined technical (ST)

5.5 Most Preferred Bidder (H-1).

For a particular package, a Consultant with a “particular Team” having the

6.4 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the

i) Notice Inviting Tender (NIT)

ii) Request For Proposal (RFP)

iii) Replies to pre-bid queries, if any

iv) Amendments / corrigendum to RFP

v) List of bidders who submitted the bids up to the deadline of submission

ix) Final Score of qualified bidders